1 /* MIPS-specific support for ELF
2 Copyright (C) 1993-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 Most of the information added by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support,
6 N32/64 ABI support added by Mark Mitchell, CodeSourcery, LLC.
7 <mark@codesourcery.com>
8 Traditional MIPS targets support added by Koundinya.K, Dansk Data
9 Elektronik & Operations Research Group. <kk@ddeorg.soft.net>
11 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
13 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
14 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
15 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
16 (at your option) any later version.
18 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
19 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
20 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
21 GNU General Public License for more details.
23 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
24 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
25 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
26 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
29 /* This file handles functionality common to the different MIPS ABI's. */
34 #include "libiberty.h"
36 #include "elfxx-mips.h"
38 #include "elf-vxworks.h"
41 /* Get the ECOFF swapping routines. */
43 #include "coff/symconst.h"
44 #include "coff/ecoff.h"
45 #include "coff/mips.h"
49 /* Types of TLS GOT entry. */
50 enum mips_got_tls_type
{
57 /* This structure is used to hold information about one GOT entry.
58 There are four types of entry:
60 (1) an absolute address
61 requires: abfd == NULL
64 (2) a SYMBOL + OFFSET address, where SYMBOL is local to an input bfd
65 requires: abfd != NULL, symndx >= 0, tls_type != GOT_TLS_LDM
66 fields: abfd, symndx, d.addend, tls_type
68 (3) a SYMBOL address, where SYMBOL is not local to an input bfd
69 requires: abfd != NULL, symndx == -1
73 requires: abfd != NULL, symndx == 0, tls_type == GOT_TLS_LDM
74 fields: none; there's only one of these per GOT. */
77 /* One input bfd that needs the GOT entry. */
79 /* The index of the symbol, as stored in the relocation r_info, if
80 we have a local symbol; -1 otherwise. */
84 /* If abfd == NULL, an address that must be stored in the got. */
86 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx != -1, the addend of the relocation
87 that should be added to the symbol value. */
89 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx == -1, the hash table entry
90 corresponding to a symbol in the GOT. The symbol's entry
91 is in the local area if h->global_got_area is GGA_NONE,
92 otherwise it is in the global area. */
93 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
96 /* The TLS type of this GOT entry. An LDM GOT entry will be a local
97 symbol entry with r_symndx == 0. */
98 unsigned char tls_type
;
100 /* True if we have filled in the GOT contents for a TLS entry,
101 and created the associated relocations. */
102 unsigned char tls_initialized
;
104 /* The offset from the beginning of the .got section to the entry
105 corresponding to this symbol+addend. If it's a global symbol
106 whose offset is yet to be decided, it's going to be -1. */
110 /* This structure represents a GOT page reference from an input bfd.
111 Each instance represents a symbol + ADDEND, where the representation
112 of the symbol depends on whether it is local to the input bfd.
113 If it is, then SYMNDX >= 0, and the symbol has index SYMNDX in U.ABFD.
114 Otherwise, SYMNDX < 0 and U.H points to the symbol's hash table entry.
116 Page references with SYMNDX >= 0 always become page references
117 in the output. Page references with SYMNDX < 0 only become page
118 references if the symbol binds locally; in other cases, the page
119 reference decays to a global GOT reference. */
120 struct mips_got_page_ref
125 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
131 /* This structure describes a range of addends: [MIN_ADDEND, MAX_ADDEND].
132 The structures form a non-overlapping list that is sorted by increasing
134 struct mips_got_page_range
136 struct mips_got_page_range
*next
;
137 bfd_signed_vma min_addend
;
138 bfd_signed_vma max_addend
;
141 /* This structure describes the range of addends that are applied to page
142 relocations against a given section. */
143 struct mips_got_page_entry
145 /* The section that these entries are based on. */
147 /* The ranges for this page entry. */
148 struct mips_got_page_range
*ranges
;
149 /* The maximum number of page entries needed for RANGES. */
153 /* This structure is used to hold .got information when linking. */
157 /* The number of global .got entries. */
158 unsigned int global_gotno
;
159 /* The number of global .got entries that are in the GGA_RELOC_ONLY area. */
160 unsigned int reloc_only_gotno
;
161 /* The number of .got slots used for TLS. */
162 unsigned int tls_gotno
;
163 /* The first unused TLS .got entry. Used only during
164 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
165 unsigned int tls_assigned_gotno
;
166 /* The number of local .got entries, eventually including page entries. */
167 unsigned int local_gotno
;
168 /* The maximum number of page entries needed. */
169 unsigned int page_gotno
;
170 /* The number of relocations needed for the GOT entries. */
172 /* The first unused local .got entry. */
173 unsigned int assigned_low_gotno
;
174 /* The last unused local .got entry. */
175 unsigned int assigned_high_gotno
;
176 /* A hash table holding members of the got. */
177 struct htab
*got_entries
;
178 /* A hash table holding mips_got_page_ref structures. */
179 struct htab
*got_page_refs
;
180 /* A hash table of mips_got_page_entry structures. */
181 struct htab
*got_page_entries
;
182 /* In multi-got links, a pointer to the next got (err, rather, most
183 of the time, it points to the previous got). */
184 struct mips_got_info
*next
;
187 /* Structure passed when merging bfds' gots. */
189 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
191 /* The output bfd. */
193 /* The link information. */
194 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
195 /* A pointer to the primary got, i.e., the one that's going to get
196 the implicit relocations from DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO and
198 struct mips_got_info
*primary
;
199 /* A non-primary got we're trying to merge with other input bfd's
201 struct mips_got_info
*current
;
202 /* The maximum number of got entries that can be addressed with a
204 unsigned int max_count
;
205 /* The maximum number of page entries needed by each got. */
206 unsigned int max_pages
;
207 /* The total number of global entries which will live in the
208 primary got and be automatically relocated. This includes
209 those not referenced by the primary GOT but included in
211 unsigned int global_count
;
214 /* A structure used to pass information to htab_traverse callbacks
215 when laying out the GOT. */
217 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
219 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
220 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
224 struct _mips_elf_section_data
226 struct bfd_elf_section_data elf
;
233 #define mips_elf_section_data(sec) \
234 ((struct _mips_elf_section_data *) elf_section_data (sec))
236 #define is_mips_elf(bfd) \
237 (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
238 && elf_tdata (bfd) != NULL \
239 && elf_object_id (bfd) == MIPS_ELF_DATA)
241 /* The ABI says that every symbol used by dynamic relocations must have
242 a global GOT entry. Among other things, this provides the dynamic
243 linker with a free, directly-indexed cache. The GOT can therefore
244 contain symbols that are not referenced by GOT relocations themselves
245 (in other words, it may have symbols that are not referenced by things
246 like R_MIPS_GOT16 and R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE).
248 GOT relocations are less likely to overflow if we put the associated
249 GOT entries towards the beginning. We therefore divide the global
250 GOT entries into two areas: "normal" and "reloc-only". Entries in
251 the first area can be used for both dynamic relocations and GP-relative
252 accesses, while those in the "reloc-only" area are for dynamic
255 These GGA_* ("Global GOT Area") values are organised so that lower
256 values are more general than higher values. Also, non-GGA_NONE
257 values are ordered by the position of the area in the GOT. */
259 #define GGA_RELOC_ONLY 1
262 /* Information about a non-PIC interface to a PIC function. There are
263 two ways of creating these interfaces. The first is to add:
266 addiu $25,$25,%lo(func)
268 immediately before a PIC function "func". The second is to add:
272 addiu $25,$25,%lo(func)
274 to a separate trampoline section.
276 Stubs of the first kind go in a new section immediately before the
277 target function. Stubs of the second kind go in a single section
278 pointed to by the hash table's "strampoline" field. */
279 struct mips_elf_la25_stub
{
280 /* The generated section that contains this stub. */
281 asection
*stub_section
;
283 /* The offset of the stub from the start of STUB_SECTION. */
286 /* One symbol for the original function. Its location is available
287 in H->root.root.u.def. */
288 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
291 /* Macros for populating a mips_elf_la25_stub. */
293 #define LA25_LUI(VAL) (0x3c190000 | (VAL)) /* lui t9,VAL */
294 #define LA25_J(VAL) (0x08000000 | (((VAL) >> 2) & 0x3ffffff)) /* j VAL */
295 #define LA25_ADDIU(VAL) (0x27390000 | (VAL)) /* addiu t9,t9,VAL */
296 #define LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
297 (0x41b90000 | (VAL)) /* lui t9,VAL */
298 #define LA25_J_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
299 (0xd4000000 | (((VAL) >> 1) & 0x3ffffff)) /* j VAL */
300 #define LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
301 (0x33390000 | (VAL)) /* addiu t9,t9,VAL */
303 /* This structure is passed to mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f when sorting
304 the dynamic symbols. */
306 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
308 /* The symbol in the global GOT with the lowest dynamic symbol table
310 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*low
;
311 /* The least dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a non-TLS
312 symbol with a GOT entry. */
313 long min_got_dynindx
;
314 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a symbol
315 with a GOT entry that is not referenced (e.g., a dynamic symbol
316 with dynamic relocations pointing to it from non-primary GOTs). */
317 long max_unref_got_dynindx
;
318 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index not corresponding to a
319 symbol without a GOT entry. */
320 long max_non_got_dynindx
;
323 /* We make up to two PLT entries if needed, one for standard MIPS code
324 and one for compressed code, either a MIPS16 or microMIPS one. We
325 keep a separate record of traditional lazy-binding stubs, for easier
330 /* Traditional SVR4 stub offset, or -1 if none. */
333 /* Standard PLT entry offset, or -1 if none. */
336 /* Compressed PLT entry offset, or -1 if none. */
339 /* The corresponding .got.plt index, or -1 if none. */
340 bfd_vma gotplt_index
;
342 /* Whether we need a standard PLT entry. */
343 unsigned int need_mips
: 1;
345 /* Whether we need a compressed PLT entry. */
346 unsigned int need_comp
: 1;
349 /* The MIPS ELF linker needs additional information for each symbol in
350 the global hash table. */
352 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
354 struct elf_link_hash_entry root
;
356 /* External symbol information. */
359 /* The la25 stub we have created for ths symbol, if any. */
360 struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*la25_stub
;
362 /* Number of R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 relocs against
364 unsigned int possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
366 /* If there is a stub that 32 bit functions should use to call this
367 16 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
370 /* If there is a stub that 16 bit functions should use to call this
371 32 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
374 /* This is like the call_stub field, but it is used if the function
375 being called returns a floating point value. */
376 asection
*call_fp_stub
;
378 /* The highest GGA_* value that satisfies all references to this symbol. */
379 unsigned int global_got_area
: 2;
381 /* True if all GOT relocations against this symbol are for calls. This is
382 a looser condition than no_fn_stub below, because there may be other
383 non-call non-GOT relocations against the symbol. */
384 unsigned int got_only_for_calls
: 1;
386 /* True if one of the relocations described by possibly_dynamic_relocs
387 is against a readonly section. */
388 unsigned int readonly_reloc
: 1;
390 /* True if there is a relocation against this symbol that must be
391 resolved by the static linker (in other words, if the relocation
392 cannot possibly be made dynamic). */
393 unsigned int has_static_relocs
: 1;
395 /* True if we must not create a .MIPS.stubs entry for this symbol.
396 This is set, for example, if there are relocations related to
397 taking the function's address, i.e. any but R_MIPS_CALL*16 ones.
398 See "MIPS ABI Supplement, 3rd Edition", p. 4-20. */
399 unsigned int no_fn_stub
: 1;
401 /* Whether we need the fn_stub; this is true if this symbol appears
402 in any relocs other than a 16 bit call. */
403 unsigned int need_fn_stub
: 1;
405 /* True if this symbol is referenced by branch relocations from
406 any non-PIC input file. This is used to determine whether an
407 la25 stub is required. */
408 unsigned int has_nonpic_branches
: 1;
410 /* Does this symbol need a traditional MIPS lazy-binding stub
411 (as opposed to a PLT entry)? */
412 unsigned int needs_lazy_stub
: 1;
414 /* Does this symbol resolve to a PLT entry? */
415 unsigned int use_plt_entry
: 1;
418 /* MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
420 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
422 struct elf_link_hash_table root
;
424 /* The number of .rtproc entries. */
425 bfd_size_type procedure_count
;
427 /* The size of the .compact_rel section (if SGI_COMPAT). */
428 bfd_size_type compact_rel_size
;
430 /* This flag indicates that the value of DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP dynamic entry
431 is set to the address of __rld_obj_head as in IRIX5 and IRIX6. */
432 bfd_boolean use_rld_obj_head
;
434 /* The __rld_map or __rld_obj_head symbol. */
435 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*rld_symbol
;
437 /* This is set if we see any mips16 stub sections. */
438 bfd_boolean mips16_stubs_seen
;
440 /* True if we can generate copy relocs and PLTs. */
441 bfd_boolean use_plts_and_copy_relocs
;
443 /* True if we can only use 32-bit microMIPS instructions. */
446 /* True if we're generating code for VxWorks. */
447 bfd_boolean is_vxworks
;
449 /* True if we already reported the small-data section overflow. */
450 bfd_boolean small_data_overflow_reported
;
452 /* Shortcuts to some dynamic sections, or NULL if they are not
463 /* The master GOT information. */
464 struct mips_got_info
*got_info
;
466 /* The global symbol in the GOT with the lowest index in the dynamic
468 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*global_gotsym
;
470 /* The size of the PLT header in bytes. */
471 bfd_vma plt_header_size
;
473 /* The size of a standard PLT entry in bytes. */
474 bfd_vma plt_mips_entry_size
;
476 /* The size of a compressed PLT entry in bytes. */
477 bfd_vma plt_comp_entry_size
;
479 /* The offset of the next standard PLT entry to create. */
480 bfd_vma plt_mips_offset
;
482 /* The offset of the next compressed PLT entry to create. */
483 bfd_vma plt_comp_offset
;
485 /* The index of the next .got.plt entry to create. */
486 bfd_vma plt_got_index
;
488 /* The number of functions that need a lazy-binding stub. */
489 bfd_vma lazy_stub_count
;
491 /* The size of a function stub entry in bytes. */
492 bfd_vma function_stub_size
;
494 /* The number of reserved entries at the beginning of the GOT. */
495 unsigned int reserved_gotno
;
497 /* The section used for mips_elf_la25_stub trampolines.
498 See the comment above that structure for details. */
499 asection
*strampoline
;
501 /* A table of mips_elf_la25_stubs, indexed by (input_section, offset)
505 /* A function FN (NAME, IS, OS) that creates a new input section
506 called NAME and links it to output section OS. If IS is nonnull,
507 the new section should go immediately before it, otherwise it
508 should go at the (current) beginning of OS.
510 The function returns the new section on success, otherwise it
512 asection
*(*add_stub_section
) (const char *, asection
*, asection
*);
514 /* Small local sym cache. */
515 struct sym_cache sym_cache
;
517 /* Is the PLT header compressed? */
518 unsigned int plt_header_is_comp
: 1;
521 /* Get the MIPS ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
523 #define mips_elf_hash_table(p) \
524 (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
525 == MIPS_ELF_DATA ? ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
527 /* A structure used to communicate with htab_traverse callbacks. */
528 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
530 /* The usual link-wide information. */
531 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
534 /* Starts off FALSE and is set to TRUE if the link should be aborted. */
538 /* MIPS ELF private object data. */
540 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
542 /* Generic ELF private object data. */
543 struct elf_obj_tdata root
;
545 /* Input BFD providing Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP attribute for output. */
548 /* Input BFD providing Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA attribute for output. */
551 /* The abiflags for this object. */
552 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 abiflags
;
553 bfd_boolean abiflags_valid
;
555 /* The GOT requirements of input bfds. */
556 struct mips_got_info
*got
;
558 /* Used by _bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line. The structure could be
559 included directly in this one, but there's no point to wasting
560 the memory just for the infrequently called find_nearest_line. */
561 struct mips_elf_find_line
*find_line_info
;
563 /* An array of stub sections indexed by symbol number. */
564 asection
**local_stubs
;
565 asection
**local_call_stubs
;
567 /* The Irix 5 support uses two virtual sections, which represent
568 text/data symbols defined in dynamic objects. */
569 asymbol
*elf_data_symbol
;
570 asymbol
*elf_text_symbol
;
571 asection
*elf_data_section
;
572 asection
*elf_text_section
;
575 /* Get MIPS ELF private object data from BFD's tdata. */
577 #define mips_elf_tdata(bfd) \
578 ((struct mips_elf_obj_tdata *) (bfd)->tdata.any)
580 #define TLS_RELOC_P(r_type) \
581 (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32 \
582 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 \
583 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32 \
584 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64 \
585 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GD \
586 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM \
587 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
588 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
589 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL \
590 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32 \
591 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64 \
592 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
593 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16 \
594 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_GD \
595 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM \
596 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
597 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
598 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL \
599 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
600 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16 \
601 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD \
602 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM \
603 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
604 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
605 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL \
606 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
607 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16)
609 /* Structure used to pass information to mips_elf_output_extsym. */
614 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
615 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
;
616 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
620 /* The names of the runtime procedure table symbols used on IRIX5. */
622 static const char * const mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[] =
625 "_procedure_string_table",
626 "_procedure_table_size",
630 /* These structures are used to generate the .compact_rel section on
635 unsigned long id1
; /* Always one? */
636 unsigned long num
; /* Number of compact relocation entries. */
637 unsigned long id2
; /* Always two? */
638 unsigned long offset
; /* The file offset of the first relocation. */
639 unsigned long reserved0
; /* Zero? */
640 unsigned long reserved1
; /* Zero? */
649 bfd_byte reserved0
[4];
650 bfd_byte reserved1
[4];
651 } Elf32_External_compact_rel
;
655 unsigned int ctype
: 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
656 unsigned int rtype
: 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
657 unsigned int dist2to
: 8;
658 unsigned int relvaddr
: 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
659 unsigned long konst
; /* KONST field. See below. */
660 unsigned long vaddr
; /* VADDR to be relocated. */
665 unsigned int ctype
: 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
666 unsigned int rtype
: 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
667 unsigned int dist2to
: 8;
668 unsigned int relvaddr
: 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
669 unsigned long konst
; /* KONST field. See below. */
677 } Elf32_External_crinfo
;
683 } Elf32_External_crinfo2
;
685 /* These are the constants used to swap the bitfields in a crinfo. */
687 #define CRINFO_CTYPE (0x1)
688 #define CRINFO_CTYPE_SH (31)
689 #define CRINFO_RTYPE (0xf)
690 #define CRINFO_RTYPE_SH (27)
691 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO (0xff)
692 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH (19)
693 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR (0x7ffff)
694 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH (0)
696 /* A compact relocation info has long (3 words) or short (2 words)
697 formats. A short format doesn't have VADDR field and relvaddr
698 fields contains ((VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry) >> 2). */
699 #define CRF_MIPS_LONG 1
700 #define CRF_MIPS_SHORT 0
702 /* There are 4 types of compact relocation at least. The value KONST
703 has different meaning for each type:
706 CT_MIPS_REL32 Address in data
707 CT_MIPS_WORD Address in word (XXX)
708 CT_MIPS_GPHI_LO GP - vaddr
709 CT_MIPS_JMPAD Address to jump
712 #define CRT_MIPS_REL32 0xa
713 #define CRT_MIPS_WORD 0xb
714 #define CRT_MIPS_GPHI_LO 0xc
715 #define CRT_MIPS_JMPAD 0xd
717 #define mips_elf_set_cr_format(x,format) ((x).ctype = (format))
718 #define mips_elf_set_cr_type(x,type) ((x).rtype = (type))
719 #define mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to(x,v) ((x).dist2to = (v))
720 #define mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr(x,d) ((x).relvaddr = (d)<<2)
722 /* The structure of the runtime procedure descriptor created by the
723 loader for use by the static exception system. */
725 typedef struct runtime_pdr
{
726 bfd_vma adr
; /* Memory address of start of procedure. */
727 long regmask
; /* Save register mask. */
728 long regoffset
; /* Save register offset. */
729 long fregmask
; /* Save floating point register mask. */
730 long fregoffset
; /* Save floating point register offset. */
731 long frameoffset
; /* Frame size. */
732 short framereg
; /* Frame pointer register. */
733 short pcreg
; /* Offset or reg of return pc. */
734 long irpss
; /* Index into the runtime string table. */
736 struct exception_info
*exception_info
;/* Pointer to exception array. */
738 #define cbRPDR sizeof (RPDR)
739 #define rpdNil ((pRPDR) 0)
741 static struct mips_got_entry
*mips_elf_create_local_got_entry
742 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd
*, bfd_vma
, unsigned long,
743 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, int);
744 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
745 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, void *);
746 static bfd_vma mips_elf_high
748 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
749 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*,
750 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, asection
*, bfd_vma
,
751 bfd_vma
*, asection
*);
752 static bfd_vma mips_elf_adjust_gp
753 (bfd
*, struct mips_got_info
*, bfd
*);
755 /* This will be used when we sort the dynamic relocation records. */
756 static bfd
*reldyn_sorting_bfd
;
758 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs with load interlocking that include
759 non-MIPS1 CPUs and R3900. */
760 #define LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P(abfd) \
761 ( ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) != E_MIPS_ARCH_1) \
762 || ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == E_MIPS_MACH_3900))
764 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JAL is converted to BAL.
765 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate
766 for RM9000 for now. */
767 #define JAL_TO_BAL_P(abfd) \
768 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == E_MIPS_MACH_9000)
770 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JALR is converted to BAL.
771 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate for
773 #define JALR_TO_BAL_P(abfd) 1
775 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JR is converted to B.
776 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate for
778 #define JR_TO_B_P(abfd) 1
780 /* True if ABFD is a PIC object. */
781 #define PIC_OBJECT_P(abfd) \
782 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC) != 0)
784 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the O32 ABI. */
785 #define ABI_O32_P(abfd) \
786 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32)
788 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N32 ABI. */
789 #define ABI_N32_P(abfd) \
790 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI2) != 0)
792 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N64 ABI. */
793 #define ABI_64_P(abfd) \
794 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS64)
796 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using NewABI conventions. */
797 #define NEWABI_P(abfd) (ABI_N32_P (abfd) || ABI_64_P (abfd))
799 /* Nonzero if ABFD has microMIPS code. */
800 #define MICROMIPS_P(abfd) \
801 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS) != 0)
803 /* Nonzero if ABFD is MIPS R6. */
804 #define MIPSR6_P(abfd) \
805 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6 \
806 || (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6)
808 /* The IRIX compatibility level we are striving for. */
809 #define IRIX_COMPAT(abfd) \
810 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_irix_compat (abfd))
812 /* Whether we are trying to be compatible with IRIX at all. */
813 #define SGI_COMPAT(abfd) \
814 (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) != ict_none)
816 /* The name of the options section. */
817 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME(abfd) \
818 (NEWABI_P (abfd) ? ".MIPS.options" : ".options")
820 /* True if NAME is the recognized name of any SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section.
821 Some IRIX system files do not use MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME. */
822 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P(NAME) \
823 (strcmp (NAME, ".MIPS.options") == 0 || strcmp (NAME, ".options") == 0)
825 /* True if NAME is the recognized name of any SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS section. */
826 #define MIPS_ELF_ABIFLAGS_SECTION_NAME_P(NAME) \
827 (strcmp (NAME, ".MIPS.abiflags") == 0)
829 /* Whether the section is readonly. */
830 #define MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION(sec) \
831 ((sec->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY)) \
832 == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
834 /* The name of the stub section. */
835 #define MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME(abfd) ".MIPS.stubs"
837 /* The size of an external REL relocation. */
838 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE(abfd) \
839 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rel)
841 /* The size of an external RELA relocation. */
842 #define MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE(abfd) \
843 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rela)
845 /* The size of an external dynamic table entry. */
846 #define MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE(abfd) \
847 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn)
849 /* The size of a GOT entry. */
850 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE(abfd) \
851 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
853 /* The size of the .rld_map section. */
854 #define MIPS_ELF_RLD_MAP_SIZE(abfd) \
855 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
857 /* The size of a symbol-table entry. */
858 #define MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE(abfd) \
859 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym)
861 /* The default alignment for sections, as a power of two. */
862 #define MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN(abfd) \
863 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->log_file_align)
865 /* Get word-sized data. */
866 #define MIPS_ELF_GET_WORD(abfd, ptr) \
867 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? bfd_get_64 (abfd, ptr) : bfd_get_32 (abfd, ptr))
869 /* Put out word-sized data. */
870 #define MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD(abfd, val, ptr) \
872 ? bfd_put_64 (abfd, val, ptr) \
873 : bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, ptr))
875 /* The opcode for word-sized loads (LW or LD). */
876 #define MIPS_ELF_LOAD_WORD(abfd) \
877 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 0xdc000000 : 0x8c000000)
879 /* Add a dynamic symbol table-entry. */
880 #define MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY(info, tag, val) \
881 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, tag, val)
883 #define MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO(abfd, rtype, rela) \
884 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_rtype_to_howto (rtype, rela))
886 /* The name of the dynamic relocation section. */
887 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME(INFO) \
888 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? ".rela.dyn" : ".rel.dyn")
890 /* In case we're on a 32-bit machine, construct a 64-bit "-1" value
891 from smaller values. Start with zero, widen, *then* decrement. */
892 #define MINUS_ONE (((bfd_vma)0) - 1)
893 #define MINUS_TWO (((bfd_vma)0) - 2)
895 /* The value to write into got[1] for SVR4 targets, to identify it is
896 a GNU object. The dynamic linker can then use got[1] to store the
898 #define MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK(abfd) \
899 ((bfd_vma) 1 << (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 63 : 31))
901 /* The offset of $gp from the beginning of the .got section. */
902 #define ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(INFO) \
903 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? 0x0 : 0x7ff0)
905 /* The maximum size of the GOT for it to be addressable using 16-bit
907 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE(INFO) (ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (INFO) + 0x7fff)
909 /* Instructions which appear in a stub. */
910 #define STUB_LW(abfd) \
912 ? 0xdf998010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \
913 : 0x8f998010)) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */
914 #define STUB_MOVE(abfd) \
916 ? 0x03e0782d /* daddu t7,ra */ \
917 : 0x03e07821)) /* addu t7,ra */
918 #define STUB_LUI(VAL) (0x3c180000 + (VAL)) /* lui t8,VAL */
919 #define STUB_JALR 0x0320f809 /* jalr t9,ra */
920 #define STUB_ORI(VAL) (0x37180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,t8,VAL */
921 #define STUB_LI16U(VAL) (0x34180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,zero,VAL unsigned */
922 #define STUB_LI16S(abfd, VAL) \
924 ? (0x64180000 + (VAL)) /* daddiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */ \
925 : (0x24180000 + (VAL)))) /* addiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */
927 /* Likewise for the microMIPS ASE. */
928 #define STUB_LW_MICROMIPS(abfd) \
930 ? 0xdf3c8010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \
931 : 0xff3c8010) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */
932 #define STUB_MOVE_MICROMIPS 0x0dff /* move t7,ra */
933 #define STUB_MOVE32_MICROMIPS(abfd) \
935 ? 0x581f7950 /* daddu t7,ra,zero */ \
936 : 0x001f7950) /* addu t7,ra,zero */
937 #define STUB_LUI_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
938 (0x41b80000 + (VAL)) /* lui t8,VAL */
939 #define STUB_JALR_MICROMIPS 0x45d9 /* jalr t9 */
940 #define STUB_JALR32_MICROMIPS 0x03f90f3c /* jalr ra,t9 */
941 #define STUB_ORI_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
942 (0x53180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,t8,VAL */
943 #define STUB_LI16U_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
944 (0x53000000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,zero,VAL unsigned */
945 #define STUB_LI16S_MICROMIPS(abfd, VAL) \
947 ? 0x5f000000 + (VAL) /* daddiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */ \
948 : 0x33000000 + (VAL)) /* addiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */
950 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 16
951 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 20
952 #define MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 12
953 #define MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 16
954 #define MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 16
955 #define MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 20
957 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
960 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER(abfd) \
961 (ABI_N32_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib32/libc.so.1" \
962 : ABI_64_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib64/libc.so.1" \
963 : "/usr/lib/libc.so.1")
966 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) \
967 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? CONCAT4 (pre,64,_,pos) : CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos))
968 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
969 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_SYM (i) : ELF32_R_SYM (i))
970 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
971 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_MIPS_R_TYPE (i) : ELF32_R_TYPE (i))
972 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
973 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_INFO (s, t) : ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
975 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos)
976 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
978 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
980 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
981 (ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
984 /* The mips16 compiler uses a couple of special sections to handle
985 floating point arguments.
987 Section names that look like .mips16.fn.FNNAME contain stubs that
988 copy floating point arguments from the fp regs to the gp regs and
989 then jump to FNNAME. If any 32 bit function calls FNNAME, the
990 call should be redirected to the stub instead. If no 32 bit
991 function calls FNNAME, the stub should be discarded. We need to
992 consider any reference to the function, not just a call, because
993 if the address of the function is taken we will need the stub,
994 since the address might be passed to a 32 bit function.
996 Section names that look like .mips16.call.FNNAME contain stubs
997 that copy floating point arguments from the gp regs to the fp
998 regs and then jump to FNNAME. If FNNAME is a 32 bit function,
999 then any 16 bit function that calls FNNAME should be redirected
1000 to the stub instead. If FNNAME is not a 32 bit function, the
1001 stub should be discarded.
1003 .mips16.call.fp.FNNAME sections are similar, but contain stubs
1004 which call FNNAME and then copy the return value from the fp regs
1005 to the gp regs. These stubs store the return value in $18 while
1006 calling FNNAME; any function which might call one of these stubs
1007 must arrange to save $18 around the call. (This case is not
1008 needed for 32 bit functions that call 16 bit functions, because
1009 16 bit functions always return floating point values in both
1012 Note that in all cases FNNAME might be defined statically.
1013 Therefore, FNNAME is not used literally. Instead, the relocation
1014 information will indicate which symbol the section is for.
1016 We record any stubs that we find in the symbol table. */
1018 #define FN_STUB ".mips16.fn."
1019 #define CALL_STUB ".mips16.call."
1020 #define CALL_FP_STUB ".mips16.call.fp."
1022 #define FN_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, FN_STUB)
1023 #define CALL_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_STUB)
1024 #define CALL_FP_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_FP_STUB)
1026 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an O32 executable. */
1027 static const bfd_vma mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1029 0x3c1c0000, /* lui $28, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1030 0x8f990000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($28) */
1031 0x279c0000, /* addiu $28, $28, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1032 0x031cc023, /* subu $24, $24, $28 */
1033 0x03e07821, /* move $15, $31 # 32-bit move (addu) */
1034 0x0018c082, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
1035 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
1036 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1039 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an N32 executable. Different
1040 because gp ($28) is not available; we use t2 ($14) instead. */
1041 static const bfd_vma mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1043 0x3c0e0000, /* lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1044 0x8dd90000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14) */
1045 0x25ce0000, /* addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1046 0x030ec023, /* subu $24, $24, $14 */
1047 0x03e07821, /* move $15, $31 # 32-bit move (addu) */
1048 0x0018c082, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
1049 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
1050 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1053 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an N64 executable. Different
1054 from N32 because of the increased size of GOT entries. */
1055 static const bfd_vma mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1057 0x3c0e0000, /* lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1058 0xddd90000, /* ld $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14) */
1059 0x25ce0000, /* addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1060 0x030ec023, /* subu $24, $24, $14 */
1061 0x03e0782d, /* move $15, $31 # 64-bit move (daddu) */
1062 0x0018c0c2, /* srl $24, $24, 3 */
1063 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
1064 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1067 /* The format of the microMIPS first PLT entry in an O32 executable.
1068 We rely on v0 ($2) rather than t8 ($24) to contain the address
1069 of the GOTPLT entry handled, so this stub may only be used when
1070 all the subsequent PLT entries are microMIPS code too.
1072 The trailing NOP is for alignment and correct disassembly only. */
1073 static const bfd_vma micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1075 0x7980, 0x0000, /* addiupc $3, (&GOTPLT[0]) - . */
1076 0xff23, 0x0000, /* lw $25, 0($3) */
1077 0x0535, /* subu $2, $2, $3 */
1078 0x2525, /* srl $2, $2, 2 */
1079 0x3302, 0xfffe, /* subu $24, $2, 2 */
1080 0x0dff, /* move $15, $31 */
1081 0x45f9, /* jalrs $25 */
1082 0x0f83, /* move $28, $3 */
1086 /* The format of the microMIPS first PLT entry in an O32 executable
1087 in the insn32 mode. */
1088 static const bfd_vma micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1090 0x41bc, 0x0000, /* lui $28, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1091 0xff3c, 0x0000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($28) */
1092 0x339c, 0x0000, /* addiu $28, $28, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1093 0x0398, 0xc1d0, /* subu $24, $24, $28 */
1094 0x001f, 0x7950, /* move $15, $31 */
1095 0x0318, 0x1040, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
1096 0x03f9, 0x0f3c, /* jalr $25 */
1097 0x3318, 0xfffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1100 /* The format of subsequent standard PLT entries. */
1101 static const bfd_vma mips_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1103 0x3c0f0000, /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) */
1104 0x01f90000, /* l[wd] $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) */
1105 0x25f80000, /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) */
1106 0x03200008 /* jr $25 */
1109 /* In the following PLT entry the JR and ADDIU instructions will
1110 be swapped in _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol because
1111 LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P will be true for MIPS R6. */
1112 static const bfd_vma mipsr6_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1114 0x3c0f0000, /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) */
1115 0x01f90000, /* l[wd] $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) */
1116 0x25f80000, /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) */
1117 0x03200009 /* jr $25 */
1120 /* The format of subsequent MIPS16 o32 PLT entries. We use v0 ($2)
1121 and v1 ($3) as temporaries because t8 ($24) and t9 ($25) are not
1122 directly addressable. */
1123 static const bfd_vma mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1125 0xb203, /* lw $2, 12($pc) */
1126 0x9a60, /* lw $3, 0($2) */
1127 0x651a, /* move $24, $2 */
1129 0x653b, /* move $25, $3 */
1131 0x0000, 0x0000 /* .word (.got.plt entry) */
1134 /* The format of subsequent microMIPS o32 PLT entries. We use v0 ($2)
1135 as a temporary because t8 ($24) is not addressable with ADDIUPC. */
1136 static const bfd_vma micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1138 0x7900, 0x0000, /* addiupc $2, (.got.plt entry) - . */
1139 0xff22, 0x0000, /* lw $25, 0($2) */
1140 0x4599, /* jr $25 */
1141 0x0f02 /* move $24, $2 */
1144 /* The format of subsequent microMIPS o32 PLT entries in the insn32 mode. */
1145 static const bfd_vma micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1147 0x41af, 0x0000, /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) */
1148 0xff2f, 0x0000, /* lw $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) */
1149 0x0019, 0x0f3c, /* jr $25 */
1150 0x330f, 0x0000 /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) */
1153 /* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks executable. */
1154 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1156 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
1157 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
1158 0x8f390008, /* lw t9, 8(t9) */
1159 0x00000000, /* nop */
1160 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
1161 0x00000000 /* nop */
1164 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
1165 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1167 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
1168 0x24180000, /* li t8, <pltindex> */
1169 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(<.got.plt slot>) */
1170 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(<.got.plt slot>) */
1171 0x8f390000, /* lw t9, 0(t9) */
1172 0x00000000, /* nop */
1173 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
1174 0x00000000 /* nop */
1177 /* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks shared object. */
1178 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
[] =
1180 0x8f990008, /* lw t9, 8(gp) */
1181 0x00000000, /* nop */
1182 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
1183 0x00000000, /* nop */
1184 0x00000000, /* nop */
1185 0x00000000 /* nop */
1188 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
1189 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
[] =
1191 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
1192 0x24180000 /* li t8, <pltindex> */
1195 /* microMIPS 32-bit opcode helper installer. */
1198 bfd_put_micromips_32 (const bfd
*abfd
, bfd_vma opcode
, bfd_byte
*ptr
)
1200 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, (opcode
>> 16) & 0xffff, ptr
);
1201 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, opcode
& 0xffff, ptr
+ 2);
1204 /* microMIPS 32-bit opcode helper retriever. */
1207 bfd_get_micromips_32 (const bfd
*abfd
, const bfd_byte
*ptr
)
1209 return (bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
) << 16) | bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
+ 2);
1212 /* Look up an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1214 #define mips_elf_link_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy, follow) \
1215 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) \
1216 elf_link_hash_lookup (&(table)->root, (string), (create), \
1219 /* Traverse a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1221 #define mips_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info) \
1222 (elf_link_hash_traverse \
1224 (bfd_boolean (*) (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *)) (func), \
1227 /* Find the base offsets for thread-local storage in this object,
1228 for GD/LD and IE/LE respectively. */
1230 #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000
1231 #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
1234 dtprel_base (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1236 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
1237 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
== NULL
)
1239 return elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
1243 tprel_base (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1245 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
1246 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
== NULL
)
1248 return elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
1251 /* Create an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1253 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
1254 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
1255 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
, const char *string
)
1257 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*ret
=
1258 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
1260 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
1263 ret
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
));
1265 return (struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
;
1267 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
1268 ret
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
1269 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
,
1273 /* Set local fields. */
1274 memset (&ret
->esym
, 0, sizeof (EXTR
));
1275 /* We use -2 as a marker to indicate that the information has
1276 not been set. -1 means there is no associated ifd. */
1279 ret
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
1280 ret
->fn_stub
= NULL
;
1281 ret
->call_stub
= NULL
;
1282 ret
->call_fp_stub
= NULL
;
1283 ret
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
1284 ret
->got_only_for_calls
= TRUE
;
1285 ret
->readonly_reloc
= FALSE
;
1286 ret
->has_static_relocs
= FALSE
;
1287 ret
->no_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
1288 ret
->need_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
1289 ret
->has_nonpic_branches
= FALSE
;
1290 ret
->needs_lazy_stub
= FALSE
;
1291 ret
->use_plt_entry
= FALSE
;
1294 return (struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
;
1297 /* Allocate MIPS ELF private object data. */
1300 _bfd_mips_elf_mkobject (bfd
*abfd
)
1302 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
),
1307 _bfd_mips_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
1309 if (!sec
->used_by_bfd
)
1311 struct _mips_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
1312 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (*sdata
);
1314 sdata
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
1317 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
1320 return _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
1323 /* Read ECOFF debugging information from a .mdebug section into a
1324 ecoff_debug_info structure. */
1327 _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*section
,
1328 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
)
1331 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
1334 swap
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
1335 memset (debug
, 0, sizeof (*debug
));
1337 ext_hdr
= bfd_malloc (swap
->external_hdr_size
);
1338 if (ext_hdr
== NULL
&& swap
->external_hdr_size
!= 0)
1341 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, section
, ext_hdr
, 0,
1342 swap
->external_hdr_size
))
1345 symhdr
= &debug
->symbolic_header
;
1346 (*swap
->swap_hdr_in
) (abfd
, ext_hdr
, symhdr
);
1348 /* The symbolic header contains absolute file offsets and sizes to
1350 #define READ(ptr, offset, count, size, type) \
1351 if (symhdr->count == 0) \
1352 debug->ptr = NULL; \
1355 bfd_size_type amt = (bfd_size_type) size * symhdr->count; \
1356 debug->ptr = bfd_malloc (amt); \
1357 if (debug->ptr == NULL) \
1358 goto error_return; \
1359 if (bfd_seek (abfd, symhdr->offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 \
1360 || bfd_bread (debug->ptr, amt, abfd) != amt) \
1361 goto error_return; \
1364 READ (line
, cbLineOffset
, cbLine
, sizeof (unsigned char), unsigned char *);
1365 READ (external_dnr
, cbDnOffset
, idnMax
, swap
->external_dnr_size
, void *);
1366 READ (external_pdr
, cbPdOffset
, ipdMax
, swap
->external_pdr_size
, void *);
1367 READ (external_sym
, cbSymOffset
, isymMax
, swap
->external_sym_size
, void *);
1368 READ (external_opt
, cbOptOffset
, ioptMax
, swap
->external_opt_size
, void *);
1369 READ (external_aux
, cbAuxOffset
, iauxMax
, sizeof (union aux_ext
),
1371 READ (ss
, cbSsOffset
, issMax
, sizeof (char), char *);
1372 READ (ssext
, cbSsExtOffset
, issExtMax
, sizeof (char), char *);
1373 READ (external_fdr
, cbFdOffset
, ifdMax
, swap
->external_fdr_size
, void *);
1374 READ (external_rfd
, cbRfdOffset
, crfd
, swap
->external_rfd_size
, void *);
1375 READ (external_ext
, cbExtOffset
, iextMax
, swap
->external_ext_size
, void *);
1383 if (ext_hdr
!= NULL
)
1385 if (debug
->line
!= NULL
)
1387 if (debug
->external_dnr
!= NULL
)
1388 free (debug
->external_dnr
);
1389 if (debug
->external_pdr
!= NULL
)
1390 free (debug
->external_pdr
);
1391 if (debug
->external_sym
!= NULL
)
1392 free (debug
->external_sym
);
1393 if (debug
->external_opt
!= NULL
)
1394 free (debug
->external_opt
);
1395 if (debug
->external_aux
!= NULL
)
1396 free (debug
->external_aux
);
1397 if (debug
->ss
!= NULL
)
1399 if (debug
->ssext
!= NULL
)
1400 free (debug
->ssext
);
1401 if (debug
->external_fdr
!= NULL
)
1402 free (debug
->external_fdr
);
1403 if (debug
->external_rfd
!= NULL
)
1404 free (debug
->external_rfd
);
1405 if (debug
->external_ext
!= NULL
)
1406 free (debug
->external_ext
);
1410 /* Swap RPDR (runtime procedure table entry) for output. */
1413 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (bfd
*abfd
, const RPDR
*in
, struct rpdr_ext
*ex
)
1415 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, in
->adr
, ex
->p_adr
);
1416 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->regmask
, ex
->p_regmask
);
1417 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->regoffset
, ex
->p_regoffset
);
1418 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->fregmask
, ex
->p_fregmask
);
1419 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->fregoffset
, ex
->p_fregoffset
);
1420 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->frameoffset
, ex
->p_frameoffset
);
1422 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->framereg
, ex
->p_framereg
);
1423 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->pcreg
, ex
->p_pcreg
);
1425 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->irpss
, ex
->p_irpss
);
1428 /* Create a runtime procedure table from the .mdebug section. */
1431 mips_elf_create_procedure_table (void *handle
, bfd
*abfd
,
1432 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*s
,
1433 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
)
1435 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
1436 HDRR
*hdr
= &debug
->symbolic_header
;
1438 struct rpdr_ext
*erp
;
1440 struct pdr_ext
*epdr
;
1441 struct sym_ext
*esym
;
1445 bfd_size_type count
;
1446 unsigned long sindex
;
1450 const char *no_name_func
= _("static procedure (no name)");
1458 swap
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
1460 sindex
= strlen (no_name_func
) + 1;
1461 count
= hdr
->ipdMax
;
1464 size
= swap
->external_pdr_size
;
1466 epdr
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1470 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_pdr (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) epdr
))
1473 size
= sizeof (RPDR
);
1474 rp
= rpdr
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1478 size
= sizeof (char *);
1479 sv
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1483 count
= hdr
->isymMax
;
1484 size
= swap
->external_sym_size
;
1485 esym
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1489 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_sym (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) esym
))
1492 count
= hdr
->issMax
;
1493 ss
= bfd_malloc (count
);
1496 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_ss (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) ss
))
1499 count
= hdr
->ipdMax
;
1500 for (i
= 0; i
< (unsigned long) count
; i
++, rp
++)
1502 (*swap
->swap_pdr_in
) (abfd
, epdr
+ i
, &pdr
);
1503 (*swap
->swap_sym_in
) (abfd
, &esym
[pdr
.isym
], &sym
);
1504 rp
->adr
= sym
.value
;
1505 rp
->regmask
= pdr
.regmask
;
1506 rp
->regoffset
= pdr
.regoffset
;
1507 rp
->fregmask
= pdr
.fregmask
;
1508 rp
->fregoffset
= pdr
.fregoffset
;
1509 rp
->frameoffset
= pdr
.frameoffset
;
1510 rp
->framereg
= pdr
.framereg
;
1511 rp
->pcreg
= pdr
.pcreg
;
1513 sv
[i
] = ss
+ sym
.iss
;
1514 sindex
+= strlen (sv
[i
]) + 1;
1518 size
= sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
) * (count
+ 2) + sindex
;
1519 size
= BFD_ALIGN (size
, 16);
1520 rtproc
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, size
);
1523 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
= 0;
1527 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
= count
+ 2;
1530 memset (erp
, 0, sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
));
1532 str
= (char *) rtproc
+ sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
) * (count
+ 2);
1533 strcpy (str
, no_name_func
);
1534 str
+= strlen (no_name_func
) + 1;
1535 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
1537 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (abfd
, rpdr
+ i
, erp
+ i
);
1538 strcpy (str
, sv
[i
]);
1539 str
+= strlen (sv
[i
]) + 1;
1541 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, -1, (erp
+ count
)->p_adr
);
1543 /* Set the size and contents of .rtproc section. */
1545 s
->contents
= rtproc
;
1547 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
1548 matters, but someday it might). */
1549 s
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
1578 /* We're going to create a stub for H. Create a symbol for the stub's
1579 value and size, to help make the disassembly easier to read. */
1582 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1583 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1584 const char *prefix
, asection
*s
, bfd_vma value
,
1587 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
1588 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*elfh
;
1591 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h
->root
.other
))
1594 /* Create a new symbol. */
1595 name
= ACONCAT ((prefix
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, NULL
));
1597 if (!_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, s
->owner
, name
,
1598 BSF_LOCAL
, s
, value
, NULL
,
1602 /* Make it a local function. */
1603 elfh
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
1604 elfh
->type
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FUNC
);
1606 elfh
->forced_local
= 1;
1610 /* We're about to redefine H. Create a symbol to represent H's
1611 current value and size, to help make the disassembly easier
1615 mips_elf_create_shadow_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1616 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1619 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
1620 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*elfh
;
1625 /* Read the symbol's value. */
1626 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1627 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
1628 s
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1629 value
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
1631 /* Create a new symbol. */
1632 name
= ACONCAT ((prefix
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, NULL
));
1634 if (!_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, s
->owner
, name
,
1635 BSF_LOCAL
, s
, value
, NULL
,
1639 /* Make it local and copy the other attributes from H. */
1640 elfh
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
1641 elfh
->type
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, ELF_ST_TYPE (h
->root
.type
));
1642 elfh
->other
= h
->root
.other
;
1643 elfh
->size
= h
->root
.size
;
1644 elfh
->forced_local
= 1;
1648 /* Return TRUE if relocations in SECTION can refer directly to a MIPS16
1649 function rather than to a hard-float stub. */
1652 section_allows_mips16_refs_p (asection
*section
)
1656 name
= bfd_get_section_name (section
->owner
, section
);
1657 return (FN_STUB_P (name
)
1658 || CALL_STUB_P (name
)
1659 || CALL_FP_STUB_P (name
)
1660 || strcmp (name
, ".pdr") == 0);
1663 /* [RELOCS, RELEND) are the relocations against SEC, which is a MIPS16
1664 stub section of some kind. Return the R_SYMNDX of the target
1665 function, or 0 if we can't decide which function that is. */
1667 static unsigned long
1668 mips16_stub_symndx (const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
,
1669 asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1670 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
1671 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
)
1673 int int_rels_per_ext_rel
= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
1674 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
1676 /* Trust the first R_MIPS_NONE relocation, if any, but not a subsequent
1677 one in a compound relocation. */
1678 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; rel
+= int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
1679 if (ELF_R_TYPE (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
) == R_MIPS_NONE
)
1680 return ELF_R_SYM (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
);
1682 /* Otherwise trust the first relocation, whatever its kind. This is
1683 the traditional behavior. */
1684 if (relocs
< relend
)
1685 return ELF_R_SYM (sec
->owner
, relocs
->r_info
);
1690 /* Check the mips16 stubs for a particular symbol, and see if we can
1694 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1695 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
1697 /* Dynamic symbols must use the standard call interface, in case other
1698 objects try to call them. */
1699 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
1700 && h
->root
.dynindx
!= -1)
1702 mips_elf_create_shadow_symbol (info
, h
, ".mips16.");
1703 h
->need_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
1706 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
1707 && ! h
->need_fn_stub
)
1709 /* We don't need the fn_stub; the only references to this symbol
1710 are 16 bit calls. Clobber the size to 0 to prevent it from
1711 being included in the link. */
1712 h
->fn_stub
->size
= 0;
1713 h
->fn_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1714 h
->fn_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1715 h
->fn_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1718 if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
1719 && ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
))
1721 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1722 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1723 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1724 h
->call_stub
->size
= 0;
1725 h
->call_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1726 h
->call_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1727 h
->call_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1730 if (h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
1731 && ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
))
1733 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1734 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1735 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1736 h
->call_fp_stub
->size
= 0;
1737 h
->call_fp_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1738 h
->call_fp_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1739 h
->call_fp_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1743 /* Hashtable callbacks for mips_elf_la25_stubs. */
1746 mips_elf_la25_stub_hash (const void *entry_
)
1748 const struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*entry
;
1750 entry
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) entry_
;
1751 return entry
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
->id
1752 + entry
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
1756 mips_elf_la25_stub_eq (const void *entry1_
, const void *entry2_
)
1758 const struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*entry1
, *entry2
;
1760 entry1
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) entry1_
;
1761 entry2
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) entry2_
;
1762 return ((entry1
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
1763 == entry2
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
1764 && (entry1
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
1765 == entry2
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
));
1768 /* Called by the linker to set up the la25 stub-creation code. FN is
1769 the linker's implementation of add_stub_function. Return true on
1773 _bfd_mips_elf_init_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1774 asection
*(*fn
) (const char *, asection
*,
1777 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1779 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1783 htab
->add_stub_section
= fn
;
1784 htab
->la25_stubs
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_la25_stub_hash
,
1785 mips_elf_la25_stub_eq
, NULL
);
1786 if (htab
->la25_stubs
== NULL
)
1792 /* Return true if H is a locally-defined PIC function, in the sense
1793 that it or its fn_stub might need $25 to be valid on entry.
1794 Note that MIPS16 functions set up $gp using PC-relative instructions,
1795 so they themselves never need $25 to be valid. Only non-MIPS16
1796 entry points are of interest here. */
1799 mips_elf_local_pic_function_p (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
1801 return ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1802 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
1803 && h
->root
.def_regular
1804 && !bfd_is_abs_section (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
1805 && (!ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
)
1806 || (h
->fn_stub
&& h
->need_fn_stub
))
1807 && (PIC_OBJECT_P (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
)
1808 || ELF_ST_IS_MIPS_PIC (h
->root
.other
)));
1811 /* Set *SEC to the input section that contains the target of STUB.
1812 Return the offset of the target from the start of that section. */
1815 mips_elf_get_la25_target (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
,
1818 if (ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (stub
->h
->root
.other
))
1820 BFD_ASSERT (stub
->h
->need_fn_stub
);
1821 *sec
= stub
->h
->fn_stub
;
1826 *sec
= stub
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1827 return stub
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
1831 /* STUB describes an la25 stub that we have decided to implement
1832 by inserting an LUI/ADDIU pair before the target function.
1833 Create the section and redirect the function symbol to it. */
1836 mips_elf_add_la25_intro (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
,
1837 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1839 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1841 asection
*s
, *input_section
;
1844 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1848 /* Create a unique name for the new section. */
1849 name
= bfd_malloc (11 + sizeof (".text.stub."));
1852 sprintf (name
, ".text.stub.%d", (int) htab_elements (htab
->la25_stubs
));
1854 /* Create the section. */
1855 mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub
, &input_section
);
1856 s
= htab
->add_stub_section (name
, input_section
,
1857 input_section
->output_section
);
1861 /* Make sure that any padding goes before the stub. */
1862 align
= input_section
->alignment_power
;
1863 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (s
->owner
, s
, align
))
1866 s
->size
= (1 << align
) - 8;
1868 /* Create a symbol for the stub. */
1869 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (info
, stub
->h
, ".pic.", s
, s
->size
, 8);
1870 stub
->stub_section
= s
;
1871 stub
->offset
= s
->size
;
1873 /* Allocate room for it. */
1878 /* STUB describes an la25 stub that we have decided to implement
1879 with a separate trampoline. Allocate room for it and redirect
1880 the function symbol to it. */
1883 mips_elf_add_la25_trampoline (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
,
1884 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1886 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1889 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1893 /* Create a trampoline section, if we haven't already. */
1894 s
= htab
->strampoline
;
1897 asection
*input_section
= stub
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1898 s
= htab
->add_stub_section (".text", NULL
,
1899 input_section
->output_section
);
1900 if (s
== NULL
|| !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
->owner
, s
, 4))
1902 htab
->strampoline
= s
;
1905 /* Create a symbol for the stub. */
1906 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (info
, stub
->h
, ".pic.", s
, s
->size
, 16);
1907 stub
->stub_section
= s
;
1908 stub
->offset
= s
->size
;
1910 /* Allocate room for it. */
1915 /* H describes a symbol that needs an la25 stub. Make sure that an
1916 appropriate stub exists and point H at it. */
1919 mips_elf_add_la25_stub (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1920 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
1922 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1923 struct mips_elf_la25_stub search
, *stub
;
1924 bfd_boolean use_trampoline_p
;
1929 /* Describe the stub we want. */
1930 search
.stub_section
= NULL
;
1934 /* See if we've already created an equivalent stub. */
1935 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1939 slot
= htab_find_slot (htab
->la25_stubs
, &search
, INSERT
);
1943 stub
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) *slot
;
1946 /* We can reuse the existing stub. */
1947 h
->la25_stub
= stub
;
1951 /* Create a permanent copy of ENTRY and add it to the hash table. */
1952 stub
= bfd_malloc (sizeof (search
));
1958 /* Prefer to use LUI/ADDIU stubs if the function is at the beginning
1959 of the section and if we would need no more than 2 nops. */
1960 value
= mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub
, &s
);
1961 use_trampoline_p
= (value
!= 0 || s
->alignment_power
> 4);
1963 h
->la25_stub
= stub
;
1964 return (use_trampoline_p
1965 ? mips_elf_add_la25_trampoline (stub
, info
)
1966 : mips_elf_add_la25_intro (stub
, info
));
1969 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback that is called before sizing
1970 sections. DATA points to a mips_htab_traverse_info structure. */
1973 mips_elf_check_symbols (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
1975 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*hti
;
1977 hti
= (struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*) data
;
1978 if (!hti
->info
->relocatable
)
1979 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (hti
->info
, h
);
1981 if (mips_elf_local_pic_function_p (h
))
1983 /* PR 12845: If H is in a section that has been garbage
1984 collected it will have its output section set to *ABS*. */
1985 if (bfd_is_abs_section (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
))
1988 /* H is a function that might need $25 to be valid on entry.
1989 If we're creating a non-PIC relocatable object, mark H as
1990 being PIC. If we're creating a non-relocatable object with
1991 non-PIC branches and jumps to H, make sure that H has an la25
1993 if (hti
->info
->relocatable
)
1995 if (!PIC_OBJECT_P (hti
->output_bfd
))
1996 h
->root
.other
= ELF_ST_SET_MIPS_PIC (h
->root
.other
);
1998 else if (h
->has_nonpic_branches
&& !mips_elf_add_la25_stub (hti
->info
, h
))
2007 /* R_MIPS16_26 is used for the mips16 jal and jalx instructions.
2008 Most mips16 instructions are 16 bits, but these instructions
2011 The format of these instructions is:
2013 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2014 | JALX | X| Imm 20:16 | Imm 25:21 |
2015 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2017 +-----------------------------------------------+
2019 JALX is the 5-bit value 00011. X is 0 for jal, 1 for jalx.
2020 Note that the immediate value in the first word is swapped.
2022 When producing a relocatable object file, R_MIPS16_26 is
2023 handled mostly like R_MIPS_26. In particular, the addend is
2024 stored as a straight 26-bit value in a 32-bit instruction.
2025 (gas makes life simpler for itself by never adjusting a
2026 R_MIPS16_26 reloc to be against a section, so the addend is
2027 always zero). However, the 32 bit instruction is stored as 2
2028 16-bit values, rather than a single 32-bit value. In a
2029 big-endian file, the result is the same; in a little-endian
2030 file, the two 16-bit halves of the 32 bit value are swapped.
2031 This is so that a disassembler can recognize the jal
2034 When doing a final link, R_MIPS16_26 is treated as a 32 bit
2035 instruction stored as two 16-bit values. The addend A is the
2036 contents of the targ26 field. The calculation is the same as
2037 R_MIPS_26. When storing the calculated value, reorder the
2038 immediate value as shown above, and don't forget to store the
2039 value as two 16-bit values.
2041 To put it in MIPS ABI terms, the relocation field is T-targ26-16,
2045 +--------+----------------------+
2049 +--------+----------------------+
2052 +----------+------+-------------+
2056 +----------+--------------------+
2057 where targ26-16 is sub1 followed by sub2 (i.e., the addend field A is
2058 ((sub1 << 16) | sub2)).
2060 When producing a relocatable object file, the calculation is
2061 (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
2062 When producing a fully linked file, the calculation is
2063 let R = (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
2064 ((R & 0x1f0000) << 5) | ((R & 0x3e00000) >> 5) | (R & 0xffff)
2066 The table below lists the other MIPS16 instruction relocations.
2067 Each one is calculated in the same way as the non-MIPS16 relocation
2068 given on the right, but using the extended MIPS16 layout of 16-bit
2071 R_MIPS16_GPREL R_MIPS_GPREL16
2072 R_MIPS16_GOT16 R_MIPS_GOT16
2073 R_MIPS16_CALL16 R_MIPS_CALL16
2074 R_MIPS16_HI16 R_MIPS_HI16
2075 R_MIPS16_LO16 R_MIPS_LO16
2077 A typical instruction will have a format like this:
2079 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2080 | EXTEND | Imm 10:5 | Imm 15:11 |
2081 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2082 | Major | rx | ry | Imm 4:0 |
2083 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2085 EXTEND is the five bit value 11110. Major is the instruction
2088 All we need to do here is shuffle the bits appropriately.
2089 As above, the two 16-bit halves must be swapped on a
2090 little-endian system. */
2092 static inline bfd_boolean
2093 mips16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2098 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
2099 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
2100 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
2103 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
2104 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
2105 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
2106 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
2107 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
2108 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
2109 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
2117 /* Check if a microMIPS reloc. */
2119 static inline bfd_boolean
2120 micromips_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2122 return r_type
>= R_MICROMIPS_min
&& r_type
< R_MICROMIPS_max
;
2125 /* Similar to MIPS16, the two 16-bit halves in microMIPS must be swapped
2126 on a little-endian system. This does not apply to R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
2127 and R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1 relocs that apply to 16-bit instructions. */
2129 static inline bfd_boolean
2130 micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2132 return (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
)
2133 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
2134 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
);
2137 static inline bfd_boolean
2138 got16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2140 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
2141 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_GOT16
2142 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
);
2145 static inline bfd_boolean
2146 call16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2148 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL16
2149 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_CALL16
2150 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
);
2153 static inline bfd_boolean
2154 got_disp_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2156 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
;
2159 static inline bfd_boolean
2160 got_page_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2162 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
;
2165 static inline bfd_boolean
2166 got_ofst_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2168 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST
;
2171 static inline bfd_boolean
2172 got_hi16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2174 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
;
2177 static inline bfd_boolean
2178 got_lo16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2180 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
;
2183 static inline bfd_boolean
2184 call_hi16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2186 return r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
;
2189 static inline bfd_boolean
2190 call_lo16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2192 return r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
;
2195 static inline bfd_boolean
2196 hi16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2198 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_HI16
2199 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_HI16
2200 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI16
2201 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PCHI16
);
2204 static inline bfd_boolean
2205 lo16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2207 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_LO16
2208 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_LO16
2209 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_LO16
2210 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PCLO16
);
2213 static inline bfd_boolean
2214 mips16_call_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2216 return r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
|| r_type
== R_MIPS16_CALL16
;
2219 static inline bfd_boolean
2220 jal_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2222 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
2223 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
2224 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
);
2227 static inline bfd_boolean
2228 aligned_pcrel_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2230 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_PC18_S3
2231 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PC19_S2
);
2234 static inline bfd_boolean
2235 micromips_branch_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2237 return (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
2238 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
2239 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
2240 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
);
2243 static inline bfd_boolean
2244 tls_gd_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2246 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GD
2247 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
2248 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
);
2251 static inline bfd_boolean
2252 tls_ldm_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2254 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
2255 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
2256 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
);
2259 static inline bfd_boolean
2260 tls_gottprel_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2262 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
2263 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
2264 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
);
2268 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (bfd
*abfd
, int r_type
,
2269 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle
, bfd_byte
*data
)
2271 bfd_vma first
, second
, val
;
2273 if (!mips16_reloc_p (r_type
) && !micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (r_type
))
2276 /* Pick up the first and second halfwords of the instruction. */
2277 first
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, data
);
2278 second
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, data
+ 2);
2279 if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
) || (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !jal_shuffle
))
2280 val
= first
<< 16 | second
;
2281 else if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
)
2282 val
= (((first
& 0xf800) << 16) | ((second
& 0xffe0) << 11)
2283 | ((first
& 0x1f) << 11) | (first
& 0x7e0) | (second
& 0x1f));
2285 val
= (((first
& 0xfc00) << 16) | ((first
& 0x3e0) << 11)
2286 | ((first
& 0x1f) << 21) | second
);
2287 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, val
, data
);
2291 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (bfd
*abfd
, int r_type
,
2292 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle
, bfd_byte
*data
)
2294 bfd_vma first
, second
, val
;
2296 if (!mips16_reloc_p (r_type
) && !micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (r_type
))
2299 val
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, data
);
2300 if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
) || (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !jal_shuffle
))
2302 second
= val
& 0xffff;
2305 else if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
)
2307 second
= ((val
>> 11) & 0xffe0) | (val
& 0x1f);
2308 first
= ((val
>> 16) & 0xf800) | ((val
>> 11) & 0x1f) | (val
& 0x7e0);
2312 second
= val
& 0xffff;
2313 first
= ((val
>> 16) & 0xfc00) | ((val
>> 11) & 0x3e0)
2314 | ((val
>> 21) & 0x1f);
2316 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, second
, data
+ 2);
2317 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, first
, data
);
2320 bfd_reloc_status_type
2321 _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*symbol
,
2322 arelent
*reloc_entry
, asection
*input_section
,
2323 bfd_boolean relocatable
, void *data
, bfd_vma gp
)
2327 bfd_reloc_status_type status
;
2329 if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
2332 relocation
= symbol
->value
;
2334 relocation
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
2335 relocation
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
2337 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2338 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2340 /* Set val to the offset into the section or symbol. */
2341 val
= reloc_entry
->addend
;
2343 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (val
, 16);
2345 /* Adjust val for the final section location and GP value. If we
2346 are producing relocatable output, we don't want to do this for
2347 an external symbol. */
2349 || (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0)
2350 val
+= relocation
- gp
;
2352 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
)
2354 status
= _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry
->howto
, abfd
, val
,
2356 + reloc_entry
->address
);
2357 if (status
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
2361 reloc_entry
->addend
= val
;
2364 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
2366 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
2369 /* Used to store a REL high-part relocation such as R_MIPS_HI16 or
2370 R_MIPS_GOT16. REL is the relocation, INPUT_SECTION is the section
2371 that contains the relocation field and DATA points to the start of
2376 struct mips_hi16
*next
;
2378 asection
*input_section
;
2382 /* FIXME: This should not be a static variable. */
2384 static struct mips_hi16
*mips_hi16_list
;
2386 /* A howto special_function for REL *HI16 relocations. We can only
2387 calculate the correct value once we've seen the partnering
2388 *LO16 relocation, so just save the information for later.
2390 The ABI requires that the *LO16 immediately follow the *HI16.
2391 However, as a GNU extension, we permit an arbitrary number of
2392 *HI16s to be associated with a single *LO16. This significantly
2393 simplies the relocation handling in gcc. */
2395 bfd_reloc_status_type
2396 _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*reloc_entry
,
2397 asymbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, void *data
,
2398 asection
*input_section
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
2399 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2401 struct mips_hi16
*n
;
2403 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2404 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2406 n
= bfd_malloc (sizeof *n
);
2408 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2410 n
->next
= mips_hi16_list
;
2412 n
->input_section
= input_section
;
2413 n
->rel
= *reloc_entry
;
2416 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
2417 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
2419 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
2422 /* A howto special_function for REL R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocations. This is just
2423 like any other 16-bit relocation when applied to global symbols, but is
2424 treated in the same as R_MIPS_HI16 when applied to local symbols. */
2426 bfd_reloc_status_type
2427 _bfd_mips_elf_got16_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
2428 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
2429 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
2431 if ((symbol
->flags
& (BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_WEAK
)) != 0
2432 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (symbol
))
2433 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (symbol
)))
2434 /* The relocation is against a global symbol. */
2435 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
2436 input_section
, output_bfd
,
2439 return _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
2440 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
2443 /* A howto special_function for REL *LO16 relocations. The *LO16 itself
2444 is a straightforward 16 bit inplace relocation, but we must deal with
2445 any partnering high-part relocations as well. */
2447 bfd_reloc_status_type
2448 _bfd_mips_elf_lo16_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
2449 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
2450 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
2453 bfd_byte
*location
= (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
;
2455 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2456 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2458 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2460 vallo
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, location
);
2461 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2464 while (mips_hi16_list
!= NULL
)
2466 bfd_reloc_status_type ret
;
2467 struct mips_hi16
*hi
;
2469 hi
= mips_hi16_list
;
2471 /* R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocations are something of a special case. We
2472 want to install the addend in the same way as for a R_MIPS*_HI16
2473 relocation (with a rightshift of 16). However, since GOT16
2474 relocations can also be used with global symbols, their howto
2475 has a rightshift of 0. */
2476 if (hi
->rel
.howto
->type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
)
2477 hi
->rel
.howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, R_MIPS_HI16
, FALSE
);
2478 else if (hi
->rel
.howto
->type
== R_MIPS16_GOT16
)
2479 hi
->rel
.howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, R_MIPS16_HI16
, FALSE
);
2480 else if (hi
->rel
.howto
->type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
)
2481 hi
->rel
.howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, R_MICROMIPS_HI16
, FALSE
);
2483 /* VALLO is a signed 16-bit number. Bias it by 0x8000 so that any
2484 carry or borrow will induce a change of +1 or -1 in the high part. */
2485 hi
->rel
.addend
+= (vallo
+ 0x8000) & 0xffff;
2487 ret
= _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, &hi
->rel
, symbol
, hi
->data
,
2488 hi
->input_section
, output_bfd
,
2490 if (ret
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
2493 mips_hi16_list
= hi
->next
;
2497 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
2498 input_section
, output_bfd
,
2502 /* A generic howto special_function. This calculates and installs the
2503 relocation itself, thus avoiding the oft-discussed problems in
2504 bfd_perform_relocation and bfd_install_relocation. */
2506 bfd_reloc_status_type
2507 _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*reloc_entry
,
2508 asymbol
*symbol
, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2509 asection
*input_section
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
2510 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2513 bfd_reloc_status_type status
;
2514 bfd_boolean relocatable
;
2516 relocatable
= (output_bfd
!= NULL
);
2518 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2519 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2521 /* Build up the field adjustment in VAL. */
2523 if (!relocatable
|| (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0)
2525 /* Either we're calculating the final field value or we have a
2526 relocation against a section symbol. Add in the section's
2527 offset or address. */
2528 val
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
2529 val
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
2534 /* We're calculating the final field value. Add in the symbol's value
2535 and, if pc-relative, subtract the address of the field itself. */
2536 val
+= symbol
->value
;
2537 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->pc_relative
)
2539 val
-= input_section
->output_section
->vma
;
2540 val
-= input_section
->output_offset
;
2541 val
-= reloc_entry
->address
;
2545 /* VAL is now the final adjustment. If we're keeping this relocation
2546 in the output file, and if the relocation uses a separate addend,
2547 we just need to add VAL to that addend. Otherwise we need to add
2548 VAL to the relocation field itself. */
2549 if (relocatable
&& !reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
)
2550 reloc_entry
->addend
+= val
;
2553 bfd_byte
*location
= (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
;
2555 /* Add in the separate addend, if any. */
2556 val
+= reloc_entry
->addend
;
2558 /* Add VAL to the relocation field. */
2559 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2561 status
= _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry
->howto
, abfd
, val
,
2563 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2566 if (status
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
2571 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
2573 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
2576 /* Swap an entry in a .gptab section. Note that these routines rely
2577 on the equivalence of the two elements of the union. */
2580 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_External_gptab
*ex
,
2583 in
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
);
2584 in
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
);
2588 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_gptab
*in
,
2589 Elf32_External_gptab
*ex
)
2591 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
);
2592 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
);
2596 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_compact_rel
*in
,
2597 Elf32_External_compact_rel
*ex
)
2599 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->id1
, ex
->id1
);
2600 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->num
, ex
->num
);
2601 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->id2
, ex
->id2
);
2602 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->offset
, ex
->offset
);
2603 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->reserved0
, ex
->reserved0
);
2604 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->reserved1
, ex
->reserved1
);
2608 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_crinfo
*in
,
2609 Elf32_External_crinfo
*ex
)
2613 l
= (((in
->ctype
& CRINFO_CTYPE
) << CRINFO_CTYPE_SH
)
2614 | ((in
->rtype
& CRINFO_RTYPE
) << CRINFO_RTYPE_SH
)
2615 | ((in
->dist2to
& CRINFO_DIST2TO
) << CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH
)
2616 | ((in
->relvaddr
& CRINFO_RELVADDR
) << CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH
));
2617 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, l
, ex
->info
);
2618 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->konst
, ex
->konst
);
2619 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->vaddr
, ex
->vaddr
);
2622 /* A .reginfo section holds a single Elf32_RegInfo structure. These
2623 routines swap this structure in and out. They are used outside of
2624 BFD, so they are globally visible. */
2627 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_External_RegInfo
*ex
,
2630 in
->ri_gprmask
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2631 in
->ri_cprmask
[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2632 in
->ri_cprmask
[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2633 in
->ri_cprmask
[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2634 in
->ri_cprmask
[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2635 in
->ri_gp_value
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2639 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_RegInfo
*in
,
2640 Elf32_External_RegInfo
*ex
)
2642 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gprmask
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2643 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[0], ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2644 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[1], ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2645 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[2], ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2646 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[3], ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2647 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gp_value
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2650 /* In the 64 bit ABI, the .MIPS.options section holds register
2651 information in an Elf64_Reginfo structure. These routines swap
2652 them in and out. They are globally visible because they are used
2653 outside of BFD. These routines are here so that gas can call them
2654 without worrying about whether the 64 bit ABI has been included. */
2657 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf64_External_RegInfo
*ex
,
2658 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo
*in
)
2660 in
->ri_gprmask
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2661 in
->ri_pad
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_pad
);
2662 in
->ri_cprmask
[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2663 in
->ri_cprmask
[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2664 in
->ri_cprmask
[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2665 in
->ri_cprmask
[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2666 in
->ri_gp_value
= H_GET_64 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2670 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf64_Internal_RegInfo
*in
,
2671 Elf64_External_RegInfo
*ex
)
2673 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gprmask
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2674 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_pad
, ex
->ri_pad
);
2675 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[0], ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2676 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[1], ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2677 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[2], ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2678 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[3], ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2679 H_PUT_64 (abfd
, in
->ri_gp_value
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2682 /* Swap in an options header. */
2685 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_External_Options
*ex
,
2686 Elf_Internal_Options
*in
)
2688 in
->kind
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->kind
);
2689 in
->size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->size
);
2690 in
->section
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, ex
->section
);
2691 in
->info
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->info
);
2694 /* Swap out an options header. */
2697 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_Internal_Options
*in
,
2698 Elf_External_Options
*ex
)
2700 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->kind
, ex
->kind
);
2701 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->size
, ex
->size
);
2702 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->section
, ex
->section
);
2703 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->info
, ex
->info
);
2706 /* Swap in an abiflags structure. */
2709 bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_in (bfd
*abfd
,
2710 const Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0
*ex
,
2711 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*in
)
2713 in
->version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, ex
->version
);
2714 in
->isa_level
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->isa_level
);
2715 in
->isa_rev
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->isa_rev
);
2716 in
->gpr_size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->gpr_size
);
2717 in
->cpr1_size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->cpr1_size
);
2718 in
->cpr2_size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->cpr2_size
);
2719 in
->fp_abi
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->fp_abi
);
2720 in
->isa_ext
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->isa_ext
);
2721 in
->ases
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ases
);
2722 in
->flags1
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->flags1
);
2723 in
->flags2
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->flags2
);
2726 /* Swap out an abiflags structure. */
2729 bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_out (bfd
*abfd
,
2730 const Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*in
,
2731 Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0
*ex
)
2733 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->version
, ex
->version
);
2734 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->isa_level
, ex
->isa_level
);
2735 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->isa_rev
, ex
->isa_rev
);
2736 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->gpr_size
, ex
->gpr_size
);
2737 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->cpr1_size
, ex
->cpr1_size
);
2738 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->cpr2_size
, ex
->cpr2_size
);
2739 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->fp_abi
, ex
->fp_abi
);
2740 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->isa_ext
, ex
->isa_ext
);
2741 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ases
, ex
->ases
);
2742 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->flags1
, ex
->flags1
);
2743 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->flags2
, ex
->flags2
);
2746 /* This function is called via qsort() to sort the dynamic relocation
2747 entries by increasing r_symndx value. */
2750 sort_dynamic_relocs (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
2752 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1
;
2753 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2
;
2756 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg1
, &int_reloc1
);
2757 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg2
, &int_reloc2
);
2759 diff
= ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc1
.r_info
) - ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc2
.r_info
);
2763 if (int_reloc1
.r_offset
< int_reloc2
.r_offset
)
2765 if (int_reloc1
.r_offset
> int_reloc2
.r_offset
)
2770 /* Like sort_dynamic_relocs, but used for elf64 relocations. */
2773 sort_dynamic_relocs_64 (const void *arg1 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2774 const void *arg2 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2777 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1
[3];
2778 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2
[3];
2780 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_in
)
2781 (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg1
, int_reloc1
);
2782 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_in
)
2783 (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg2
, int_reloc2
);
2785 if (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1
[0].r_info
) < ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2
[0].r_info
))
2787 if (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1
[0].r_info
) > ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2
[0].r_info
))
2790 if (int_reloc1
[0].r_offset
< int_reloc2
[0].r_offset
)
2792 if (int_reloc1
[0].r_offset
> int_reloc2
[0].r_offset
)
2801 /* This routine is used to write out ECOFF debugging external symbol
2802 information. It is called via mips_elf_link_hash_traverse. The
2803 ECOFF external symbol information must match the ELF external
2804 symbol information. Unfortunately, at this point we don't know
2805 whether a symbol is required by reloc information, so the two
2806 tables may wind up being different. We must sort out the external
2807 symbol information before we can set the final size of the .mdebug
2808 section, and we must set the size of the .mdebug section before we
2809 can relocate any sections, and we can't know which symbols are
2810 required by relocation until we relocate the sections.
2811 Fortunately, it is relatively unlikely that any symbol will be
2812 stripped but required by a reloc. In particular, it can not happen
2813 when generating a final executable. */
2816 mips_elf_output_extsym (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2818 struct extsym_info
*einfo
= data
;
2820 asection
*sec
, *output_section
;
2822 if (h
->root
.indx
== -2)
2824 else if ((h
->root
.def_dynamic
2825 || h
->root
.ref_dynamic
2826 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
2827 && !h
->root
.def_regular
2828 && !h
->root
.ref_regular
)
2830 else if (einfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
2831 || (einfo
->info
->strip
== strip_some
2832 && bfd_hash_lookup (einfo
->info
->keep_hash
,
2833 h
->root
.root
.root
.string
,
2834 FALSE
, FALSE
) == NULL
))
2842 if (h
->esym
.ifd
== -2)
2845 h
->esym
.cobol_main
= 0;
2846 h
->esym
.weakext
= 0;
2847 h
->esym
.reserved
= 0;
2848 h
->esym
.ifd
= ifdNil
;
2849 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2850 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stGlobal
;
2852 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
2853 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
2857 /* Use undefined class. Also, set class and type for some
2859 name
= h
->root
.root
.root
.string
;
2860 if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[0]) == 0
2861 || strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[1]) == 0)
2863 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scData
;
2864 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
2865 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2867 else if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[2]) == 0)
2869 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
2870 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
2871 h
->esym
.asym
.value
=
2872 mips_elf_hash_table (einfo
->info
)->procedure_count
;
2874 else if (strcmp (name
, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (einfo
->abfd
))
2876 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
2877 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
2878 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= elf_gp (einfo
->abfd
);
2881 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scUndefined
;
2883 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
2884 && h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2885 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
2890 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
2891 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
2893 /* When making a shared library and symbol h is the one from
2894 the another shared library, OUTPUT_SECTION may be null. */
2895 if (output_section
== NULL
)
2896 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scUndefined
;
2899 name
= bfd_section_name (output_section
->owner
, output_section
);
2901 if (strcmp (name
, ".text") == 0)
2902 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scText
;
2903 else if (strcmp (name
, ".data") == 0)
2904 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scData
;
2905 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0)
2906 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSData
;
2907 else if (strcmp (name
, ".rodata") == 0
2908 || strcmp (name
, ".rdata") == 0)
2909 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scRData
;
2910 else if (strcmp (name
, ".bss") == 0)
2911 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scBss
;
2912 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0)
2913 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSBss
;
2914 else if (strcmp (name
, ".init") == 0)
2915 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scInit
;
2916 else if (strcmp (name
, ".fini") == 0)
2917 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scFini
;
2919 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
2923 h
->esym
.asym
.reserved
= 0;
2924 h
->esym
.asym
.index
= indexNil
;
2927 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
2928 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= h
->root
.root
.u
.c
.size
;
2929 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2930 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2932 if (h
->esym
.asym
.sc
== scCommon
)
2933 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scBss
;
2934 else if (h
->esym
.asym
.sc
== scSCommon
)
2935 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSBss
;
2937 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
2938 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
2939 if (output_section
!= NULL
)
2940 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
2941 + sec
->output_offset
2942 + output_section
->vma
);
2944 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2948 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hd
= h
;
2950 while (hd
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2951 hd
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
2953 if (hd
->needs_lazy_stub
)
2955 BFD_ASSERT (hd
->root
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
);
2956 BFD_ASSERT (hd
->root
.plt
.plist
->stub_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
);
2957 /* Set type and value for a symbol with a function stub. */
2958 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stProc
;
2959 sec
= hd
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
2961 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2964 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
2965 if (output_section
!= NULL
)
2966 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= (hd
->root
.plt
.plist
->stub_offset
2967 + sec
->output_offset
2968 + output_section
->vma
);
2970 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2975 if (! bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (einfo
->abfd
, einfo
->debug
, einfo
->swap
,
2976 h
->root
.root
.root
.string
,
2979 einfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2986 /* A comparison routine used to sort .gptab entries. */
2989 gptab_compare (const void *p1
, const void *p2
)
2991 const Elf32_gptab
*a1
= p1
;
2992 const Elf32_gptab
*a2
= p2
;
2994 return a1
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
- a2
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
;
2997 /* Functions to manage the got entry hash table. */
2999 /* Use all 64 bits of a bfd_vma for the computation of a 32-bit
3002 static INLINE hashval_t
3003 mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (bfd_vma addr
)
3006 return addr
+ (addr
>> 32);
3013 mips_elf_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
3015 const struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry_
;
3017 return (entry
->symndx
3018 + ((entry
->tls_type
== GOT_TLS_LDM
) << 18)
3019 + (entry
->tls_type
== GOT_TLS_LDM
? 0
3020 : !entry
->abfd
? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.address
)
3021 : entry
->symndx
>= 0 ? (entry
->abfd
->id
3022 + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.addend
))
3023 : entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.root
.hash
));
3027 mips_elf_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1
, const void *entry2
)
3029 const struct mips_got_entry
*e1
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry1
;
3030 const struct mips_got_entry
*e2
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry2
;
3032 return (e1
->symndx
== e2
->symndx
3033 && e1
->tls_type
== e2
->tls_type
3034 && (e1
->tls_type
== GOT_TLS_LDM
? TRUE
3035 : !e1
->abfd
? !e2
->abfd
&& e1
->d
.address
== e2
->d
.address
3036 : e1
->symndx
>= 0 ? (e1
->abfd
== e2
->abfd
3037 && e1
->d
.addend
== e2
->d
.addend
)
3038 : e2
->abfd
&& e1
->d
.h
== e2
->d
.h
));
3042 mips_got_page_ref_hash (const void *ref_
)
3044 const struct mips_got_page_ref
*ref
;
3046 ref
= (const struct mips_got_page_ref
*) ref_
;
3047 return ((ref
->symndx
>= 0
3048 ? (hashval_t
) (ref
->u
.abfd
->id
+ ref
->symndx
)
3049 : ref
->u
.h
->root
.root
.root
.hash
)
3050 + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (ref
->addend
));
3054 mips_got_page_ref_eq (const void *ref1_
, const void *ref2_
)
3056 const struct mips_got_page_ref
*ref1
, *ref2
;
3058 ref1
= (const struct mips_got_page_ref
*) ref1_
;
3059 ref2
= (const struct mips_got_page_ref
*) ref2_
;
3060 return (ref1
->symndx
== ref2
->symndx
3061 && (ref1
->symndx
< 0
3062 ? ref1
->u
.h
== ref2
->u
.h
3063 : ref1
->u
.abfd
== ref2
->u
.abfd
)
3064 && ref1
->addend
== ref2
->addend
);
3068 mips_got_page_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
3070 const struct mips_got_page_entry
*entry
;
3072 entry
= (const struct mips_got_page_entry
*) entry_
;
3073 return entry
->sec
->id
;
3077 mips_got_page_entry_eq (const void *entry1_
, const void *entry2_
)
3079 const struct mips_got_page_entry
*entry1
, *entry2
;
3081 entry1
= (const struct mips_got_page_entry
*) entry1_
;
3082 entry2
= (const struct mips_got_page_entry
*) entry2_
;
3083 return entry1
->sec
== entry2
->sec
;
3086 /* Create and return a new mips_got_info structure. */
3088 static struct mips_got_info
*
3089 mips_elf_create_got_info (bfd
*abfd
)
3091 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3093 g
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct mips_got_info
));
3097 g
->got_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_got_entry_hash
,
3098 mips_elf_got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
3099 if (g
->got_entries
== NULL
)
3102 g
->got_page_refs
= htab_try_create (1, mips_got_page_ref_hash
,
3103 mips_got_page_ref_eq
, NULL
);
3104 if (g
->got_page_refs
== NULL
)
3110 /* Return the GOT info for input bfd ABFD, trying to create a new one if
3111 CREATE_P and if ABFD doesn't already have a GOT. */
3113 static struct mips_got_info
*
3114 mips_elf_bfd_got (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_boolean create_p
)
3116 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
;
3118 if (!is_mips_elf (abfd
))
3121 tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
);
3122 if (!tdata
->got
&& create_p
)
3123 tdata
->got
= mips_elf_create_got_info (abfd
);
3127 /* Record that ABFD should use output GOT G. */
3130 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*g
)
3132 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
;
3134 BFD_ASSERT (is_mips_elf (abfd
));
3135 tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
);
3138 /* The GOT structure itself and the hash table entries are
3139 allocated to a bfd, but the hash tables aren't. */
3140 htab_delete (tdata
->got
->got_entries
);
3141 htab_delete (tdata
->got
->got_page_refs
);
3142 if (tdata
->got
->got_page_entries
)
3143 htab_delete (tdata
->got
->got_page_entries
);
3148 /* Return the dynamic relocation section. If it doesn't exist, try to
3149 create a new it if CREATE_P, otherwise return NULL. Also return NULL
3150 if creation fails. */
3153 mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd_boolean create_p
)
3159 dname
= MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
);
3160 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
3161 sreloc
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, dname
);
3162 if (sreloc
== NULL
&& create_p
)
3164 sreloc
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, dname
,
3169 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
3172 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, sreloc
,
3173 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj
)))
3179 /* Return the GOT_TLS_* type required by relocation type R_TYPE. */
3182 mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (unsigned int r_type
)
3184 if (tls_gd_reloc_p (r_type
))
3187 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
3190 if (tls_gottprel_reloc_p (r_type
))
3193 return GOT_TLS_NONE
;
3196 /* Return the number of GOT slots needed for GOT TLS type TYPE. */
3199 mips_tls_got_entries (unsigned int type
)
3216 /* Count the number of relocations needed for a TLS GOT entry, with
3217 access types from TLS_TYPE, and symbol H (or a local symbol if H
3221 mips_tls_got_relocs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, unsigned char tls_type
,
3222 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3225 bfd_boolean need_relocs
= FALSE
;
3226 bfd_boolean dyn
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
;
3228 if (h
&& WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn
, info
->shared
, h
)
3229 && (!info
->shared
|| !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
)))
3232 if ((info
->shared
|| indx
!= 0)
3234 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
3235 || h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
3244 return indx
!= 0 ? 2 : 1;
3250 return info
->shared
? 1 : 0;
3257 /* Add the number of GOT entries and TLS relocations required by ENTRY
3261 mips_elf_count_got_entry (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3262 struct mips_got_info
*g
,
3263 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
)
3265 if (entry
->tls_type
)
3267 g
->tls_gotno
+= mips_tls_got_entries (entry
->tls_type
);
3268 g
->relocs
+= mips_tls_got_relocs (info
, entry
->tls_type
,
3270 ? &entry
->d
.h
->root
: NULL
);
3272 else if (entry
->symndx
>= 0 || entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
== GGA_NONE
)
3273 g
->local_gotno
+= 1;
3275 g
->global_gotno
+= 1;
3278 /* Output a simple dynamic relocation into SRELOC. */
3281 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (bfd
*output_bfd
,
3283 unsigned long reloc_index
,
3288 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
3290 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
3292 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, indx
, r_type
);
3293 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
= offset
;
3295 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
3297 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_out
)
3298 (output_bfd
, &rel
[0],
3300 + reloc_index
* sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)));
3303 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
3304 (output_bfd
, &rel
[0],
3306 + reloc_index
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
3309 /* Initialize a set of TLS GOT entries for one symbol. */
3312 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3313 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
,
3314 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3317 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3319 asection
*sreloc
, *sgot
;
3320 bfd_vma got_offset
, got_offset2
;
3321 bfd_boolean need_relocs
= FALSE
;
3323 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3332 bfd_boolean dyn
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
;
3334 if (WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn
, info
->shared
, &h
->root
)
3335 && (!info
->shared
|| !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
)))
3336 indx
= h
->root
.dynindx
;
3339 if (entry
->tls_initialized
)
3342 if ((info
->shared
|| indx
!= 0)
3344 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
3345 || h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
3348 /* MINUS_ONE means the symbol is not defined in this object. It may not
3349 be defined at all; assume that the value doesn't matter in that
3350 case. Otherwise complain if we would use the value. */
3351 BFD_ASSERT (value
!= MINUS_ONE
|| (indx
!= 0 && need_relocs
)
3352 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
);
3354 /* Emit necessary relocations. */
3355 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
3356 got_offset
= entry
->gotidx
;
3358 switch (entry
->tls_type
)
3361 /* General Dynamic. */
3362 got_offset2
= got_offset
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
3366 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3367 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3368 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32
,
3369 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset
);
3372 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3373 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3374 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32
,
3375 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset2
);
3377 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- dtprel_base (info
),
3378 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset2
);
3382 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 1,
3383 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3384 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- dtprel_base (info
),
3385 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset2
);
3390 /* Initial Exec model. */
3394 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
,
3395 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3397 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 0,
3398 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3400 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3401 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3402 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64
: R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32
,
3403 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset
);
3406 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- tprel_base (info
),
3407 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3411 /* The initial offset is zero, and the LD offsets will include the
3412 bias by DTP_OFFSET. */
3413 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 0,
3414 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
3415 + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
));
3418 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 1,
3419 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3421 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3422 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3423 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32
,
3424 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset
);
3431 entry
->tls_initialized
= TRUE
;
3434 /* Return the offset from _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ of the .got.plt entry
3435 for global symbol H. .got.plt comes before the GOT, so the offset
3436 will be negative. */
3439 mips_elf_gotplt_index (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3440 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3442 bfd_vma got_address
, got_value
;
3443 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3445 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3446 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3448 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
);
3449 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
!= MINUS_ONE
);
3451 /* Calculate the address of the associated .got.plt entry. */
3452 got_address
= (htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
3453 + htab
->sgotplt
->output_offset
3454 + (h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
3455 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (info
->output_bfd
)));
3457 /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
3458 got_value
= (htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
3459 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
3460 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
3462 return got_address
- got_value
;
3465 /* Return the GOT offset for address VALUE. If there is not yet a GOT
3466 entry for this value, create one. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol,
3467 create a TLS GOT entry instead. Return -1 if no satisfactory GOT
3468 offset can be found. */
3471 mips_elf_local_got_index (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3472 bfd_vma value
, unsigned long r_symndx
,
3473 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, int r_type
)
3475 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3476 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3478 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3479 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3481 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, value
,
3482 r_symndx
, h
, r_type
);
3486 if (entry
->tls_type
)
3487 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (abfd
, info
, entry
, h
, value
);
3488 return entry
->gotidx
;
3491 /* Return the GOT index of global symbol H in the primary GOT. */
3494 mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3495 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3497 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3498 long global_got_dynindx
;
3499 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3502 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3503 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3505 global_got_dynindx
= 0;
3506 if (htab
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
)
3507 global_got_dynindx
= htab
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
3509 /* Once we determine the global GOT entry with the lowest dynamic
3510 symbol table index, we must put all dynamic symbols with greater
3511 indices into the primary GOT. That makes it easy to calculate the
3513 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
>= global_got_dynindx
);
3514 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (obfd
, FALSE
);
3515 got_index
= ((h
->dynindx
- global_got_dynindx
+ g
->local_gotno
)
3516 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (obfd
));
3517 BFD_ASSERT (got_index
< htab
->sgot
->size
);
3522 /* Return the GOT index for the global symbol indicated by H, which is
3523 referenced by a relocation of type R_TYPE in IBFD. */
3526 mips_elf_global_got_index (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*ibfd
,
3527 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, int r_type
)
3529 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3530 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3531 struct mips_got_entry lookup
, *entry
;
3534 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3535 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3537 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
);
3540 lookup
.tls_type
= mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type
);
3541 if (!lookup
.tls_type
&& g
== mips_elf_bfd_got (obfd
, FALSE
))
3542 return mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (obfd
, info
, h
);
3546 lookup
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3547 entry
= htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &lookup
);
3550 gotidx
= entry
->gotidx
;
3551 BFD_ASSERT (gotidx
> 0 && gotidx
< htab
->sgot
->size
);
3553 if (lookup
.tls_type
)
3555 bfd_vma value
= MINUS_ONE
;
3557 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
3558 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
3559 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
)
3560 value
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
3561 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
3562 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
);
3564 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (obfd
, info
, entry
, lookup
.d
.h
, value
);
3569 /* Find a GOT page entry that points to within 32KB of VALUE. These
3570 entries are supposed to be placed at small offsets in the GOT, i.e.,
3571 within 32KB of GP. Return the index of the GOT entry, or -1 if no
3572 entry could be created. If OFFSETP is nonnull, use it to return the
3573 offset of the GOT entry from VALUE. */
3576 mips_elf_got_page (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3577 bfd_vma value
, bfd_vma
*offsetp
)
3579 bfd_vma page
, got_index
;
3580 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3582 page
= (value
+ 0x8000) & ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffff;
3583 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, page
, 0,
3584 NULL
, R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
);
3589 got_index
= entry
->gotidx
;
3592 *offsetp
= value
- entry
->d
.address
;
3597 /* Find a local GOT entry for an R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocation against VALUE.
3598 EXTERNAL is true if the relocation was originally against a global
3599 symbol that binds locally. */
3602 mips_elf_got16_entry (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3603 bfd_vma value
, bfd_boolean external
)
3605 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3607 /* GOT16 relocations against local symbols are followed by a LO16
3608 relocation; those against global symbols are not. Thus if the
3609 symbol was originally local, the GOT16 relocation should load the
3610 equivalent of %hi(VALUE), otherwise it should load VALUE itself. */
3612 value
= mips_elf_high (value
) << 16;
3614 /* It doesn't matter whether the original relocation was R_MIPS_GOT16,
3615 R_MIPS16_GOT16, R_MIPS_CALL16, etc. The format of the entry is the
3616 same in all cases. */
3617 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, value
, 0,
3618 NULL
, R_MIPS_GOT16
);
3620 return entry
->gotidx
;
3625 /* Returns the offset for the entry at the INDEXth position
3629 mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
3630 bfd
*input_bfd
, bfd_vma got_index
)
3632 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3636 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3637 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3640 gp
= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd
)
3641 + mips_elf_adjust_gp (output_bfd
, htab
->got_info
, input_bfd
);
3643 return sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ sgot
->output_offset
+ got_index
- gp
;
3646 /* Create and return a local GOT entry for VALUE, which was calculated
3647 from a symbol belonging to INPUT_SECTON. Return NULL if it could not
3648 be created. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol, create a TLS entry
3651 static struct mips_got_entry
*
3652 mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3653 bfd
*ibfd
, bfd_vma value
,
3654 unsigned long r_symndx
,
3655 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3658 struct mips_got_entry lookup
, *entry
;
3660 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3661 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3664 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3665 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3667 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
);
3670 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (abfd
, FALSE
);
3671 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
3674 /* This function shouldn't be called for symbols that live in the global
3676 BFD_ASSERT (h
== NULL
|| h
->global_got_area
== GGA_NONE
);
3678 lookup
.tls_type
= mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type
);
3679 if (lookup
.tls_type
)
3682 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
3685 lookup
.d
.addend
= 0;
3689 lookup
.symndx
= r_symndx
;
3690 lookup
.d
.addend
= 0;
3698 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &lookup
);
3701 gotidx
= entry
->gotidx
;
3702 BFD_ASSERT (gotidx
> 0 && gotidx
< htab
->sgot
->size
);
3709 lookup
.d
.address
= value
;
3710 loc
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, &lookup
, INSERT
);
3714 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *loc
;
3718 if (g
->assigned_low_gotno
> g
->assigned_high_gotno
)
3720 /* We didn't allocate enough space in the GOT. */
3721 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3722 (_("not enough GOT space for local GOT entries"));
3723 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3727 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
3731 if (got16_reloc_p (r_type
)
3732 || call16_reloc_p (r_type
)
3733 || got_page_reloc_p (r_type
)
3734 || got_disp_reloc_p (r_type
))
3735 lookup
.gotidx
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
) * g
->assigned_low_gotno
++;
3737 lookup
.gotidx
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
) * g
->assigned_high_gotno
--;
3742 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
, htab
->sgot
->contents
+ entry
->gotidx
);
3744 /* These GOT entries need a dynamic relocation on VxWorks. */
3745 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
3747 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
3750 bfd_vma got_address
;
3752 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
3753 got_address
= (htab
->sgot
->output_section
->vma
3754 + htab
->sgot
->output_offset
3757 rloc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
3758 outrel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
3759 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_MIPS_32
);
3760 outrel
.r_addend
= value
;
3761 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd
, &outrel
, rloc
);
3767 /* Return the number of dynamic section symbols required by OUTPUT_BFD.
3768 The number might be exact or a worst-case estimate, depending on how
3769 much information is available to elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym at
3770 the current linking stage. */
3772 static bfd_size_type
3773 count_section_dynsyms (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3775 bfd_size_type count
;
3778 if (info
->shared
|| elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
3781 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3783 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
3784 for (p
= output_bfd
->sections
; p
; p
= p
->next
)
3785 if ((p
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
3786 && (p
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
3787 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym
) (output_bfd
, info
, p
))
3793 /* Sort the dynamic symbol table so that symbols that need GOT entries
3794 appear towards the end. */
3797 mips_elf_sort_hash_table (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3799 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3800 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data hsd
;
3801 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3803 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
== 0)
3806 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3807 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3814 hsd
.max_unref_got_dynindx
3815 = hsd
.min_got_dynindx
3816 = (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
- g
->reloc_only_gotno
);
3817 hsd
.max_non_got_dynindx
= count_section_dynsyms (abfd
, info
) + 1;
3818 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*)
3819 elf_hash_table (info
)),
3820 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
,
3823 /* There should have been enough room in the symbol table to
3824 accommodate both the GOT and non-GOT symbols. */
3825 BFD_ASSERT (hsd
.max_non_got_dynindx
<= hsd
.min_got_dynindx
);
3826 BFD_ASSERT ((unsigned long) hsd
.max_unref_got_dynindx
3827 == elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
);
3828 BFD_ASSERT (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
- hsd
.min_got_dynindx
3829 == g
->global_gotno
);
3831 /* Now we know which dynamic symbol has the lowest dynamic symbol
3832 table index in the GOT. */
3833 htab
->global_gotsym
= hsd
.low
;
3838 /* If H needs a GOT entry, assign it the highest available dynamic
3839 index. Otherwise, assign it the lowest available dynamic
3843 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
3845 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
*hsd
= data
;
3847 /* Symbols without dynamic symbol table entries aren't interesting
3849 if (h
->root
.dynindx
== -1)
3852 switch (h
->global_got_area
)
3855 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_non_got_dynindx
++;
3859 h
->root
.dynindx
= --hsd
->min_got_dynindx
;
3860 hsd
->low
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3863 case GGA_RELOC_ONLY
:
3864 if (hsd
->max_unref_got_dynindx
== hsd
->min_got_dynindx
)
3865 hsd
->low
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3866 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_unref_got_dynindx
++;
3873 /* Record that input bfd ABFD requires a GOT entry like *LOOKUP
3874 (which is owned by the caller and shouldn't be added to the
3875 hash table directly). */
3878 mips_elf_record_got_entry (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*abfd
,
3879 struct mips_got_entry
*lookup
)
3881 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3882 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3883 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3884 void **loc
, **bfd_loc
;
3886 /* Make sure there's a slot for this entry in the master GOT. */
3887 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3889 loc
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, lookup
, INSERT
);
3893 /* Populate the entry if it isn't already. */
3894 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *loc
;
3897 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
3901 lookup
->tls_initialized
= FALSE
;
3902 lookup
->gotidx
= -1;
3907 /* Reuse the same GOT entry for the BFD's GOT. */
3908 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (abfd
, TRUE
);
3912 bfd_loc
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, lookup
, INSERT
);
3921 /* ABFD has a GOT relocation of type R_TYPE against H. Reserve a GOT
3922 entry for it. FOR_CALL is true if the caller is only interested in
3923 using the GOT entry for calls. */
3926 mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3927 bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3928 bfd_boolean for_call
, int r_type
)
3930 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3931 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
3932 struct mips_got_entry entry
;
3933 unsigned char tls_type
;
3935 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3936 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3938 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3940 hmips
->got_only_for_calls
= FALSE
;
3942 /* A global symbol in the GOT must also be in the dynamic symbol
3944 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
3946 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
3950 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, h
, TRUE
);
3953 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
3957 tls_type
= mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type
);
3958 if (tls_type
== GOT_TLS_NONE
&& hmips
->global_got_area
> GGA_NORMAL
)
3959 hmips
->global_got_area
= GGA_NORMAL
;
3963 entry
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3964 entry
.tls_type
= tls_type
;
3965 return mips_elf_record_got_entry (info
, abfd
, &entry
);
3968 /* ABFD has a GOT relocation of type R_TYPE against symbol SYMNDX + ADDEND,
3969 where SYMNDX is a local symbol. Reserve a GOT entry for it. */
3972 mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, long symndx
, bfd_vma addend
,
3973 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, int r_type
)
3975 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3976 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3977 struct mips_got_entry entry
;
3979 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3980 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3983 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
3986 entry
.symndx
= symndx
;
3987 entry
.d
.addend
= addend
;
3988 entry
.tls_type
= mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type
);
3989 return mips_elf_record_got_entry (info
, abfd
, &entry
);
3992 /* Record that ABFD has a page relocation against SYMNDX + ADDEND.
3993 H is the symbol's hash table entry, or null if SYMNDX is local
3997 mips_elf_record_got_page_ref (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*abfd
,
3998 long symndx
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3999 bfd_signed_vma addend
)
4001 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4002 struct mips_got_info
*g1
, *g2
;
4003 struct mips_got_page_ref lookup
, *entry
;
4004 void **loc
, **bfd_loc
;
4006 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4007 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4009 g1
= htab
->got_info
;
4010 BFD_ASSERT (g1
!= NULL
);
4015 lookup
.u
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
4019 lookup
.symndx
= symndx
;
4020 lookup
.u
.abfd
= abfd
;
4022 lookup
.addend
= addend
;
4023 loc
= htab_find_slot (g1
->got_page_refs
, &lookup
, INSERT
);
4027 entry
= (struct mips_got_page_ref
*) *loc
;
4030 entry
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
4038 /* Add the same entry to the BFD's GOT. */
4039 g2
= mips_elf_bfd_got (abfd
, TRUE
);
4043 bfd_loc
= htab_find_slot (g2
->got_page_refs
, &lookup
, INSERT
);
4053 /* Add room for N relocations to the .rel(a).dyn section in ABFD. */
4056 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4060 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4062 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4063 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4065 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
4066 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
4068 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
4069 s
->size
+= n
* MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (abfd
);
4074 /* Make room for a null element. */
4075 s
->size
+= MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd
);
4078 s
->size
+= n
* MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd
);
4082 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries, with DATA pointing to a
4083 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg structure. Count the number of GOT
4084 entries and TLS relocs. Set DATA->value to true if we need
4085 to resolve indirect or warning symbols and then recreate the GOT. */
4088 mips_elf_check_recreate_got (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4090 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4091 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4093 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4094 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4095 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
&& entry
->symndx
== -1)
4097 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4100 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4101 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4107 mips_elf_count_got_entry (arg
->info
, arg
->g
, entry
);
4111 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries, with DATA pointing to a
4112 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg structure. Add all entries to DATA->g,
4113 converting entries for indirect and warning symbols into entries
4114 for the target symbol. Set DATA->g to null on error. */
4117 mips_elf_recreate_got (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4119 struct mips_got_entry new_entry
, *entry
;
4120 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4123 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4124 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4125 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
4126 && entry
->symndx
== -1
4127 && (entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4128 || entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
))
4130 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4137 BFD_ASSERT (h
->global_got_area
== GGA_NONE
);
4138 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
4140 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4141 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
);
4144 slot
= htab_find_slot (arg
->g
->got_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
4152 if (entry
== &new_entry
)
4154 entry
= bfd_alloc (entry
->abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
4163 mips_elf_count_got_entry (arg
->info
, arg
->g
, entry
);
4168 /* Return the maximum number of GOT page entries required for RANGE. */
4171 mips_elf_pages_for_range (const struct mips_got_page_range
*range
)
4173 return (range
->max_addend
- range
->min_addend
+ 0x1ffff) >> 16;
4176 /* Record that G requires a page entry that can reach SEC + ADDEND. */
4179 mips_elf_record_got_page_entry (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
,
4180 asection
*sec
, bfd_signed_vma addend
)
4182 struct mips_got_info
*g
= arg
->g
;
4183 struct mips_got_page_entry lookup
, *entry
;
4184 struct mips_got_page_range
**range_ptr
, *range
;
4185 bfd_vma old_pages
, new_pages
;
4188 /* Find the mips_got_page_entry hash table entry for this section. */
4190 loc
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_page_entries
, &lookup
, INSERT
);
4194 /* Create a mips_got_page_entry if this is the first time we've
4195 seen the section. */
4196 entry
= (struct mips_got_page_entry
*) *loc
;
4199 entry
= bfd_zalloc (arg
->info
->output_bfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
4207 /* Skip over ranges whose maximum extent cannot share a page entry
4209 range_ptr
= &entry
->ranges
;
4210 while (*range_ptr
&& addend
> (*range_ptr
)->max_addend
+ 0xffff)
4211 range_ptr
= &(*range_ptr
)->next
;
4213 /* If we scanned to the end of the list, or found a range whose
4214 minimum extent cannot share a page entry with ADDEND, create
4215 a new singleton range. */
4217 if (!range
|| addend
< range
->min_addend
- 0xffff)
4219 range
= bfd_zalloc (arg
->info
->output_bfd
, sizeof (*range
));
4223 range
->next
= *range_ptr
;
4224 range
->min_addend
= addend
;
4225 range
->max_addend
= addend
;
4233 /* Remember how many pages the old range contributed. */
4234 old_pages
= mips_elf_pages_for_range (range
);
4236 /* Update the ranges. */
4237 if (addend
< range
->min_addend
)
4238 range
->min_addend
= addend
;
4239 else if (addend
> range
->max_addend
)
4241 if (range
->next
&& addend
>= range
->next
->min_addend
- 0xffff)
4243 old_pages
+= mips_elf_pages_for_range (range
->next
);
4244 range
->max_addend
= range
->next
->max_addend
;
4245 range
->next
= range
->next
->next
;
4248 range
->max_addend
= addend
;
4251 /* Record any change in the total estimate. */
4252 new_pages
= mips_elf_pages_for_range (range
);
4253 if (old_pages
!= new_pages
)
4255 entry
->num_pages
+= new_pages
- old_pages
;
4256 g
->page_gotno
+= new_pages
- old_pages
;
4262 /* A htab_traverse callback for which *REFP points to a mips_got_page_ref
4263 and for which DATA points to a mips_elf_traverse_got_arg. Work out
4264 whether the page reference described by *REFP needs a GOT page entry,
4265 and record that entry in DATA->g if so. Set DATA->g to null on failure. */
4268 mips_elf_resolve_got_page_ref (void **refp
, void *data
)
4270 struct mips_got_page_ref
*ref
;
4271 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4272 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4276 ref
= (struct mips_got_page_ref
*) *refp
;
4277 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4278 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (arg
->info
);
4280 if (ref
->symndx
< 0)
4282 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4284 /* Global GOT_PAGEs decay to GOT_DISP and so don't need page entries. */
4286 if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (arg
->info
, &h
->root
))
4289 /* Ignore undefined symbols; we'll issue an error later if
4291 if (!((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4292 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
4293 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
))
4296 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
4297 addend
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
+ ref
->addend
;
4301 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
4303 /* Read in the symbol. */
4304 isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->sym_cache
, ref
->u
.abfd
,
4312 /* Get the associated input section. */
4313 sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (ref
->u
.abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
4320 /* If this is a mergable section, work out the section and offset
4321 of the merged data. For section symbols, the addend specifies
4322 of the offset _of_ the first byte in the data, otherwise it
4323 specifies the offset _from_ the first byte. */
4324 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
4328 secinfo
= elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
;
4329 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
4330 addend
= _bfd_merged_section_offset (ref
->u
.abfd
, &sec
, secinfo
,
4331 isym
->st_value
+ ref
->addend
);
4333 addend
= _bfd_merged_section_offset (ref
->u
.abfd
, &sec
, secinfo
,
4334 isym
->st_value
) + ref
->addend
;
4337 addend
= isym
->st_value
+ ref
->addend
;
4339 if (!mips_elf_record_got_page_entry (arg
, sec
, addend
))
4347 /* If any entries in G->got_entries are for indirect or warning symbols,
4348 replace them with entries for the target symbol. Convert g->got_page_refs
4349 into got_page_entry structures and estimate the number of page entries
4350 that they require. */
4353 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4354 struct mips_got_info
*g
)
4356 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga
;
4357 struct mips_got_info oldg
;
4364 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_check_recreate_got
, &tga
);
4368 g
->got_entries
= htab_create (htab_size (oldg
.got_entries
),
4369 mips_elf_got_entry_hash
,
4370 mips_elf_got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
4371 if (!g
->got_entries
)
4374 htab_traverse (oldg
.got_entries
, mips_elf_recreate_got
, &tga
);
4378 htab_delete (oldg
.got_entries
);
4381 g
->got_page_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_got_page_entry_hash
,
4382 mips_got_page_entry_eq
, NULL
);
4383 if (g
->got_page_entries
== NULL
)
4388 htab_traverse (g
->got_page_refs
, mips_elf_resolve_got_page_ref
, &tga
);
4393 /* Return true if a GOT entry for H should live in the local rather than
4397 mips_use_local_got_p (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4398 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
4400 /* Symbols that aren't in the dynamic symbol table must live in the
4401 local GOT. This includes symbols that are completely undefined
4402 and which therefore don't bind locally. We'll report undefined
4403 symbols later if appropriate. */
4404 if (h
->root
.dynindx
== -1)
4407 /* Symbols that bind locally can (and in the case of forced-local
4408 symbols, must) live in the local GOT. */
4409 if (h
->got_only_for_calls
4410 ? SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
)
4411 : SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
))
4414 /* If this is an executable that must provide a definition of the symbol,
4415 either though PLTs or copy relocations, then that address should go in
4416 the local rather than global GOT. */
4417 if (info
->executable
&& h
->has_static_relocs
)
4423 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points to the
4424 link_info structure. Decide whether the hash entry needs an entry in
4425 the global part of the primary GOT, setting global_got_area accordingly.
4426 Count the number of global symbols that are in the primary GOT only
4427 because they have relocations against them (reloc_only_gotno). */
4430 mips_elf_count_got_symbols (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
4432 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
4433 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4434 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
4436 info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) data
;
4437 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4439 if (h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
4441 /* Make a final decision about whether the symbol belongs in the
4442 local or global GOT. */
4443 if (mips_use_local_got_p (info
, h
))
4444 /* The symbol belongs in the local GOT. We no longer need this
4445 entry if it was only used for relocations; those relocations
4446 will be against the null or section symbol instead of H. */
4447 h
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
4448 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
4449 && h
->got_only_for_calls
4450 && h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
4451 /* On VxWorks, calls can refer directly to the .got.plt entry;
4452 they don't need entries in the regular GOT. .got.plt entries
4453 will be allocated by _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
4454 h
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
4455 else if (h
->global_got_area
== GGA_RELOC_ONLY
)
4457 g
->reloc_only_gotno
++;
4464 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries. Add each one to the GOT
4465 given in mips_elf_traverse_got_arg DATA. Clear DATA->G on error. */
4468 mips_elf_add_got_entry (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4470 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4471 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4474 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4475 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4476 slot
= htab_find_slot (arg
->g
->got_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
4485 mips_elf_count_got_entry (arg
->info
, arg
->g
, entry
);
4490 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT page entries. Add each one to the GOT
4491 given in mips_elf_traverse_got_arg DATA. Clear DATA->G on error. */
4494 mips_elf_add_got_page_entry (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4496 struct mips_got_page_entry
*entry
;
4497 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4500 entry
= (struct mips_got_page_entry
*) *entryp
;
4501 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4502 slot
= htab_find_slot (arg
->g
->got_page_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
4511 arg
->g
->page_gotno
+= entry
->num_pages
;
4516 /* Consider merging FROM, which is ABFD's GOT, into TO. Return -1 if
4517 this would lead to overflow, 1 if they were merged successfully,
4518 and 0 if a merge failed due to lack of memory. (These values are chosen
4519 so that nonnegative return values can be returned by a htab_traverse
4523 mips_elf_merge_got_with (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*from
,
4524 struct mips_got_info
*to
,
4525 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
)
4527 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga
;
4528 unsigned int estimate
;
4530 /* Work out how many page entries we would need for the combined GOT. */
4531 estimate
= arg
->max_pages
;
4532 if (estimate
>= from
->page_gotno
+ to
->page_gotno
)
4533 estimate
= from
->page_gotno
+ to
->page_gotno
;
4535 /* And conservatively estimate how many local and TLS entries
4537 estimate
+= from
->local_gotno
+ to
->local_gotno
;
4538 estimate
+= from
->tls_gotno
+ to
->tls_gotno
;
4540 /* If we're merging with the primary got, any TLS relocations will
4541 come after the full set of global entries. Otherwise estimate those
4542 conservatively as well. */
4543 if (to
== arg
->primary
&& from
->tls_gotno
+ to
->tls_gotno
)
4544 estimate
+= arg
->global_count
;
4546 estimate
+= from
->global_gotno
+ to
->global_gotno
;
4548 /* Bail out if the combined GOT might be too big. */
4549 if (estimate
> arg
->max_count
)
4552 /* Transfer the bfd's got information from FROM to TO. */
4553 tga
.info
= arg
->info
;
4555 htab_traverse (from
->got_entries
, mips_elf_add_got_entry
, &tga
);
4559 htab_traverse (from
->got_page_entries
, mips_elf_add_got_page_entry
, &tga
);
4563 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (abfd
, to
);
4567 /* Attempt to merge GOT G, which belongs to ABFD. Try to use as much
4568 as possible of the primary got, since it doesn't require explicit
4569 dynamic relocations, but don't use bfds that would reference global
4570 symbols out of the addressable range. Failing the primary got,
4571 attempt to merge with the current got, or finish the current got
4572 and then make make the new got current. */
4575 mips_elf_merge_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*g
,
4576 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
)
4578 unsigned int estimate
;
4581 if (!mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (arg
->info
, g
))
4584 /* Work out the number of page, local and TLS entries. */
4585 estimate
= arg
->max_pages
;
4586 if (estimate
> g
->page_gotno
)
4587 estimate
= g
->page_gotno
;
4588 estimate
+= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
;
4590 /* We place TLS GOT entries after both locals and globals. The globals
4591 for the primary GOT may overflow the normal GOT size limit, so be
4592 sure not to merge a GOT which requires TLS with the primary GOT in that
4593 case. This doesn't affect non-primary GOTs. */
4594 estimate
+= (g
->tls_gotno
> 0 ? arg
->global_count
: g
->global_gotno
);
4596 if (estimate
<= arg
->max_count
)
4598 /* If we don't have a primary GOT, use it as
4599 a starting point for the primary GOT. */
4606 /* Try merging with the primary GOT. */
4607 result
= mips_elf_merge_got_with (abfd
, g
, arg
->primary
, arg
);
4612 /* If we can merge with the last-created got, do it. */
4615 result
= mips_elf_merge_got_with (abfd
, g
, arg
->current
, arg
);
4620 /* Well, we couldn't merge, so create a new GOT. Don't check if it
4621 fits; if it turns out that it doesn't, we'll get relocation
4622 overflows anyway. */
4623 g
->next
= arg
->current
;
4629 /* ENTRYP is a hash table entry for a mips_got_entry. Set its gotidx
4630 to GOTIDX, duplicating the entry if it has already been assigned
4631 an index in a different GOT. */
4634 mips_elf_set_gotidx (void **entryp
, long gotidx
)
4636 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4638 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4639 if (entry
->gotidx
> 0)
4641 struct mips_got_entry
*new_entry
;
4643 new_entry
= bfd_alloc (entry
->abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
4647 *new_entry
= *entry
;
4648 *entryp
= new_entry
;
4651 entry
->gotidx
= gotidx
;
4655 /* Set the TLS GOT index for the GOT entry in ENTRYP. DATA points to a
4656 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg in which DATA->value is the size of one
4657 GOT entry. Set DATA->g to null on failure. */
4660 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4662 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4663 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4665 /* We're only interested in TLS symbols. */
4666 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4667 if (entry
->tls_type
== GOT_TLS_NONE
)
4670 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4671 if (!mips_elf_set_gotidx (entryp
, arg
->value
* arg
->g
->tls_assigned_gotno
))
4677 /* Account for the entries we've just allocated. */
4678 arg
->g
->tls_assigned_gotno
+= mips_tls_got_entries (entry
->tls_type
);
4682 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries, where DATA points to a
4683 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg. Set the global_got_area of each global
4684 symbol to DATA->value. */
4687 mips_elf_set_global_got_area (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4689 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4690 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4692 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4693 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4694 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
4695 && entry
->symndx
== -1
4696 && entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
4697 entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
= arg
->value
;
4701 /* A htab_traverse callback for secondary GOT entries, where DATA points
4702 to a mips_elf_traverse_got_arg. Assign GOT indices to global entries
4703 and record the number of relocations they require. DATA->value is
4704 the size of one GOT entry. Set DATA->g to null on failure. */
4707 mips_elf_set_global_gotidx (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4709 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4710 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4712 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4713 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4714 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
4715 && entry
->symndx
== -1
4716 && entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
4718 if (!mips_elf_set_gotidx (entryp
, arg
->value
* arg
->g
->assigned_low_gotno
))
4723 arg
->g
->assigned_low_gotno
+= 1;
4725 if (arg
->info
->shared
4726 || (elf_hash_table (arg
->info
)->dynamic_sections_created
4727 && entry
->d
.h
->root
.def_dynamic
4728 && !entry
->d
.h
->root
.def_regular
))
4729 arg
->g
->relocs
+= 1;
4735 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries for which DATA is the
4736 bfd_link_info. Forbid any global symbols from having traditional
4737 lazy-binding stubs. */
4740 mips_elf_forbid_lazy_stubs (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4742 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
4743 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4744 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4746 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4747 info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) data
;
4748 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4749 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4751 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
4752 && entry
->symndx
== -1
4753 && entry
->d
.h
->needs_lazy_stub
)
4755 entry
->d
.h
->needs_lazy_stub
= FALSE
;
4756 htab
->lazy_stub_count
--;
4762 /* Return the offset of an input bfd IBFD's GOT from the beginning of
4765 mips_elf_adjust_gp (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*g
, bfd
*ibfd
)
4770 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
);
4774 BFD_ASSERT (g
->next
);
4778 return (g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
)
4779 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
4782 /* Turn a single GOT that is too big for 16-bit addressing into
4783 a sequence of GOTs, each one 16-bit addressable. */
4786 mips_elf_multi_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4787 asection
*got
, bfd_size_type pages
)
4789 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4790 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg got_per_bfd_arg
;
4791 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga
;
4792 struct mips_got_info
*g
, *gg
;
4793 unsigned int assign
, needed_relocs
;
4796 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
4797 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4798 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4802 got_per_bfd_arg
.obfd
= abfd
;
4803 got_per_bfd_arg
.info
= info
;
4804 got_per_bfd_arg
.current
= NULL
;
4805 got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
= NULL
;
4806 got_per_bfd_arg
.max_count
= ((MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info
)
4807 / MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
))
4808 - htab
->reserved_gotno
);
4809 got_per_bfd_arg
.max_pages
= pages
;
4810 /* The number of globals that will be included in the primary GOT.
4811 See the calls to mips_elf_set_global_got_area below for more
4813 got_per_bfd_arg
.global_count
= g
->global_gotno
;
4815 /* Try to merge the GOTs of input bfds together, as long as they
4816 don't seem to exceed the maximum GOT size, choosing one of them
4817 to be the primary GOT. */
4818 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
4820 gg
= mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
);
4821 if (gg
&& !mips_elf_merge_got (ibfd
, gg
, &got_per_bfd_arg
))
4825 /* If we do not find any suitable primary GOT, create an empty one. */
4826 if (got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
== NULL
)
4827 g
->next
= mips_elf_create_got_info (abfd
);
4829 g
->next
= got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
;
4830 g
->next
->next
= got_per_bfd_arg
.current
;
4832 /* GG is now the master GOT, and G is the primary GOT. */
4836 /* Map the output bfd to the primary got. That's what we're going
4837 to use for bfds that use GOT16 or GOT_PAGE relocations that we
4838 didn't mark in check_relocs, and we want a quick way to find it.
4839 We can't just use gg->next because we're going to reverse the
4841 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (abfd
, g
);
4843 /* Every symbol that is referenced in a dynamic relocation must be
4844 present in the primary GOT, so arrange for them to appear after
4845 those that are actually referenced. */
4846 gg
->reloc_only_gotno
= gg
->global_gotno
- g
->global_gotno
;
4847 g
->global_gotno
= gg
->global_gotno
;
4850 tga
.value
= GGA_RELOC_ONLY
;
4851 htab_traverse (gg
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_got_area
, &tga
);
4852 tga
.value
= GGA_NORMAL
;
4853 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_got_area
, &tga
);
4855 /* Now go through the GOTs assigning them offset ranges.
4856 [assigned_low_gotno, local_gotno[ will be set to the range of local
4857 entries in each GOT. We can then compute the end of a GOT by
4858 adding local_gotno to global_gotno. We reverse the list and make
4859 it circular since then we'll be able to quickly compute the
4860 beginning of a GOT, by computing the end of its predecessor. To
4861 avoid special cases for the primary GOT, while still preserving
4862 assertions that are valid for both single- and multi-got links,
4863 we arrange for the main got struct to have the right number of
4864 global entries, but set its local_gotno such that the initial
4865 offset of the primary GOT is zero. Remember that the primary GOT
4866 will become the last item in the circular linked list, so it
4867 points back to the master GOT. */
4868 gg
->local_gotno
= -g
->global_gotno
;
4869 gg
->global_gotno
= g
->global_gotno
;
4876 struct mips_got_info
*gn
;
4878 assign
+= htab
->reserved_gotno
;
4879 g
->assigned_low_gotno
= assign
;
4880 g
->local_gotno
+= assign
;
4881 g
->local_gotno
+= (pages
< g
->page_gotno
? pages
: g
->page_gotno
);
4882 g
->assigned_high_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
- 1;
4883 assign
= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
;
4885 /* Take g out of the direct list, and push it onto the reversed
4886 list that gg points to. g->next is guaranteed to be nonnull after
4887 this operation, as required by mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
4892 /* Set up any TLS entries. We always place the TLS entries after
4893 all non-TLS entries. */
4894 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
;
4896 tga
.value
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
4897 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index
, &tga
);
4900 BFD_ASSERT (g
->tls_assigned_gotno
== assign
);
4902 /* Move onto the next GOT. It will be a secondary GOT if nonull. */
4905 /* Forbid global symbols in every non-primary GOT from having
4906 lazy-binding stubs. */
4908 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_forbid_lazy_stubs
, info
);
4912 got
->size
= assign
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
4915 for (g
= gg
->next
; g
&& g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
4917 unsigned int save_assign
;
4919 /* Assign offsets to global GOT entries and count how many
4920 relocations they need. */
4921 save_assign
= g
->assigned_low_gotno
;
4922 g
->assigned_low_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
;
4924 tga
.value
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
4926 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_gotidx
, &tga
);
4929 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_low_gotno
== g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
);
4930 g
->assigned_low_gotno
= save_assign
;
4934 g
->relocs
+= g
->local_gotno
- g
->assigned_low_gotno
;
4935 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_low_gotno
== g
->next
->local_gotno
4936 + g
->next
->global_gotno
4937 + g
->next
->tls_gotno
4938 + htab
->reserved_gotno
);
4940 needed_relocs
+= g
->relocs
;
4942 needed_relocs
+= g
->relocs
;
4945 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
,
4952 /* Returns the first relocation of type r_type found, beginning with
4953 RELOCATION. RELEND is one-past-the-end of the relocation table. */
4955 static const Elf_Internal_Rela
*
4956 mips_elf_next_relocation (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, unsigned int r_type
,
4957 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
4958 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
)
4960 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
4962 while (relocation
< relend
)
4964 if (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
) == r_type
4965 && ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
) == r_symndx
)
4971 /* We didn't find it. */
4975 /* Return whether an input relocation is against a local symbol. */
4978 mips_elf_local_relocation_p (bfd
*input_bfd
,
4979 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
4980 asection
**local_sections
)
4982 unsigned long r_symndx
;
4983 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
4986 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
4987 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
4988 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
4990 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
4992 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
) && local_sections
[r_symndx
] != NULL
)
4998 /* Sign-extend VALUE, which has the indicated number of BITS. */
5001 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (bfd_vma value
, int bits
)
5003 if (value
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << (bits
- 1)))
5004 /* VALUE is negative. */
5005 value
|= ((bfd_vma
) - 1) << bits
;
5010 /* Return non-zero if the indicated VALUE has overflowed the maximum
5011 range expressible by a signed number with the indicated number of
5015 mips_elf_overflow_p (bfd_vma value
, int bits
)
5017 bfd_signed_vma svalue
= (bfd_signed_vma
) value
;
5019 if (svalue
> (1 << (bits
- 1)) - 1)
5020 /* The value is too big. */
5022 else if (svalue
< -(1 << (bits
- 1)))
5023 /* The value is too small. */
5030 /* Calculate the %high function. */
5033 mips_elf_high (bfd_vma value
)
5035 return ((value
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
5038 /* Calculate the %higher function. */
5041 mips_elf_higher (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
5044 return ((value
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x80008000) >> 32) & 0xffff;
5051 /* Calculate the %highest function. */
5054 mips_elf_highest (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
5057 return ((value
+ (((bfd_vma
) 0x8000 << 32) | 0x80008000)) >> 48) & 0xffff;
5064 /* Create the .compact_rel section. */
5067 mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section
5068 (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
5071 register asection
*s
;
5073 if (bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".compact_rel") == NULL
)
5075 flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
5078 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".compact_rel", flags
);
5080 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
5081 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
5084 s
->size
= sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
);
5090 /* Create the .got section to hold the global offset table. */
5093 mips_elf_create_got_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5096 register asection
*s
;
5097 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5098 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
5099 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
5101 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
5102 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
5104 /* This function may be called more than once. */
5108 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
5109 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
5111 /* We have to use an alignment of 2**4 here because this is hardcoded
5112 in the function stub generation and in the linker script. */
5113 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got", flags
);
5115 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, 4))
5119 /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. We don't do this in the
5120 linker script because we don't want to define the symbol if we
5121 are not creating a global offset table. */
5123 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
5124 (info
, abfd
, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL
, s
,
5125 0, NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
5128 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
5131 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
5132 h
->other
= (h
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) | STV_HIDDEN
;
5133 elf_hash_table (info
)->hgot
= h
;
5136 && ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
5139 htab
->got_info
= mips_elf_create_got_info (abfd
);
5140 mips_elf_section_data (s
)->elf
.this_hdr
.sh_flags
5141 |= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
5143 /* We also need a .got.plt section when generating PLTs. */
5144 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got.plt",
5145 SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
5148 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
5156 /* Return true if H refers to the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ or
5157 __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols. These symbols are only special for
5158 shared objects; they are not used in executables. */
5161 is_gott_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5163 return (mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->is_vxworks
5165 && (strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__GOTT_BASE__") == 0
5166 || strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__GOTT_INDEX__") == 0));
5169 /* Return TRUE if a relocation of type R_TYPE from INPUT_BFD might
5170 require an la25 stub. See also mips_elf_local_pic_function_p,
5171 which determines whether the destination function ever requires a
5175 mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (bfd
*input_bfd
, int r_type
,
5176 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p
)
5178 /* We specifically ignore branches and jumps from EF_PIC objects,
5179 where the onus is on the compiler or programmer to perform any
5180 necessary initialization of $25. Sometimes such initialization
5181 is unnecessary; for example, -mno-shared functions do not use
5182 the incoming value of $25, and may therefore be called directly. */
5183 if (PIC_OBJECT_P (input_bfd
))
5190 case R_MIPS_PC21_S2
:
5191 case R_MIPS_PC26_S2
:
5192 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
5193 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
:
5194 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
:
5195 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
:
5196 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
:
5200 return !target_is_16_bit_code_p
;
5207 /* Calculate the value produced by the RELOCATION (which comes from
5208 the INPUT_BFD). The ADDEND is the addend to use for this
5209 RELOCATION; RELOCATION->R_ADDEND is ignored.
5211 The result of the relocation calculation is stored in VALUEP.
5212 On exit, set *CROSS_MODE_JUMP_P to true if the relocation field
5213 is a MIPS16 or microMIPS jump to standard MIPS code, or vice versa.
5215 This function returns bfd_reloc_continue if the caller need take no
5216 further action regarding this relocation, bfd_reloc_notsupported if
5217 something goes dramatically wrong, bfd_reloc_overflow if an
5218 overflow occurs, and bfd_reloc_ok to indicate success. */
5220 static bfd_reloc_status_type
5221 mips_elf_calculate_relocation (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*input_bfd
,
5222 asection
*input_section
,
5223 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5224 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
5225 bfd_vma addend
, reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
5226 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
5227 asection
**local_sections
, bfd_vma
*valuep
,
5229 bfd_boolean
*cross_mode_jump_p
,
5230 bfd_boolean save_addend
)
5232 /* The eventual value we will return. */
5234 /* The address of the symbol against which the relocation is
5237 /* The final GP value to be used for the relocatable, executable, or
5238 shared object file being produced. */
5240 /* The place (section offset or address) of the storage unit being
5243 /* The value of GP used to create the relocatable object. */
5245 /* The offset into the global offset table at which the address of
5246 the relocation entry symbol, adjusted by the addend, resides
5247 during execution. */
5248 bfd_vma g
= MINUS_ONE
;
5249 /* The section in which the symbol referenced by the relocation is
5251 asection
*sec
= NULL
;
5252 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
5253 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is a local
5255 bfd_boolean local_p
, was_local_p
;
5256 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is "_gp_disp". */
5257 bfd_boolean gp_disp_p
= FALSE
;
5258 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is
5259 "__gnu_local_gp". */
5260 bfd_boolean gnu_local_gp_p
= FALSE
;
5261 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
5263 unsigned long r_symndx
;
5265 /* TRUE if overflow occurred during the calculation of the
5266 relocation value. */
5267 bfd_boolean overflowed_p
;
5268 /* TRUE if this relocation refers to a MIPS16 function. */
5269 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p
= FALSE
;
5270 bfd_boolean target_is_micromips_code_p
= FALSE
;
5271 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
5274 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5275 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
5276 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
5278 /* Parse the relocation. */
5279 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
5280 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
5281 p
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
5282 + input_section
->output_offset
5283 + relocation
->r_offset
);
5285 /* Assume that there will be no overflow. */
5286 overflowed_p
= FALSE
;
5288 /* Figure out whether or not the symbol is local, and get the offset
5289 used in the array of hash table entries. */
5290 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
5291 local_p
= mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, relocation
,
5293 was_local_p
= local_p
;
5294 if (! elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
5295 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5298 /* The symbol table does not follow the rule that local symbols
5299 must come before globals. */
5303 /* Figure out the value of the symbol. */
5306 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
5308 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
5309 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
5311 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
5312 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != STT_SECTION
5313 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
))
5314 symbol
+= sym
->st_value
;
5315 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
5316 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
5318 addend
= _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (abfd
, sym
, &sec
, addend
);
5320 addend
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
5323 /* MIPS16/microMIPS text labels should be treated as odd. */
5324 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
5327 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
5328 *namep
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
,
5329 symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
5332 *namep
= bfd_section_name (input_bfd
, sec
);
5334 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym
->st_other
);
5335 target_is_micromips_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym
->st_other
);
5339 /* ??? Could we use RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL here ? */
5341 /* For global symbols we look up the symbol in the hash-table. */
5342 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
5343 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
5344 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */
5345 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
5346 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
5347 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
5349 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
5350 *namep
= h
->root
.root
.root
.string
;
5352 /* See if this is the special _gp_disp symbol. Note that such a
5353 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
5354 if (strcmp (*namep
, "_gp_disp") == 0
5355 && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd
))
5357 /* Relocations against _gp_disp are permitted only with
5358 R_MIPS_HI16 and R_MIPS_LO16 relocations. */
5359 if (!hi16_reloc_p (r_type
) && !lo16_reloc_p (r_type
))
5360 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
5364 /* See if this is the special _gp symbol. Note that such a
5365 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
5366 else if (strcmp (*namep
, "__gnu_local_gp") == 0)
5367 gnu_local_gp_p
= TRUE
;
5370 /* If this symbol is defined, calculate its address. Note that
5371 _gp_disp is a magic symbol, always implicitly defined by the
5372 linker, so it's inappropriate to check to see whether or not
5374 else if ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5375 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5376 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
5378 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
5379 if (sec
->output_section
)
5380 symbol
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
5381 + sec
->output_section
->vma
5382 + sec
->output_offset
);
5384 symbol
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
5386 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5387 /* We allow relocations against undefined weak symbols, giving
5388 it the value zero, so that you can undefined weak functions
5389 and check to see if they exist by looking at their
5392 else if (info
->unresolved_syms_in_objects
== RM_IGNORE
5393 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
5395 else if (strcmp (*namep
, SGI_COMPAT (input_bfd
)
5396 ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
5398 /* If this is a dynamic link, we should have created a
5399 _DYNAMIC_LINK symbol or _DYNAMIC_LINKING(for normal mips) symbol
5400 in in _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections.
5401 Otherwise, we should define the symbol with a value of 0.
5402 FIXME: It should probably get into the symbol table
5404 BFD_ASSERT (! info
->shared
);
5405 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") == NULL
);
5408 else if (ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h
->root
.other
))
5410 /* This is an optional symbol - an Irix specific extension to the
5411 ELF spec. Ignore it for now.
5412 XXX - FIXME - there is more to the spec for OPTIONAL symbols
5413 than simply ignoring them, but we do not handle this for now.
5414 For information see the "64-bit ELF Object File Specification"
5415 which is available from here:
5416 http://techpubs.sgi.com/library/manuals/4000/007-4658-001/pdf/007-4658-001.pdf */
5419 else if ((*info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
5420 (info
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, input_bfd
,
5421 input_section
, relocation
->r_offset
,
5422 (info
->unresolved_syms_in_objects
== RM_GENERATE_ERROR
)
5423 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
)))
5425 return bfd_reloc_undefined
;
5429 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
5432 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
);
5433 target_is_micromips_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h
->root
.other
);
5436 /* If this is a reference to a 16-bit function with a stub, we need
5437 to redirect the relocation to the stub unless:
5439 (a) the relocation is for a MIPS16 JAL;
5441 (b) the relocation is for a MIPS16 PIC call, and there are no
5442 non-MIPS16 uses of the GOT slot; or
5444 (c) the section allows direct references to MIPS16 functions. */
5445 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
5446 && !info
->relocatable
5448 && h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
5449 && (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_CALL16
|| h
->need_fn_stub
))
5451 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
!= NULL
5452 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
] != NULL
))
5453 && !section_allows_mips16_refs_p (input_section
))
5455 /* This is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function. We should
5456 have already noticed that we were going to need the
5460 sec
= mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
];
5465 BFD_ASSERT (h
->need_fn_stub
);
5468 /* If a LA25 header for the stub itself exists, point to the
5469 prepended LUI/ADDIU sequence. */
5470 sec
= h
->la25_stub
->stub_section
;
5471 value
= h
->la25_stub
->offset
;
5480 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
+ value
;
5481 /* The target is 16-bit, but the stub isn't. */
5482 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= FALSE
;
5484 /* If this is a MIPS16 call with a stub, that is made through the PLT or
5485 to a standard MIPS function, we need to redirect the call to the stub.
5486 Note that we specifically exclude R_MIPS16_CALL16 from this behavior;
5487 indirect calls should use an indirect stub instead. */
5488 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !info
->relocatable
5489 && ((h
!= NULL
&& (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
|| h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
))
5491 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_call_stubs
!= NULL
5492 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_call_stubs
[r_symndx
] != NULL
))
5493 && ((h
!= NULL
&& h
->use_plt_entry
) || !target_is_16_bit_code_p
))
5496 sec
= mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_call_stubs
[r_symndx
];
5499 /* If both call_stub and call_fp_stub are defined, we can figure
5500 out which one to use by checking which one appears in the input
5502 if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
&& h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
)
5507 for (o
= input_bfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
5509 if (CALL_FP_STUB_P (bfd_get_section_name (input_bfd
, o
)))
5511 sec
= h
->call_fp_stub
;
5518 else if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
)
5521 sec
= h
->call_fp_stub
;
5524 BFD_ASSERT (sec
->size
> 0);
5525 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
5527 /* If this is a direct call to a PIC function, redirect to the
5529 else if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->la25_stub
5530 && mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (input_bfd
, r_type
,
5531 target_is_16_bit_code_p
))
5532 symbol
= (h
->la25_stub
->stub_section
->output_section
->vma
5533 + h
->la25_stub
->stub_section
->output_offset
5534 + h
->la25_stub
->offset
);
5535 /* For direct MIPS16 and microMIPS calls make sure the compressed PLT
5536 entry is used if a standard PLT entry has also been made. In this
5537 case the symbol will have been set by mips_elf_set_plt_sym_value
5538 to point to the standard PLT entry, so redirect to the compressed
5540 else if ((r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
)
5541 && !info
->relocatable
5544 && h
->root
.plt
.plist
->comp_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
5545 && h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
5547 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (abfd
);
5550 symbol
= (sec
->output_section
->vma
5551 + sec
->output_offset
5552 + htab
->plt_header_size
5553 + htab
->plt_mips_offset
5554 + h
->root
.plt
.plist
->comp_offset
5557 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= !micromips_p
;
5558 target_is_micromips_code_p
= micromips_p
;
5561 /* Make sure MIPS16 and microMIPS are not used together. */
5562 if ((r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& target_is_micromips_code_p
)
5563 || (micromips_branch_reloc_p (r_type
) && target_is_16_bit_code_p
))
5565 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5566 (_("MIPS16 and microMIPS functions cannot call each other"));
5567 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
5570 /* Calls from 16-bit code to 32-bit code and vice versa require the
5571 mode change. However, we can ignore calls to undefined weak symbols,
5572 which should never be executed at runtime. This exception is important
5573 because the assembly writer may have "known" that any definition of the
5574 symbol would be 16-bit code, and that direct jumps were therefore
5576 *cross_mode_jump_p
= (!info
->relocatable
5577 && !(h
&& h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5578 && ((r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !target_is_16_bit_code_p
)
5579 || (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
5580 && !target_is_micromips_code_p
)
5581 || ((r_type
== R_MIPS_26
|| r_type
== R_MIPS_JALR
)
5582 && (target_is_16_bit_code_p
5583 || target_is_micromips_code_p
))));
5585 local_p
= (h
== NULL
|| mips_use_local_got_p (info
, h
));
5587 gp0
= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd
);
5588 gp
= _bfd_get_gp_value (abfd
);
5590 gp
+= mips_elf_adjust_gp (abfd
, htab
->got_info
, input_bfd
);
5595 /* Global R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE relocations are equivalent
5596 to R_MIPS_GOT_DISP/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP. The addend is applied by the
5597 corresponding R_MIPS_GOT_OFST/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST. */
5598 if (got_page_reloc_p (r_type
) && !local_p
)
5600 r_type
= (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
)
5601 ? R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
: R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
);
5605 /* If we haven't already determined the GOT offset, and we're going
5606 to need it, get it now. */
5609 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
5610 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
5613 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5614 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
5615 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5616 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
5617 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5618 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
5619 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
5620 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5621 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
5622 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5623 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
5624 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5626 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5627 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
5628 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
5629 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5630 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
5631 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
5632 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5633 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
5634 /* Find the index into the GOT where this value is located. */
5635 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
5637 g
= mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
5638 0, 0, NULL
, r_type
);
5640 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5644 /* On VxWorks, CALL relocations should refer to the .got.plt
5645 entry, which is initialized to point at the PLT stub. */
5646 if (htab
->is_vxworks
5647 && (call_hi16_reloc_p (r_type
)
5648 || call_lo16_reloc_p (r_type
)
5649 || call16_reloc_p (r_type
)))
5651 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
5652 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.needs_plt
);
5653 g
= mips_elf_gotplt_index (info
, &h
->root
);
5657 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
5658 g
= mips_elf_global_got_index (abfd
, info
, input_bfd
,
5660 if (!TLS_RELOC_P (r_type
)
5661 && !elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
5662 /* This is a static link. We must initialize the GOT entry. */
5663 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (dynobj
, symbol
, htab
->sgot
->contents
+ g
);
5666 else if (!htab
->is_vxworks
5667 && (call16_reloc_p (r_type
) || got16_reloc_p (r_type
)))
5668 /* The calculation below does not involve "g". */
5672 g
= mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
5673 symbol
+ addend
, r_symndx
, h
, r_type
);
5675 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5678 /* Convert GOT indices to actual offsets. */
5679 g
= mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info
, abfd
, input_bfd
, g
);
5683 /* Relocations against the VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and __GOTT_INDEX__
5684 symbols are resolved by the loader. Add them to .rela.dyn. */
5685 if (h
!= NULL
&& is_gott_symbol (info
, &h
->root
))
5687 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
5691 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
5692 loc
= s
->contents
+ s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5694 outrel
.r_offset
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
5695 + input_section
->output_offset
5696 + relocation
->r_offset
);
5697 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->root
.dynindx
, r_type
);
5698 outrel
.r_addend
= addend
;
5699 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd
, &outrel
, loc
);
5701 /* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section,
5702 we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the
5704 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section
))
5705 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
5708 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
5711 /* Figure out what kind of relocation is being performed. */
5715 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
5718 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
5719 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
5720 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
5721 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5728 || (htab
->root
.dynamic_sections_created
5730 && h
->root
.def_dynamic
5731 && !h
->root
.def_regular
5732 && !h
->has_static_relocs
))
5733 && r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
5735 || h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5736 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
5737 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
5739 /* If we're creating a shared library, then we can't know
5740 where the symbol will end up. So, we create a relocation
5741 record in the output, and leave the job up to the dynamic
5742 linker. We must do the same for executable references to
5743 shared library symbols, unless we've decided to use copy
5744 relocs or PLTs instead. */
5746 if (!mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (abfd
,
5754 return bfd_reloc_undefined
;
5758 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_REL32
)
5759 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
5763 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5767 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
5768 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5772 /* The calculation for R_MIPS16_26 is just the same as for an
5773 R_MIPS_26. It's only the storage of the relocated field into
5774 the output file that's different. That's handled in
5775 mips_elf_perform_relocation. So, we just fall through to the
5776 R_MIPS_26 case here. */
5778 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
5782 /* Make sure the target of JALX is word-aligned. Bit 0 must be
5783 the correct ISA mode selector and bit 1 must be 0. */
5784 if (*cross_mode_jump_p
&& (symbol
& 3) != (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
))
5785 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5787 /* Shift is 2, unusually, for microMIPS JALX. */
5788 shift
= (!*cross_mode_jump_p
&& r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
) ? 1 : 2;
5791 value
= addend
| ((p
+ 4) & (0xfc000000 << shift
));
5792 else if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
5793 value
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 26 + shift
);
5796 value
= (value
+ symbol
) >> shift
;
5797 if (!was_local_p
&& h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5798 overflowed_p
= (value
>> 26) != ((p
+ 4) >> (26 + shift
));
5799 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5803 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
5804 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
5805 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
5806 value
= (mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
- dtprel_base (info
))
5810 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
5811 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32
:
5812 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64
:
5813 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
5814 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
5815 value
= (symbol
+ addend
- dtprel_base (info
)) & howto
->dst_mask
;
5818 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
5819 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
5820 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
5821 value
= (mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
- tprel_base (info
))
5825 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
5826 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32
:
5827 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64
:
5828 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
5829 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
5830 value
= (symbol
+ addend
- tprel_base (info
)) & howto
->dst_mask
;
5835 case R_MICROMIPS_HI16
:
5838 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
);
5839 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5843 /* For MIPS16 ABI code we generate this sequence
5844 0: li $v0,%hi(_gp_disp)
5845 4: addiupc $v1,%lo(_gp_disp)
5849 So the offsets of hi and lo relocs are the same, but the
5850 base $pc is that used by the ADDIUPC instruction at $t9 + 4.
5851 ADDIUPC clears the low two bits of the instruction address,
5852 so the base is ($t9 + 4) & ~3. */
5853 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_HI16
)
5854 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- ((p
+ 4) & ~(bfd_vma
) 0x3));
5855 /* The microMIPS .cpload sequence uses the same assembly
5856 instructions as the traditional psABI version, but the
5857 incoming $t9 has the low bit set. */
5858 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI16
)
5859 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- p
- 1);
5861 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- p
);
5862 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5868 case R_MICROMIPS_LO16
:
5869 case R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16
:
5871 value
= (symbol
+ addend
) & howto
->dst_mask
;
5874 /* See the comment for R_MIPS16_HI16 above for the reason
5875 for this conditional. */
5876 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_LO16
)
5877 value
= addend
+ gp
- (p
& ~(bfd_vma
) 0x3);
5878 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_LO16
5879 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16
)
5880 value
= addend
+ gp
- p
+ 3;
5882 value
= addend
+ gp
- p
+ 4;
5883 /* The MIPS ABI requires checking the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation
5884 for overflow. But, on, say, IRIX5, relocations against
5885 _gp_disp are normally generated from the .cpload
5886 pseudo-op. It generates code that normally looks like
5889 lui $gp,%hi(_gp_disp)
5890 addiu $gp,$gp,%lo(_gp_disp)
5893 Here $t9 holds the address of the function being called,
5894 as required by the MIPS ELF ABI. The R_MIPS_LO16
5895 relocation can easily overflow in this situation, but the
5896 R_MIPS_HI16 relocation will handle the overflow.
5897 Therefore, we consider this a bug in the MIPS ABI, and do
5898 not check for overflow here. */
5902 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
5903 case R_MICROMIPS_LITERAL
:
5904 /* Because we don't merge literal sections, we can handle this
5905 just like R_MIPS_GPREL16. In the long run, we should merge
5906 shared literals, and then we will need to additional work
5911 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
5912 /* The R_MIPS16_GPREL performs the same calculation as
5913 R_MIPS_GPREL16, but stores the relocated bits in a different
5914 order. We don't need to do anything special here; the
5915 differences are handled in mips_elf_perform_relocation. */
5916 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
5917 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL7_S2
:
5918 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16
:
5919 /* Only sign-extend the addend if it was extracted from the
5920 instruction. If the addend was separate, leave it alone,
5921 otherwise we may lose significant bits. */
5922 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
5923 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
5924 value
= symbol
+ addend
- gp
;
5925 /* If the symbol was local, any earlier relocatable links will
5926 have adjusted its addend with the gp offset, so compensate
5927 for that now. Don't do it for symbols forced local in this
5928 link, though, since they won't have had the gp offset applied
5932 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5933 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5936 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
5937 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
5940 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
5941 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
5942 /* VxWorks does not have separate local and global semantics for
5943 R_MIPS*_GOT16; every relocation evaluates to "G". */
5944 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& local_p
)
5946 value
= mips_elf_got16_entry (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
5947 symbol
+ addend
, !was_local_p
);
5948 if (value
== MINUS_ONE
)
5949 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5951 = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info
, abfd
, input_bfd
, value
);
5952 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5959 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5960 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
5961 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5962 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
5963 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5964 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
5965 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
5966 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5967 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
5968 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5970 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5973 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
5974 value
= (addend
+ symbol
+ gp0
- gp
);
5976 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5980 case R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2
:
5981 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
5982 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 18);
5984 if ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3)
5985 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5987 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
5988 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5989 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 18);
5990 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
5991 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5994 case R_MIPS_PC21_S2
:
5995 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
5996 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 23);
5998 if ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3)
5999 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6001 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6002 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6003 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 23);
6004 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6005 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6008 case R_MIPS_PC26_S2
:
6009 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6010 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 28);
6012 if ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3)
6013 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6015 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6016 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6017 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 28);
6018 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6019 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6022 case R_MIPS_PC18_S3
:
6023 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6024 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 21);
6026 if ((symbol
+ addend
) & 7)
6027 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6029 value
= symbol
+ addend
- ((p
| 7) ^ 7);
6030 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6031 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 21);
6032 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6033 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6036 case R_MIPS_PC19_S2
:
6037 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6038 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 21);
6040 if ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3)
6041 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6043 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6044 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6045 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 21);
6046 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6047 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6051 value
= mips_elf_high (symbol
+ addend
- p
);
6052 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6053 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
6054 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6058 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6059 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
6060 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6061 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6064 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
:
6065 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6066 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 8);
6067 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6068 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6069 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 8);
6070 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6071 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6074 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
:
6075 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6076 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 11);
6077 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6078 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6079 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 11);
6080 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6081 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6084 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
:
6085 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6086 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 17);
6087 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6088 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6089 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 17);
6090 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6091 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6094 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
:
6095 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6096 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 25);
6097 value
= symbol
+ addend
- ((p
| 3) ^ 3);
6098 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6099 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 25);
6100 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6101 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6104 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
6105 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
6106 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
6107 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
6108 /* We're allowed to handle these two relocations identically.
6109 The dynamic linker is allowed to handle the CALL relocations
6110 differently by creating a lazy evaluation stub. */
6112 value
= mips_elf_high (value
);
6113 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6116 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
6117 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
6118 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
6119 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
6120 value
= g
& howto
->dst_mask
;
6123 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
6124 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
6125 value
= mips_elf_got_page (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, symbol
+ addend
, NULL
);
6126 if (value
== MINUS_ONE
)
6127 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6128 value
= mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info
, abfd
, input_bfd
, value
);
6129 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
6132 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
6133 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST
:
6135 mips_elf_got_page (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, symbol
+ addend
, &value
);
6138 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
6142 case R_MICROMIPS_SUB
:
6143 value
= symbol
- addend
;
6144 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6148 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHER
:
6149 value
= mips_elf_higher (addend
+ symbol
);
6150 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6153 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST
:
6154 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHEST
:
6155 value
= mips_elf_highest (addend
+ symbol
);
6156 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6159 case R_MIPS_SCN_DISP
:
6160 case R_MICROMIPS_SCN_DISP
:
6161 value
= symbol
+ addend
- sec
->output_offset
;
6162 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6166 case R_MICROMIPS_JALR
:
6167 /* This relocation is only a hint. In some cases, we optimize
6168 it into a bal instruction. But we don't try to optimize
6169 when the symbol does not resolve locally. */
6170 if (h
!= NULL
&& !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
))
6171 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
6172 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
6176 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
6177 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
6178 /* We don't do anything with these at present. */
6179 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
6182 /* An unrecognized relocation type. */
6183 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
6186 /* Store the VALUE for our caller. */
6188 return overflowed_p
? bfd_reloc_overflow
: bfd_reloc_ok
;
6191 /* Obtain the field relocated by RELOCATION. */
6194 mips_elf_obtain_contents (reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
6195 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
6196 bfd
*input_bfd
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
6199 bfd_byte
*location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
6200 unsigned int size
= bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
);
6202 /* Obtain the bytes. */
6204 x
= bfd_get (8 * size
, input_bfd
, location
);
6209 /* It has been determined that the result of the RELOCATION is the
6210 VALUE. Use HOWTO to place VALUE into the output file at the
6211 appropriate position. The SECTION is the section to which the
6213 CROSS_MODE_JUMP_P is true if the relocation field
6214 is a MIPS16 or microMIPS jump to standard MIPS code, or vice versa.
6216 Returns FALSE if anything goes wrong. */
6219 mips_elf_perform_relocation (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6220 reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
6221 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
6222 bfd_vma value
, bfd
*input_bfd
,
6223 asection
*input_section
, bfd_byte
*contents
,
6224 bfd_boolean cross_mode_jump_p
)
6228 int r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
6231 /* Figure out where the relocation is occurring. */
6232 location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
6234 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (input_bfd
, r_type
, FALSE
, location
);
6236 /* Obtain the current value. */
6237 x
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, relocation
, input_bfd
, contents
);
6239 /* Clear the field we are setting. */
6240 x
&= ~howto
->dst_mask
;
6242 /* Set the field. */
6243 x
|= (value
& howto
->dst_mask
);
6245 /* If required, turn JAL into JALX. */
6246 if (cross_mode_jump_p
&& jal_reloc_p (r_type
))
6249 bfd_vma opcode
= x
>> 26;
6250 bfd_vma jalx_opcode
;
6252 /* Check to see if the opcode is already JAL or JALX. */
6253 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
)
6255 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x6) || (opcode
== 0x7));
6258 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
)
6260 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x3d) || (opcode
== 0x3c));
6265 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x3) || (opcode
== 0x1d));
6269 /* If the opcode is not JAL or JALX, there's a problem. We cannot
6270 convert J or JALS to JALX. */
6273 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
6274 (_("%B: %A+0x%lx: Unsupported jump between ISA modes; consider recompiling with interlinking enabled."),
6277 (unsigned long) relocation
->r_offset
);
6278 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
6282 /* Make this the JALX opcode. */
6283 x
= (x
& ~(0x3f << 26)) | (jalx_opcode
<< 26);
6286 /* Try converting JAL to BAL and J(AL)R to B(AL), if the target is in
6288 if (!info
->relocatable
6289 && !cross_mode_jump_p
6290 && ((JAL_TO_BAL_P (input_bfd
)
6291 && r_type
== R_MIPS_26
6292 && (x
>> 26) == 0x3) /* jal addr */
6293 || (JALR_TO_BAL_P (input_bfd
)
6294 && r_type
== R_MIPS_JALR
6295 && x
== 0x0320f809) /* jalr t9 */
6296 || (JR_TO_B_P (input_bfd
)
6297 && r_type
== R_MIPS_JALR
6298 && x
== 0x03200008))) /* jr t9 */
6304 addr
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6305 + input_section
->output_offset
6306 + relocation
->r_offset
6308 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
)
6309 dest
= (value
<< 2) | ((addr
>> 28) << 28);
6313 if (off
<= 0x1ffff && off
>= -0x20000)
6315 if (x
== 0x03200008) /* jr t9 */
6316 x
= 0x10000000 | (((bfd_vma
) off
>> 2) & 0xffff); /* b addr */
6318 x
= 0x04110000 | (((bfd_vma
) off
>> 2) & 0xffff); /* bal addr */
6322 /* Put the value into the output. */
6323 size
= bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
);
6325 bfd_put (8 * size
, input_bfd
, x
, location
);
6327 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (input_bfd
, r_type
, !info
->relocatable
,
6333 /* Create a rel.dyn relocation for the dynamic linker to resolve. REL
6334 is the original relocation, which is now being transformed into a
6335 dynamic relocation. The ADDENDP is adjusted if necessary; the
6336 caller should store the result in place of the original addend. */
6339 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (bfd
*output_bfd
,
6340 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6341 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
6342 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
6343 asection
*sec
, bfd_vma symbol
,
6344 bfd_vma
*addendp
, asection
*input_section
)
6346 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
[3];
6351 bfd_boolean defined_p
;
6352 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6354 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
6355 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
6357 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
6358 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
6359 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
6360 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
!= NULL
);
6361 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
->contents
!= NULL
);
6362 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
->reloc_count
* MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd
)
6365 outrel
[0].r_offset
=
6366 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[0].r_offset
);
6367 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
6369 outrel
[1].r_offset
=
6370 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[1].r_offset
);
6371 outrel
[2].r_offset
=
6372 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[2].r_offset
);
6375 if (outrel
[0].r_offset
== MINUS_ONE
)
6376 /* The relocation field has been deleted. */
6379 if (outrel
[0].r_offset
== MINUS_TWO
)
6381 /* The relocation field has been converted into a relative value of
6382 some sort. Functions like _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame expect
6383 the field to be fully relocated, so add in the symbol's value. */
6388 /* We must now calculate the dynamic symbol table index to use
6389 in the relocation. */
6390 if (h
!= NULL
&& ! SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
))
6392 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
|| h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
);
6393 indx
= h
->root
.dynindx
;
6394 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6395 defined_p
= h
->root
.def_regular
;
6397 /* ??? glibc's ld.so just adds the final GOT entry to the
6398 relocation field. It therefore treats relocs against
6399 defined symbols in the same way as relocs against
6400 undefined symbols. */
6405 if (sec
!= NULL
&& bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
6407 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
6409 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
6414 indx
= elf_section_data (sec
->output_section
)->dynindx
;
6417 asection
*osec
= htab
->root
.text_index_section
;
6418 indx
= elf_section_data (osec
)->dynindx
;
6424 /* Instead of generating a relocation using the section
6425 symbol, we may as well make it a fully relative
6426 relocation. We want to avoid generating relocations to
6427 local symbols because we used to generate them
6428 incorrectly, without adding the original symbol value,
6429 which is mandated by the ABI for section symbols. In
6430 order to give dynamic loaders and applications time to
6431 phase out the incorrect use, we refrain from emitting
6432 section-relative relocations. It's not like they're
6433 useful, after all. This should be a bit more efficient
6435 /* ??? Although this behavior is compatible with glibc's ld.so,
6436 the ABI says that relocations against STN_UNDEF should have
6437 a symbol value of 0. Irix rld honors this, so relocations
6438 against STN_UNDEF have no effect. */
6439 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6444 /* If the relocation was previously an absolute relocation and
6445 this symbol will not be referred to by the relocation, we must
6446 adjust it by the value we give it in the dynamic symbol table.
6447 Otherwise leave the job up to the dynamic linker. */
6448 if (defined_p
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS_REL32
)
6451 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
6452 /* VxWorks uses non-relative relocations for this. */
6453 outrel
[0].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
6455 /* The relocation is always an REL32 relocation because we don't
6456 know where the shared library will wind up at load-time. */
6457 outrel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, (unsigned long) indx
,
6460 /* For strict adherence to the ABI specification, we should
6461 generate a R_MIPS_64 relocation record by itself before the
6462 _REL32/_64 record as well, such that the addend is read in as
6463 a 64-bit value (REL32 is a 32-bit relocation, after all).
6464 However, since none of the existing ELF64 MIPS dynamic
6465 loaders seems to care, we don't waste space with these
6466 artificial relocations. If this turns out to not be true,
6467 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocation() should be tweaked so
6468 as to make room for a pair of dynamic relocations per
6469 invocation if ABI_64_P, and here we should generate an
6470 additional relocation record with R_MIPS_64 by itself for a
6471 NULL symbol before this relocation record. */
6472 outrel
[1].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0,
6473 ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
6476 outrel
[2].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_NONE
);
6478 /* Adjust the output offset of the relocation to reference the
6479 correct location in the output file. */
6480 outrel
[0].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6481 + input_section
->output_offset
);
6482 outrel
[1].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6483 + input_section
->output_offset
);
6484 outrel
[2].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6485 + input_section
->output_offset
);
6487 /* Put the relocation back out. We have to use the special
6488 relocation outputter in the 64-bit case since the 64-bit
6489 relocation format is non-standard. */
6490 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
6492 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_out
)
6493 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
6495 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)));
6497 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
6499 /* VxWorks uses RELA rather than REL dynamic relocations. */
6500 outrel
[0].r_addend
= *addendp
;
6501 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out
6502 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
6504 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)));
6507 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
6508 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
6509 (sreloc
->contents
+ sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
6511 /* We've now added another relocation. */
6512 ++sreloc
->reloc_count
;
6514 /* Make sure the output section is writable. The dynamic linker
6515 will be writing to it. */
6516 elf_section_data (input_section
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
6519 /* On IRIX5, make an entry of compact relocation info. */
6520 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix5
)
6522 asection
*scpt
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".compact_rel");
6527 Elf32_crinfo cptrel
;
6529 mips_elf_set_cr_format (cptrel
, CRF_MIPS_LONG
);
6530 cptrel
.vaddr
= (rel
->r_offset
6531 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
6532 + input_section
->output_offset
);
6533 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_REL32
)
6534 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel
, CRT_MIPS_REL32
);
6536 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel
, CRT_MIPS_WORD
);
6537 mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to (cptrel
, 0);
6538 cptrel
.konst
= *addendp
;
6540 cr
= (scpt
->contents
6541 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
));
6542 mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr (cptrel
, 0);
6543 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (output_bfd
, &cptrel
,
6544 ((Elf32_External_crinfo
*) cr
6545 + scpt
->reloc_count
));
6546 ++scpt
->reloc_count
;
6550 /* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section,
6551 we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the
6553 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section
))
6554 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
6559 /* Return the MACH for a MIPS e_flags value. */
6562 _bfd_elf_mips_mach (flagword flags
)
6564 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_MACH
)
6566 case E_MIPS_MACH_3900
:
6567 return bfd_mach_mips3900
;
6569 case E_MIPS_MACH_4010
:
6570 return bfd_mach_mips4010
;
6572 case E_MIPS_MACH_4100
:
6573 return bfd_mach_mips4100
;
6575 case E_MIPS_MACH_4111
:
6576 return bfd_mach_mips4111
;
6578 case E_MIPS_MACH_4120
:
6579 return bfd_mach_mips4120
;
6581 case E_MIPS_MACH_4650
:
6582 return bfd_mach_mips4650
;
6584 case E_MIPS_MACH_5400
:
6585 return bfd_mach_mips5400
;
6587 case E_MIPS_MACH_5500
:
6588 return bfd_mach_mips5500
;
6590 case E_MIPS_MACH_5900
:
6591 return bfd_mach_mips5900
;
6593 case E_MIPS_MACH_9000
:
6594 return bfd_mach_mips9000
;
6596 case E_MIPS_MACH_SB1
:
6597 return bfd_mach_mips_sb1
;
6599 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS2E
:
6600 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
;
6602 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS2F
:
6603 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
;
6605 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS3A
:
6606 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a
;
6608 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON3
:
6609 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon3
;
6611 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON2
:
6612 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
;
6614 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON
:
6615 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon
;
6617 case E_MIPS_MACH_XLR
:
6618 return bfd_mach_mips_xlr
;
6621 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
)
6625 return bfd_mach_mips3000
;
6628 return bfd_mach_mips6000
;
6631 return bfd_mach_mips4000
;
6634 return bfd_mach_mips8000
;
6637 return bfd_mach_mips5
;
6639 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32
:
6640 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32
;
6642 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64
:
6643 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64
;
6645 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
:
6646 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
;
6648 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
:
6649 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
;
6651 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6
:
6652 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32r6
;
6654 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6
:
6655 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64r6
;
6662 /* Return printable name for ABI. */
6664 static INLINE
char *
6665 elf_mips_abi_name (bfd
*abfd
)
6669 flags
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
;
6670 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
)
6673 if (ABI_N32_P (abfd
))
6675 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd
))
6679 case E_MIPS_ABI_O32
:
6681 case E_MIPS_ABI_O64
:
6683 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
:
6685 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
:
6688 return "unknown abi";
6692 /* MIPS ELF uses two common sections. One is the usual one, and the
6693 other is for small objects. All the small objects are kept
6694 together, and then referenced via the gp pointer, which yields
6695 faster assembler code. This is what we use for the small common
6696 section. This approach is copied from ecoff.c. */
6697 static asection mips_elf_scom_section
;
6698 static asymbol mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
6699 static asymbol
*mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
;
6701 /* MIPS ELF also uses an acommon section, which represents an
6702 allocated common symbol which may be overridden by a
6703 definition in a shared library. */
6704 static asection mips_elf_acom_section
;
6705 static asymbol mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
6706 static asymbol
*mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
;
6708 /* This is used for both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
6711 _bfd_mips_elf_symbol_processing (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*asym
)
6713 elf_symbol_type
*elfsym
;
6715 /* Handle the special MIPS section numbers that a symbol may use. */
6716 elfsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) asym
;
6717 switch (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
)
6719 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
:
6720 /* This section is used in a dynamically linked executable file.
6721 It is an allocated common section. The dynamic linker can
6722 either resolve these symbols to something in a shared
6723 library, or it can just leave them here. For our purposes,
6724 we can consider these symbols to be in a new section. */
6725 if (mips_elf_acom_section
.name
== NULL
)
6727 /* Initialize the acommon section. */
6728 mips_elf_acom_section
.name
= ".acommon";
6729 mips_elf_acom_section
.flags
= SEC_ALLOC
;
6730 mips_elf_acom_section
.output_section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
6731 mips_elf_acom_section
.symbol
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
6732 mips_elf_acom_section
.symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
;
6733 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.name
= ".acommon";
6734 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
;
6735 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
6736 mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
6738 asym
->section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
6742 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
6743 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols on IRIX5. */
6744 if (asym
->value
> elf_gp_size (abfd
)
6745 || ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_info
) == STT_TLS
6746 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
6749 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
:
6750 if (mips_elf_scom_section
.name
== NULL
)
6752 /* Initialize the small common section. */
6753 mips_elf_scom_section
.name
= ".scommon";
6754 mips_elf_scom_section
.flags
= SEC_IS_COMMON
;
6755 mips_elf_scom_section
.output_section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
6756 mips_elf_scom_section
.symbol
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
6757 mips_elf_scom_section
.symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
;
6758 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.name
= ".scommon";
6759 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
;
6760 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
6761 mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
6763 asym
->section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
6764 asym
->value
= elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
6767 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED
:
6768 asym
->section
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
6773 asection
*section
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".text");
6775 if (section
!= NULL
)
6777 asym
->section
= section
;
6778 /* MIPS_TEXT is a bit special, the address is not an offset
6779 to the base of the .text section. So substract the section
6780 base address to make it an offset. */
6781 asym
->value
-= section
->vma
;
6788 asection
*section
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".data");
6790 if (section
!= NULL
)
6792 asym
->section
= section
;
6793 /* MIPS_DATA is a bit special, the address is not an offset
6794 to the base of the .data section. So substract the section
6795 base address to make it an offset. */
6796 asym
->value
-= section
->vma
;
6802 /* If this is an odd-valued function symbol, assume it's a MIPS16
6803 or microMIPS one. */
6804 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_info
) == STT_FUNC
6805 && (asym
->value
& 1) != 0)
6808 if (MICROMIPS_P (abfd
))
6809 elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
6810 = ELF_ST_SET_MICROMIPS (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
);
6812 elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
6813 = ELF_ST_SET_MIPS16 (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
);
6817 /* Implement elf_backend_eh_frame_address_size. This differs from
6818 the default in the way it handles EABI64.
6820 EABI64 was originally specified as an LP64 ABI, and that is what
6821 -mabi=eabi normally gives on a 64-bit target. However, gcc has
6822 historically accepted the combination of -mabi=eabi and -mlong32,
6823 and this ILP32 variation has become semi-official over time.
6824 Both forms use elf32 and have pointer-sized FDE addresses.
6826 If an EABI object was generated by GCC 4.0 or above, it will have
6827 an empty .gcc_compiled_longXX section, where XX is the size of longs
6828 in bits. Unfortunately, ILP32 objects generated by earlier compilers
6829 have no special marking to distinguish them from LP64 objects.
6831 We don't want users of the official LP64 ABI to be punished for the
6832 existence of the ILP32 variant, but at the same time, we don't want
6833 to mistakenly interpret pre-4.0 ILP32 objects as being LP64 objects.
6834 We therefore take the following approach:
6836 - If ABFD contains a .gcc_compiled_longXX section, use it to
6837 determine the pointer size.
6839 - Otherwise check the type of the first relocation. Assume that
6840 the LP64 ABI is being used if the relocation is of type R_MIPS_64.
6844 The second check is enough to detect LP64 objects generated by pre-4.0
6845 compilers because, in the kind of output generated by those compilers,
6846 the first relocation will be associated with either a CIE personality
6847 routine or an FDE start address. Furthermore, the compilers never
6848 used a special (non-pointer) encoding for this ABI.
6850 Checking the relocation type should also be safe because there is no
6851 reason to use R_MIPS_64 in an ILP32 object. Pre-4.0 compilers never
6855 _bfd_mips_elf_eh_frame_address_size (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
6857 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS64
)
6859 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
)
6861 bfd_boolean long32_p
, long64_p
;
6863 long32_p
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".gcc_compiled_long32") != 0;
6864 long64_p
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".gcc_compiled_long64") != 0;
6865 if (long32_p
&& long64_p
)
6872 if (sec
->reloc_count
> 0
6873 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= NULL
6874 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
[0].r_info
)
6883 /* There appears to be a bug in the MIPSpro linker that causes GOT_DISP
6884 relocations against two unnamed section symbols to resolve to the
6885 same address. For example, if we have code like:
6887 lw $4,%got_disp(.data)($gp)
6888 lw $25,%got_disp(.text)($gp)
6891 then the linker will resolve both relocations to .data and the program
6892 will jump there rather than to .text.
6894 We can work around this problem by giving names to local section symbols.
6895 This is also what the MIPSpro tools do. */
6898 _bfd_mips_elf_name_local_section_symbols (bfd
*abfd
)
6900 return SGI_COMPAT (abfd
);
6903 /* Work over a section just before writing it out. This routine is
6904 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. FIXME: We recognize
6905 sections that need the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag by name; there has to be
6909 _bfd_mips_elf_section_processing (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
)
6911 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
6912 && hdr
->sh_size
> 0)
6916 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->sh_size
== sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
6917 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->contents
== NULL
);
6920 hdr
->sh_offset
+ sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
) - 4,
6923 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
6924 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 4, abfd
) != 4)
6928 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
6929 && hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
6930 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
6931 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
)->u
.tdata
!= NULL
)
6933 bfd_byte
*contents
, *l
, *lend
;
6935 /* We stored the section contents in the tdata field in the
6936 set_section_contents routine. We save the section contents
6937 so that we don't have to read them again.
6938 At this point we know that elf_gp is set, so we can look
6939 through the section contents to see if there is an
6940 ODK_REGINFO structure. */
6942 contents
= mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
)->u
.tdata
;
6944 lend
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
6945 while (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
) <= lend
)
6947 Elf_Internal_Options intopt
;
6949 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd
, (Elf_External_Options
*) l
,
6951 if (intopt
.size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))
6953 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
6954 (_("%B: Warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than its header"),
6955 abfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
), intopt
.size
);
6958 if (ABI_64_P (abfd
) && intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
6965 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options
)
6966 + (sizeof (Elf64_External_RegInfo
) - 8)),
6969 H_PUT_64 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
6970 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 8, abfd
) != 8)
6973 else if (intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
6980 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options
)
6981 + (sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
) - 4)),
6984 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
6985 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 4, abfd
) != 4)
6992 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
6994 const char *name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
);
6996 /* .sbss is not handled specially here because the GNU/Linux
6997 prelinker can convert .sbss from NOBITS to PROGBITS and
6998 changing it back to NOBITS breaks the binary. The entry in
6999 _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections will ensure the correct flags
7000 are set on .sbss if BFD creates it without reading it from an
7001 input file, and without special handling here the flags set
7002 on it in an input file will be followed. */
7003 if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
7004 || strcmp (name
, ".lit8") == 0
7005 || strcmp (name
, ".lit4") == 0)
7006 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
7007 else if (strcmp (name
, ".srdata") == 0)
7008 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
7009 else if (strcmp (name
, ".compact_rel") == 0)
7011 else if (strcmp (name
, ".rtproc") == 0)
7013 if (hdr
->sh_addralign
!= 0 && hdr
->sh_entsize
== 0)
7015 unsigned int adjust
;
7017 adjust
= hdr
->sh_size
% hdr
->sh_addralign
;
7019 hdr
->sh_size
+= hdr
->sh_addralign
- adjust
;
7027 /* Handle a MIPS specific section when reading an object file. This
7028 is called when elfcode.h finds a section with an unknown type.
7029 This routine supports both the 32-bit and 64-bit ELF ABI.
7031 FIXME: We need to handle the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag, but I'm not sure
7035 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
7036 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
7042 /* There ought to be a place to keep ELF backend specific flags, but
7043 at the moment there isn't one. We just keep track of the
7044 sections by their name, instead. Fortunately, the ABI gives
7045 suggested names for all the MIPS specific sections, so we will
7046 probably get away with this. */
7047 switch (hdr
->sh_type
)
7049 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
7050 if (strcmp (name
, ".liblist") != 0)
7054 if (strcmp (name
, ".msym") != 0)
7057 case SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT
:
7058 if (strcmp (name
, ".conflict") != 0)
7061 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
:
7062 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gptab."))
7065 case SHT_MIPS_UCODE
:
7066 if (strcmp (name
, ".ucode") != 0)
7069 case SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
:
7070 if (strcmp (name
, ".mdebug") != 0)
7072 flags
= SEC_DEBUGGING
;
7074 case SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
:
7075 if (strcmp (name
, ".reginfo") != 0
7076 || hdr
->sh_size
!= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
))
7078 flags
= (SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE
);
7080 case SHT_MIPS_IFACE
:
7081 if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.interfaces") != 0)
7084 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
:
7085 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.content"))
7088 case SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
7089 if (!MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name
))
7092 case SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
:
7093 if (!MIPS_ELF_ABIFLAGS_SECTION_NAME_P (name
))
7095 flags
= (SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE
);
7097 case SHT_MIPS_DWARF
:
7098 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".debug_")
7099 && ! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".zdebug_"))
7102 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
7103 if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.symlib") != 0)
7106 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
:
7107 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.events")
7108 && ! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel"))
7115 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
7120 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
7121 (bfd_get_section_flags (abfd
,
7127 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
)
7129 Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0 ext
;
7131 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
7132 &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
7134 bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_in (abfd
, &ext
,
7135 &mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
);
7136 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
.version
!= 0)
7138 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags_valid
= TRUE
;
7141 /* FIXME: We should record sh_info for a .gptab section. */
7143 /* For a .reginfo section, set the gp value in the tdata information
7144 from the contents of this section. We need the gp value while
7145 processing relocs, so we just get it now. The .reginfo section
7146 is not used in the 64-bit MIPS ELF ABI. */
7147 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
)
7149 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
7152 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
7153 &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
7155 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (abfd
, &ext
, &s
);
7156 elf_gp (abfd
) = s
.ri_gp_value
;
7159 /* For a SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section, look for a ODK_REGINFO entry, and
7160 set the gp value based on what we find. We may see both
7161 SHT_MIPS_REGINFO and SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS/ODK_REGINFO; in that case,
7162 they should agree. */
7163 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
7165 bfd_byte
*contents
, *l
, *lend
;
7167 contents
= bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
7168 if (contents
== NULL
)
7170 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
, contents
,
7177 lend
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
7178 while (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
) <= lend
)
7180 Elf_Internal_Options intopt
;
7182 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd
, (Elf_External_Options
*) l
,
7184 if (intopt
.size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))
7186 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
7187 (_("%B: Warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than its header"),
7188 abfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
), intopt
.size
);
7191 if (ABI_64_P (abfd
) && intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
7193 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo intreg
;
7195 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in
7197 ((Elf64_External_RegInfo
*)
7198 (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))),
7200 elf_gp (abfd
) = intreg
.ri_gp_value
;
7202 else if (intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
7204 Elf32_RegInfo intreg
;
7206 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in
7208 ((Elf32_External_RegInfo
*)
7209 (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))),
7211 elf_gp (abfd
) = intreg
.ri_gp_value
;
7221 /* Set the correct type for a MIPS ELF section. We do this by the
7222 section name, which is a hack, but ought to work. This routine is
7223 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
7226 _bfd_mips_elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
, asection
*sec
)
7228 const char *name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
);
7230 if (strcmp (name
, ".liblist") == 0)
7232 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
;
7233 hdr
->sh_info
= sec
->size
/ sizeof (Elf32_Lib
);
7234 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
7236 else if (strcmp (name
, ".conflict") == 0)
7237 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT
;
7238 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gptab."))
7240 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
;
7241 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
7242 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
7244 else if (strcmp (name
, ".ucode") == 0)
7245 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_UCODE
;
7246 else if (strcmp (name
, ".mdebug") == 0)
7248 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
;
7249 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .mdebug section has an
7250 entsize of 0. FIXME: Does this matter? */
7251 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
7252 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
7254 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
7256 else if (strcmp (name
, ".reginfo") == 0)
7258 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
;
7259 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .reginfo section has an
7260 entsize of 0x18. FIXME: Does this matter? */
7261 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
7263 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
7264 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
);
7266 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
7269 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
);
7271 else if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
7272 && (strcmp (name
, ".hash") == 0
7273 || strcmp (name
, ".dynamic") == 0
7274 || strcmp (name
, ".dynstr") == 0))
7276 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
7277 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
7279 /* This isn't how the IRIX6 linker behaves. */
7280 hdr
->sh_info
= SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES
;
7283 else if (strcmp (name
, ".got") == 0
7284 || strcmp (name
, ".srdata") == 0
7285 || strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
7286 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0
7287 || strcmp (name
, ".lit4") == 0
7288 || strcmp (name
, ".lit8") == 0)
7289 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
7290 else if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.interfaces") == 0)
7292 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_IFACE
;
7293 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7295 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.content"))
7297 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
;
7298 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7299 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
7301 else if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name
))
7303 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
;
7304 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
7305 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7307 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.abiflags"))
7309 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
;
7310 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0
);
7312 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".debug_")
7313 || CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".zdebug_"))
7315 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_DWARF
;
7317 /* Irix facilities such as libexc expect a single .debug_frame
7318 per executable, the system ones have NOSTRIP set and the linker
7319 doesn't merge sections with different flags so ... */
7320 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".debug_frame"))
7321 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7323 else if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.symlib") == 0)
7325 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
;
7326 /* The sh_link and sh_info fields are set in
7327 final_write_processing. */
7329 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.events")
7330 || CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel"))
7332 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
;
7333 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7334 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
7336 else if (strcmp (name
, ".msym") == 0)
7338 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_MSYM
;
7339 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
7340 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 8;
7343 /* The generic elf_fake_sections will set up REL_HDR using the default
7344 kind of relocations. We used to set up a second header for the
7345 non-default kind of relocations here, but only NewABI would use
7346 these, and the IRIX ld doesn't like resulting empty RELA sections.
7347 Thus we create those header only on demand now. */
7352 /* Given a BFD section, try to locate the corresponding ELF section
7353 index. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI.
7354 Actually, it's not clear to me that the 64-bit ABI supports these,
7355 but for non-PIC objects we will certainly want support for at least
7356 the .scommon section. */
7359 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7360 asection
*sec
, int *retval
)
7362 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), ".scommon") == 0)
7364 *retval
= SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
;
7367 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), ".acommon") == 0)
7369 *retval
= SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
;
7375 /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
7376 file. We must handle the special MIPS section numbers here. */
7379 _bfd_mips_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7380 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
, const char **namep
,
7381 flagword
*flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7382 asection
**secp
, bfd_vma
*valp
)
7384 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
7385 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0
7386 && strcmp (*namep
, "_rld_new_interface") == 0)
7388 /* Skip IRIX5 rld entry name. */
7393 /* Shared objects may have a dynamic symbol '_gp_disp' defined as
7394 a SECTION *ABS*. This causes ld to think it can resolve _gp_disp
7395 by setting a DT_NEEDED for the shared object. Since _gp_disp is
7396 a magic symbol resolved by the linker, we ignore this bogus definition
7397 of _gp_disp. New ABI objects do not suffer from this problem so this
7398 is not done for them. */
7400 && (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
7401 && (strcmp (*namep
, "_gp_disp") == 0))
7407 switch (sym
->st_shndx
)
7410 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
7411 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols. */
7412 if (sym
->st_size
> elf_gp_size (abfd
)
7413 || ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
7414 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
7417 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
:
7418 *secp
= bfd_make_section_old_way (abfd
, ".scommon");
7419 (*secp
)->flags
|= SEC_IS_COMMON
;
7420 *valp
= sym
->st_size
;
7424 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
7425 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
== NULL
)
7427 asymbol
*elf_text_symbol
;
7428 asection
*elf_text_section
;
7429 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (asection
);
7431 elf_text_section
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7432 if (elf_text_section
== NULL
)
7435 amt
= sizeof (asymbol
);
7436 elf_text_symbol
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7437 if (elf_text_symbol
== NULL
)
7440 /* Initialize the section. */
7442 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
= elf_text_section
;
7443 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_symbol
= elf_text_symbol
;
7445 elf_text_section
->symbol
= elf_text_symbol
;
7446 elf_text_section
->symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_symbol
;
7448 elf_text_section
->name
= ".text";
7449 elf_text_section
->flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
7450 elf_text_section
->output_section
= NULL
;
7451 elf_text_section
->owner
= abfd
;
7452 elf_text_symbol
->name
= ".text";
7453 elf_text_symbol
->flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_DYNAMIC
;
7454 elf_text_symbol
->section
= elf_text_section
;
7456 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
7457 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
7458 so I took it out. */
7459 *secp
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
;
7462 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
:
7463 /* Fall through. XXX Can we treat this as allocated data? */
7465 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
7466 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
== NULL
)
7468 asymbol
*elf_data_symbol
;
7469 asection
*elf_data_section
;
7470 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (asection
);
7472 elf_data_section
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7473 if (elf_data_section
== NULL
)
7476 amt
= sizeof (asymbol
);
7477 elf_data_symbol
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7478 if (elf_data_symbol
== NULL
)
7481 /* Initialize the section. */
7483 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
= elf_data_section
;
7484 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_symbol
= elf_data_symbol
;
7486 elf_data_section
->symbol
= elf_data_symbol
;
7487 elf_data_section
->symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_symbol
;
7489 elf_data_section
->name
= ".data";
7490 elf_data_section
->flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
7491 elf_data_section
->output_section
= NULL
;
7492 elf_data_section
->owner
= abfd
;
7493 elf_data_symbol
->name
= ".data";
7494 elf_data_symbol
->flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_DYNAMIC
;
7495 elf_data_symbol
->section
= elf_data_section
;
7497 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
7498 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
7499 so I took it out. */
7500 *secp
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
;
7503 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED
:
7504 *secp
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
7508 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
7510 && info
->output_bfd
->xvec
== abfd
->xvec
7511 && strcmp (*namep
, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
7513 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7514 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
7516 /* Mark __rld_obj_head as dynamic. */
7518 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7519 (info
, abfd
, *namep
, BSF_GLOBAL
, *secp
, *valp
, NULL
, FALSE
,
7520 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
7523 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
7526 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
7528 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
7531 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
= TRUE
;
7532 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_symbol
= h
;
7535 /* If this is a mips16 text symbol, add 1 to the value to make it
7536 odd. This will cause something like .word SYM to come up with
7537 the right value when it is loaded into the PC. */
7538 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
7544 /* This hook function is called before the linker writes out a global
7545 symbol. We mark symbols as small common if appropriate. This is
7546 also where we undo the increment of the value for a mips16 symbol. */
7549 _bfd_mips_elf_link_output_symbol_hook
7550 (struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7551 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
7552 asection
*input_sec
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7554 /* If we see a common symbol, which implies a relocatable link, then
7555 if a symbol was small common in an input file, mark it as small
7556 common in the output file. */
7557 if (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
7558 && strcmp (input_sec
->name
, ".scommon") == 0)
7559 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
;
7561 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
7562 sym
->st_value
&= ~1;
7567 /* Functions for the dynamic linker. */
7569 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
7572 _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7574 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7575 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
7577 register asection
*s
;
7578 const char * const *namep
;
7579 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7581 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
7582 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
7584 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
7585 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_READONLY
);
7587 /* The psABI requires a read-only .dynamic section, but the VxWorks
7589 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
7591 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynamic");
7594 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
))
7599 /* We need to create .got section. */
7600 if (!mips_elf_create_got_section (abfd
, info
))
7603 if (! mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, TRUE
))
7606 /* Create .stub section. */
7607 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
7608 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd
),
7611 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
7612 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
7616 if (!mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
7618 && bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rld_map") == NULL
)
7620 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".rld_map",
7621 flags
&~ (flagword
) SEC_READONLY
);
7623 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
7624 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
7628 /* On IRIX5, we adjust add some additional symbols and change the
7629 alignments of several sections. There is no ABI documentation
7630 indicating that this is necessary on IRIX6, nor any evidence that
7631 the linker takes such action. */
7632 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
)
7634 for (namep
= mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
; *namep
!= NULL
; namep
++)
7637 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7638 (info
, abfd
, *namep
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_und_section_ptr
, 0,
7639 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
7642 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
7645 h
->type
= STT_SECTION
;
7647 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
7651 /* We need to create a .compact_rel section. */
7652 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
7654 if (!mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section (abfd
, info
))
7658 /* Change alignments of some sections. */
7659 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".hash");
7661 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7663 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynsym");
7665 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7667 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynstr");
7669 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7672 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
7674 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7676 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynamic");
7678 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7681 if (info
->executable
)
7685 name
= SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING";
7687 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7688 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
, 0,
7689 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
7692 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
7695 h
->type
= STT_SECTION
;
7697 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
7700 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
)
7702 /* __rld_map is a four byte word located in the .data section
7703 and is filled in by the rtld to contain a pointer to
7704 the _r_debug structure. Its symbol value will be set in
7705 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol. */
7706 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rld_map");
7707 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7709 name
= SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) ? "__rld_map" : "__RLD_MAP";
7711 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7712 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, s
, 0, NULL
, FALSE
,
7713 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
7716 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
7719 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
7721 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
7723 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_symbol
= h
;
7727 /* Create the .plt, .rel(a).plt, .dynbss and .rel(a).bss sections.
7728 Also, on VxWorks, create the _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ symbol. */
7729 if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
))
7732 /* Cache the sections created above. */
7733 htab
->splt
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".plt");
7734 htab
->sdynbss
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynbss");
7735 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
7737 htab
->srelbss
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rela.bss");
7738 htab
->srelplt
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rela.plt");
7741 htab
->srelplt
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rel.plt");
7743 || (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !htab
->srelbss
&& !info
->shared
)
7748 /* Do the usual VxWorks handling. */
7749 if (htab
->is_vxworks
7750 && !elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
, &htab
->srelplt2
))
7756 /* Return true if relocation REL against section SEC is a REL rather than
7757 RELA relocation. RELOCS is the first relocation in the section and
7758 ABFD is the bfd that contains SEC. */
7761 mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
,
7762 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
7763 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
7765 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
7766 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
7768 /* To determine which flavor of relocation this is, we depend on the
7769 fact that the INPUT_SECTION's REL_HDR is read before RELA_HDR. */
7770 rel_hdr
= elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
;
7771 if (rel_hdr
== NULL
)
7773 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7774 return ((size_t) (rel
- relocs
)
7775 < NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (rel_hdr
) * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
7778 /* Read the addend for REL relocation REL, which belongs to bfd ABFD.
7779 HOWTO is the relocation's howto and CONTENTS points to the contents
7780 of the section that REL is against. */
7783 mips_elf_read_rel_addend (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
7784 reloc_howto_type
*howto
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
7787 unsigned int r_type
;
7790 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
7791 location
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
;
7793 /* Get the addend, which is stored in the input file. */
7794 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
, location
);
7795 addend
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, rel
, abfd
, contents
);
7796 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
, location
);
7798 return addend
& howto
->src_mask
;
7801 /* REL is a relocation in ABFD that needs a partnering LO16 relocation
7802 and *ADDEND is the addend for REL itself. Look for the LO16 relocation
7803 and update *ADDEND with the final addend. Return true on success
7804 or false if the LO16 could not be found. RELEND is the exclusive
7805 upper bound on the relocations for REL's section. */
7808 mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (bfd
*abfd
,
7809 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
7810 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
,
7811 bfd_byte
*contents
, bfd_vma
*addend
)
7813 unsigned int r_type
, lo16_type
;
7814 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*lo16_relocation
;
7815 reloc_howto_type
*lo16_howto
;
7818 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
7819 if (mips16_reloc_p (r_type
))
7820 lo16_type
= R_MIPS16_LO16
;
7821 else if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
))
7822 lo16_type
= R_MICROMIPS_LO16
;
7823 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_PCHI16
)
7824 lo16_type
= R_MIPS_PCLO16
;
7826 lo16_type
= R_MIPS_LO16
;
7828 /* The combined value is the sum of the HI16 addend, left-shifted by
7829 sixteen bits, and the LO16 addend, sign extended. (Usually, the
7830 code does a `lui' of the HI16 value, and then an `addiu' of the
7833 Scan ahead to find a matching LO16 relocation.
7835 According to the MIPS ELF ABI, the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation must
7836 be immediately following. However, for the IRIX6 ABI, the next
7837 relocation may be a composed relocation consisting of several
7838 relocations for the same address. In that case, the R_MIPS_LO16
7839 relocation may occur as one of these. We permit a similar
7840 extension in general, as that is useful for GCC.
7842 In some cases GCC dead code elimination removes the LO16 but keeps
7843 the corresponding HI16. This is strictly speaking a violation of
7844 the ABI but not immediately harmful. */
7845 lo16_relocation
= mips_elf_next_relocation (abfd
, lo16_type
, rel
, relend
);
7846 if (lo16_relocation
== NULL
)
7849 /* Obtain the addend kept there. */
7850 lo16_howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, lo16_type
, FALSE
);
7851 l
= mips_elf_read_rel_addend (abfd
, lo16_relocation
, lo16_howto
, contents
);
7853 l
<<= lo16_howto
->rightshift
;
7854 l
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (l
, 16);
7861 /* Try to read the contents of section SEC in bfd ABFD. Return true and
7862 store the contents in *CONTENTS on success. Assume that *CONTENTS
7863 already holds the contents if it is nonull on entry. */
7866 mips_elf_get_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
, bfd_byte
**contents
)
7871 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
7872 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
7874 *contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
7878 return bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, sec
, contents
);
7881 /* Make a new PLT record to keep internal data. */
7883 static struct plt_entry
*
7884 mips_elf_make_plt_record (bfd
*abfd
)
7886 struct plt_entry
*entry
;
7888 entry
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
7892 entry
->stub_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
7893 entry
->mips_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
7894 entry
->comp_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
7895 entry
->gotplt_index
= MINUS_ONE
;
7899 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
7900 allocate space in the global offset table and record the need for
7901 standard MIPS and compressed procedure linkage table entries. */
7904 _bfd_mips_elf_check_relocs (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7905 asection
*sec
, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
)
7909 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
7910 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
7912 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
7913 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel_end
;
7915 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
7916 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7919 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
7921 if (info
->relocatable
)
7924 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
7925 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
7927 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
7928 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
7929 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
7930 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
7932 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7933 rel_end
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
7935 /* Check for the mips16 stub sections. */
7937 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
);
7938 if (FN_STUB_P (name
))
7940 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7942 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
7945 r_symndx
= mips16_stub_symndx (bed
, sec
, relocs
, rel_end
);
7948 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
7949 (_("%B: Warning: cannot determine the target function for"
7950 " stub section `%s'"),
7952 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7956 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
7957 || sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
] == NULL
)
7961 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
7962 needed if there is some relocation in this BFD, other
7963 than a 16 bit function call, which refers to this symbol. */
7964 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
7966 Elf_Internal_Rela
*sec_relocs
;
7967 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, *rend
;
7969 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
7970 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
7971 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
7972 || section_allows_mips16_refs_p (o
))
7976 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
7978 if (sec_relocs
== NULL
)
7981 rend
= sec_relocs
+ o
->reloc_count
;
7982 for (r
= sec_relocs
; r
< rend
; r
++)
7983 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == r_symndx
7984 && !mips16_call_reloc_p (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, r
->r_info
)))
7987 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= sec_relocs
)
7996 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
7997 not need it. Since this function is called before
7998 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
7999 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
8001 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
8005 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol stubs for
8007 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
== NULL
)
8009 unsigned long symcount
;
8013 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
8014 symcount
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
);
8016 symcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
8017 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (asection
*);
8018 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8021 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
= n
;
8024 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
8025 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
] = sec
;
8027 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
8028 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
8029 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
8030 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
8034 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8036 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
8037 sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
8039 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
8040 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
8041 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
8043 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
8045 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
8046 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
8047 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
8048 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
8049 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
8050 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
)
8052 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
8056 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
8058 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
= TRUE
;
8061 else if (CALL_STUB_P (name
) || CALL_FP_STUB_P (name
))
8063 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8064 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8067 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
8070 r_symndx
= mips16_stub_symndx (bed
, sec
, relocs
, rel_end
);
8073 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8074 (_("%B: Warning: cannot determine the target function for"
8075 " stub section `%s'"),
8077 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8081 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
8082 || sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
] == NULL
)
8086 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
8087 needed if there is some relocation (R_MIPS16_26) in this BFD
8088 that refers to this symbol. */
8089 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
8091 Elf_Internal_Rela
*sec_relocs
;
8092 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, *rend
;
8094 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
8095 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
8096 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
8097 || section_allows_mips16_refs_p (o
))
8101 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
8103 if (sec_relocs
== NULL
)
8106 rend
= sec_relocs
+ o
->reloc_count
;
8107 for (r
= sec_relocs
; r
< rend
; r
++)
8108 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == r_symndx
8109 && ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == R_MIPS16_26
)
8112 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= sec_relocs
)
8121 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
8122 not need it. Since this function is called before
8123 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
8124 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
8126 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
8130 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol call_stubs for
8132 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_call_stubs
== NULL
)
8134 unsigned long symcount
;
8138 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
8139 symcount
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
);
8141 symcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
8142 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (asection
*);
8143 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8146 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_call_stubs
= n
;
8149 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
8150 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_call_stubs
[r_symndx
] = sec
;
8152 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
8153 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
8154 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
8155 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
8159 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
8160 sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
8162 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
8164 if (CALL_FP_STUB_P (name
))
8165 loc
= &h
->call_fp_stub
;
8167 loc
= &h
->call_stub
;
8169 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
8170 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
8171 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
8172 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
8173 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
8176 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
8180 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
8182 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
= TRUE
;
8188 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< rel_end
; ++rel
)
8190 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8191 unsigned int r_type
;
8192 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8193 bfd_boolean can_make_dynamic_p
;
8194 bfd_boolean call_reloc_p
;
8195 bfd_boolean constrain_symbol_p
;
8197 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
8198 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
8200 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
8202 else if (r_symndx
>= extsymoff
+ NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
))
8204 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8205 (_("%B: Malformed reloc detected for section %s"),
8207 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8212 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
8215 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
8216 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
8217 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
8219 /* PR15323, ref flags aren't set for references in the
8221 h
->root
.non_ir_ref
= 1;
8225 /* Set CAN_MAKE_DYNAMIC_P to true if we can convert this
8226 relocation into a dynamic one. */
8227 can_make_dynamic_p
= FALSE
;
8229 /* Set CALL_RELOC_P to true if the relocation is for a call,
8230 and if pointer equality therefore doesn't matter. */
8231 call_reloc_p
= FALSE
;
8233 /* Set CONSTRAIN_SYMBOL_P if we need to take the relocation
8234 into account when deciding how to define the symbol.
8235 Relocations in nonallocatable sections such as .pdr and
8236 .debug* should have no effect. */
8237 constrain_symbol_p
= ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0);
8242 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8243 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8244 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
8245 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
8246 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8247 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8248 call_reloc_p
= TRUE
;
8252 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
8253 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
8254 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
8255 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
8256 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
8257 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8259 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
8260 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
8261 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8262 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
8263 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
8264 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
8265 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
8266 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
8267 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
8268 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST
:
8269 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
8270 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8271 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
8272 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
8274 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
8275 if (!mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj
, info
))
8277 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !info
->shared
)
8279 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8280 (_("%B: GOT reloc at 0x%lx not expected in executables"),
8281 abfd
, (unsigned long) rel
->r_offset
);
8282 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8285 can_make_dynamic_p
= TRUE
;
8290 case R_MICROMIPS_JALR
:
8291 /* These relocations have empty fields and are purely there to
8292 provide link information. The symbol value doesn't matter. */
8293 constrain_symbol_p
= FALSE
;
8296 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
8297 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
8298 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
8299 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16
:
8300 /* GP-relative relocations always resolve to a definition in a
8301 regular input file, ignoring the one-definition rule. This is
8302 important for the GP setup sequence in NewABI code, which
8303 always resolves to a local function even if other relocations
8304 against the symbol wouldn't. */
8305 constrain_symbol_p
= FALSE
;
8311 /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
8312 must be handled using copy relocs or PLT entries; it is not
8313 possible to convert this relocation into a dynamic one.
8315 For executables that use PLTs and copy-relocs, we have a
8316 choice between converting the relocation into a dynamic
8317 one or using copy relocations or PLT entries. It is
8318 usually better to do the former, unless the relocation is
8319 against a read-only section. */
8322 && !htab
->is_vxworks
8323 && strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__gnu_local_gp") != 0
8324 && !(!info
->nocopyreloc
8325 && !PIC_OBJECT_P (abfd
)
8326 && MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))))
8327 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
8329 can_make_dynamic_p
= TRUE
;
8331 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
8337 case R_MIPS_PC21_S2
:
8338 case R_MIPS_PC26_S2
:
8340 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
8341 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
:
8342 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
:
8343 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
:
8344 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
:
8345 call_reloc_p
= TRUE
;
8351 if (constrain_symbol_p
)
8353 if (!can_make_dynamic_p
)
8354 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->has_static_relocs
= 1;
8357 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 1;
8359 /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has
8360 relocations related to taking the function's address.
8361 This doesn't apply to VxWorks, where CALL relocs refer
8362 to a .got.plt entry instead of a normal .got entry. */
8363 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& (!can_make_dynamic_p
|| !call_reloc_p
))
8364 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
8367 /* Relocations against the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and
8368 __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols must be left to the loader. Allocate
8369 room for them in .rela.dyn. */
8370 if (is_gott_symbol (info
, h
))
8374 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, TRUE
);
8378 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, 1);
8379 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))
8380 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
8381 relocations against the text segment. */
8382 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
8385 else if (call_lo16_reloc_p (r_type
)
8386 || got_lo16_reloc_p (r_type
)
8387 || got_disp_reloc_p (r_type
)
8388 || (got16_reloc_p (r_type
) && htab
->is_vxworks
))
8390 /* We may need a local GOT entry for this relocation. We
8391 don't count R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE because we can estimate the
8392 maximum number of pages needed by looking at the size of
8393 the segment. Similar comments apply to R_MIPS*_GOT16 and
8394 R_MIPS*_CALL16, except on VxWorks, where GOT relocations
8395 always evaluate to "G". We don't count R_MIPS_GOT_HI16, or
8396 R_MIPS_CALL_HI16 because these are always followed by an
8397 R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 or R_MIPS_CALL_LO16. */
8398 if (!mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd
, r_symndx
,
8399 rel
->r_addend
, info
, r_type
))
8404 && mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (abfd
, r_type
,
8405 ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->other
)))
8406 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->has_nonpic_branches
= TRUE
;
8411 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
8412 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
8415 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8416 (_("%B: CALL16 reloc at 0x%lx not against global symbol"),
8417 abfd
, (unsigned long) rel
->r_offset
);
8418 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8423 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8424 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8425 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8426 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8429 /* Make sure there is room in the regular GOT to hold the
8430 function's address. We may eliminate it in favour of
8431 a .got.plt entry later; see mips_elf_count_got_symbols. */
8432 if (!mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, TRUE
,
8436 /* We need a stub, not a plt entry for the undefined
8437 function. But we record it as if it needs plt. See
8438 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
8444 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
8445 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
8446 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
8448 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
8449 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
8450 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
8451 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
8452 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
8453 if (!h
|| got_page_reloc_p (r_type
))
8455 /* This relocation needs (or may need, if h != NULL) a
8456 page entry in the GOT. For R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE we do not
8457 know for sure until we know whether the symbol is
8459 if (mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (abfd
, sec
, relocs
, rel
))
8461 if (!mips_elf_get_section_contents (abfd
, sec
, &contents
))
8463 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
);
8464 addend
= mips_elf_read_rel_addend (abfd
, rel
,
8466 if (got16_reloc_p (r_type
))
8467 mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (abfd
, rel
, rel_end
,
8470 addend
<<= howto
->rightshift
;
8473 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
8474 if (!mips_elf_record_got_page_ref (info
, abfd
, r_symndx
,
8480 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
=
8481 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8483 /* This symbol is definitely not overridable. */
8484 if (hmips
->root
.def_regular
8485 && ! (info
->shared
&& ! info
->symbolic
8486 && ! hmips
->root
.forced_local
))
8490 /* If this is a global, overridable symbol, GOT_PAGE will
8491 decay to GOT_DISP, so we'll need a GOT entry for it. */
8494 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
8495 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
8496 if (h
&& !mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
,
8501 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8502 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8503 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8505 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
8508 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
8509 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
8510 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
8511 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
8513 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
8519 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
8520 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
8521 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry, or two
8522 for TLS GD relocations. */
8525 if (!mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
,
8531 if (!mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd
, r_symndx
,
8541 /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
8542 are handled using copy relocs or PLT stubs, so there's
8543 no need to add a .rela.dyn entry for this relocation. */
8544 if (can_make_dynamic_p
)
8548 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, TRUE
);
8552 if (info
->shared
&& h
== NULL
)
8554 /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
8555 reloc types into the output file as R_MIPS_REL32
8556 relocs. Make room for this reloc in .rel(a).dyn. */
8557 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, 1);
8558 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))
8559 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
8560 relocations against the text segment. */
8561 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
8565 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
8567 /* For a shared object, we must copy this relocation
8568 unless the symbol turns out to be undefined and
8569 weak with non-default visibility, in which case
8570 it will be left as zero.
8572 We could elide R_MIPS_REL32 for locally binding symbols
8573 in shared libraries, but do not yet do so.
8575 For an executable, we only need to copy this
8576 reloc if the symbol is defined in a dynamic
8578 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8579 ++hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
8580 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))
8581 /* We need it to tell the dynamic linker if there
8582 are relocations against the text segment. */
8583 hmips
->readonly_reloc
= TRUE
;
8587 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
8588 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
+=
8589 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo
);
8593 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
8594 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
8595 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
8596 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
8597 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16
:
8598 case R_MICROMIPS_LITERAL
:
8599 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL7_S2
:
8600 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
8601 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
+=
8602 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo
);
8605 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
8606 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
8607 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
8608 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
8612 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
8613 used. Record for later use during GC. */
8614 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
8615 BFD_ASSERT (h
!= NULL
);
8617 && !bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
8625 /* Record the need for a PLT entry. At this point we don't know
8626 yet if we are going to create a PLT in the first place, but
8627 we only record whether the relocation requires a standard MIPS
8628 or a compressed code entry anyway. If we don't make a PLT after
8629 all, then we'll just ignore these arrangements. Likewise if
8630 a PLT entry is not created because the symbol is satisfied
8633 && jal_reloc_p (r_type
)
8634 && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
))
8636 if (h
->plt
.plist
== NULL
)
8637 h
->plt
.plist
= mips_elf_make_plt_record (abfd
);
8638 if (h
->plt
.plist
== NULL
)
8641 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
)
8642 h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
= TRUE
;
8644 h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
= TRUE
;
8647 /* See if this reloc would need to refer to a MIPS16 hard-float stub,
8648 if there is one. We only need to handle global symbols here;
8649 we decide whether to keep or delete stubs for local symbols
8650 when processing the stub's relocations. */
8652 && !mips16_call_reloc_p (r_type
)
8653 && !section_allows_mips16_refs_p (sec
))
8655 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*mh
;
8657 mh
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8658 mh
->need_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
8661 /* Refuse some position-dependent relocations when creating a
8662 shared library. Do not refuse R_MIPS_32 / R_MIPS_64; they're
8663 not PIC, but we can create dynamic relocations and the result
8664 will be fine. Also do not refuse R_MIPS_LO16, which can be
8665 combined with R_MIPS_GOT16. */
8673 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST
:
8674 case R_MICROMIPS_HI16
:
8675 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHER
:
8676 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHEST
:
8677 /* Don't refuse a high part relocation if it's against
8678 no symbol (e.g. part of a compound relocation). */
8679 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
8682 /* R_MIPS_HI16 against _gp_disp is used for $gp setup,
8683 and has a special meaning. */
8684 if (!NEWABI_P (abfd
) && h
!= NULL
8685 && strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "_gp_disp") == 0)
8688 /* Likewise __GOTT_BASE__ and __GOTT_INDEX__ on VxWorks. */
8689 if (is_gott_symbol (info
, h
))
8696 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
8697 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
);
8698 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8699 (_("%B: relocation %s against `%s' can not be used when making a shared object; recompile with -fPIC"),
8701 (h
) ? h
->root
.root
.string
: "a local symbol");
8702 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8714 _bfd_mips_relax_section (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
,
8715 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
8718 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
8719 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
;
8720 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
8721 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
8723 bfd_boolean changed_contents
= FALSE
;
8724 bfd_vma sec_start
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
8725 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
8727 /* We are not currently changing any sizes, so only one pass. */
8730 if (link_info
->relocatable
)
8733 internal_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
8734 link_info
->keep_memory
);
8735 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
8738 irelend
= internal_relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
8739 * get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
8740 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8741 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
8743 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
8746 bfd_signed_vma sym_offset
;
8747 unsigned int r_type
;
8748 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8750 unsigned long instruction
;
8752 /* Turn jalr into bgezal, and jr into beq, if they're marked
8753 with a JALR relocation, that indicate where they jump to.
8754 This saves some pipeline bubbles. */
8755 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, irel
->r_info
);
8756 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_JALR
)
8759 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, irel
->r_info
);
8760 /* Compute the address of the jump target. */
8761 if (r_symndx
>= extsymoff
)
8763 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
8764 = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
8765 elf_sym_hashes (abfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
8767 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
8768 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
8769 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
8771 /* If a symbol is undefined, or if it may be overridden,
8773 if (! ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
8774 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
8775 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
8776 || (link_info
->shared
&& ! link_info
->symbolic
8777 && !h
->root
.forced_local
))
8780 sym_sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
8781 if (sym_sec
->output_section
)
8782 symval
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
8783 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
8784 + sym_sec
->output_offset
);
8786 symval
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
8790 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
8792 /* Read this BFD's symbols if we haven't done so already. */
8793 if (isymbuf
== NULL
&& symtab_hdr
->sh_info
!= 0)
8795 isymbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
8796 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
8797 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
,
8798 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
, 0,
8800 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
8804 isym
= isymbuf
+ r_symndx
;
8805 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
8807 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
8808 sym_sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
8809 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
8810 sym_sec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
8813 = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
8814 symval
= isym
->st_value
8815 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
8816 + sym_sec
->output_offset
;
8819 /* Compute branch offset, from delay slot of the jump to the
8821 sym_offset
= (symval
+ irel
->r_addend
)
8822 - (sec_start
+ irel
->r_offset
+ 4);
8824 /* Branch offset must be properly aligned. */
8825 if ((sym_offset
& 3) != 0)
8830 /* Check that it's in range. */
8831 if (sym_offset
< -0x8000 || sym_offset
>= 0x8000)
8834 /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */
8835 if (!mips_elf_get_section_contents (abfd
, sec
, &contents
))
8838 instruction
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, contents
+ irel
->r_offset
);
8840 /* If it was jalr <reg>, turn it into bgezal $zero, <target>. */
8841 if ((instruction
& 0xfc1fffff) == 0x0000f809)
8842 instruction
= 0x04110000;
8843 /* If it was jr <reg>, turn it into b <target>. */
8844 else if ((instruction
& 0xfc1fffff) == 0x00000008)
8845 instruction
= 0x10000000;
8849 instruction
|= (sym_offset
& 0xffff);
8850 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, instruction
, contents
+ irel
->r_offset
);
8851 changed_contents
= TRUE
;
8854 if (contents
!= NULL
8855 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
8857 if (!changed_contents
&& !link_info
->keep_memory
)
8861 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
8862 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
8868 if (contents
!= NULL
8869 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
8874 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
8877 allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
8879 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= inf
;
8881 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
8882 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8884 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8885 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
8887 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
8888 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8890 /* VxWorks executables are handled elsewhere; we only need to
8891 allocate relocations in shared objects. */
8892 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !info
->shared
)
8895 /* Ignore indirect symbols. All relocations against such symbols
8896 will be redirected to the target symbol. */
8897 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
8900 /* If this symbol is defined in a dynamic object, or we are creating
8901 a shared library, we will need to copy any R_MIPS_32 or
8902 R_MIPS_REL32 relocs against it into the output file. */
8903 if (! info
->relocatable
8904 && hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
!= 0
8905 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
8906 || (!h
->def_regular
&& !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
8909 bfd_boolean do_copy
= TRUE
;
8911 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
8913 /* Do not copy relocations for undefined weak symbols with
8914 non-default visibility. */
8915 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
)
8918 /* Make sure undefined weak symbols are output as a dynamic
8920 else if (h
->dynindx
== -1 && !h
->forced_local
)
8922 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
8929 /* Even though we don't directly need a GOT entry for this symbol,
8930 the SVR4 psABI requires it to have a dynamic symbol table
8931 index greater that DT_MIPS_GOTSYM if there are dynamic
8932 relocations against it.
8934 VxWorks does not enforce the same mapping between the GOT
8935 and the symbol table, so the same requirement does not
8937 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
8939 if (hmips
->global_got_area
> GGA_RELOC_ONLY
)
8940 hmips
->global_got_area
= GGA_RELOC_ONLY
;
8941 hmips
->got_only_for_calls
= FALSE
;
8944 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations
8945 (dynobj
, info
, hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
);
8946 if (hmips
->readonly_reloc
)
8947 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are relocations
8948 against the text segment. */
8949 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
8956 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
8957 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
8958 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
8959 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
8963 _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
8964 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
8967 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
8968 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8970 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8971 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
8973 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
8974 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8976 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
8977 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
8979 || h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
8982 && !h
->def_regular
)));
8984 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8986 /* If there are call relocations against an externally-defined symbol,
8987 see whether we can create a MIPS lazy-binding stub for it. We can
8988 only do this if all references to the function are through call
8989 relocations, and in that case, the traditional lazy-binding stubs
8990 are much more efficient than PLT entries.
8992 Traditional stubs are only available on SVR4 psABI-based systems;
8993 VxWorks always uses PLTs instead. */
8994 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& h
->needs_plt
&& !hmips
->no_fn_stub
)
8996 if (! elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
8999 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, then set
9000 the symbol to the stub location. This is required to make
9001 function pointers compare as equal between the normal
9002 executable and the shared library. */
9003 if (!h
->def_regular
)
9005 hmips
->needs_lazy_stub
= TRUE
;
9006 htab
->lazy_stub_count
++;
9010 /* As above, VxWorks requires PLT entries for externally-defined
9011 functions that are only accessed through call relocations.
9013 Both VxWorks and non-VxWorks targets also need PLT entries if there
9014 are static-only relocations against an externally-defined function.
9015 This can technically occur for shared libraries if there are
9016 branches to the symbol, although it is unlikely that this will be
9017 used in practice due to the short ranges involved. It can occur
9018 for any relative or absolute relocation in executables; in that
9019 case, the PLT entry becomes the function's canonical address. */
9020 else if (((h
->needs_plt
&& !hmips
->no_fn_stub
)
9021 || (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
&& hmips
->has_static_relocs
))
9022 && htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
9023 && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
)
9024 && !(ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
9025 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
9027 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (info
->output_bfd
);
9028 bfd_boolean newabi_p
= NEWABI_P (info
->output_bfd
);
9030 /* If this is the first symbol to need a PLT entry, then make some
9031 basic setup. Also work out PLT entry sizes. We'll need them
9032 for PLT offset calculations. */
9033 if (htab
->plt_mips_offset
+ htab
->plt_comp_offset
== 0)
9035 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sgotplt
->size
== 0);
9036 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->plt_got_index
== 0);
9038 /* If we're using the PLT additions to the psABI, each PLT
9039 entry is 16 bytes and the PLT0 entry is 32 bytes.
9040 Encourage better cache usage by aligning. We do this
9041 lazily to avoid pessimizing traditional objects. */
9042 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
9043 && !bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, htab
->splt
, 5))
9046 /* Make sure that .got.plt is word-aligned. We do this lazily
9047 for the same reason as above. */
9048 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, htab
->sgotplt
,
9049 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj
)))
9052 /* On non-VxWorks targets, the first two entries in .got.plt
9054 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
9056 += (get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->got_header_size
9057 / MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
));
9059 /* On VxWorks, also allocate room for the header's
9060 .rela.plt.unloaded entries. */
9061 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !info
->shared
)
9062 htab
->srelplt2
->size
+= 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9064 /* Now work out the sizes of individual PLT entries. */
9065 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& info
->shared
)
9066 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9067 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
);
9068 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9069 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9070 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
);
9072 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9073 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
9074 else if (!micromips_p
)
9076 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9077 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
9078 htab
->plt_comp_entry_size
9079 = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
9081 else if (htab
->insn32
)
9083 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9084 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
9085 htab
->plt_comp_entry_size
9086 = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
9090 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9091 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
9092 htab
->plt_comp_entry_size
9093 = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
9097 if (h
->plt
.plist
== NULL
)
9098 h
->plt
.plist
= mips_elf_make_plt_record (dynobj
);
9099 if (h
->plt
.plist
== NULL
)
9102 /* There are no defined MIPS16 or microMIPS PLT entries for VxWorks,
9103 n32 or n64, so always use a standard entry there.
9105 If the symbol has a MIPS16 call stub and gets a PLT entry, then
9106 all MIPS16 calls will go via that stub, and there is no benefit
9107 to having a MIPS16 entry. And in the case of call_stub a
9108 standard entry actually has to be used as the stub ends with a J
9113 || hmips
->call_fp_stub
)
9115 h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
= TRUE
;
9116 h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
= FALSE
;
9119 /* Otherwise, if there are no direct calls to the function, we
9120 have a free choice of whether to use standard or compressed
9121 entries. Prefer microMIPS entries if the object is known to
9122 contain microMIPS code, so that it becomes possible to create
9123 pure microMIPS binaries. Prefer standard entries otherwise,
9124 because MIPS16 ones are no smaller and are usually slower. */
9125 if (!h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
&& !h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
)
9128 h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
= TRUE
;
9130 h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
= TRUE
;
9133 if (h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
)
9135 h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
= htab
->plt_mips_offset
;
9136 htab
->plt_mips_offset
+= htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
;
9138 if (h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
)
9140 h
->plt
.plist
->comp_offset
= htab
->plt_comp_offset
;
9141 htab
->plt_comp_offset
+= htab
->plt_comp_entry_size
;
9144 /* Reserve the corresponding .got.plt entry now too. */
9145 h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
= htab
->plt_got_index
++;
9147 /* If the output file has no definition of the symbol, set the
9148 symbol's value to the address of the stub. */
9149 if (!info
->shared
&& !h
->def_regular
)
9150 hmips
->use_plt_entry
= TRUE
;
9152 /* Make room for the R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation. */
9153 htab
->srelplt
->size
+= (htab
->is_vxworks
9154 ? MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (dynobj
)
9155 : MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj
));
9157 /* Make room for the .rela.plt.unloaded relocations. */
9158 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !info
->shared
)
9159 htab
->srelplt2
->size
+= 3 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9161 /* All relocations against this symbol that could have been made
9162 dynamic will now refer to the PLT entry instead. */
9163 hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
9168 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
9169 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
9170 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
9171 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
)
9173 BFD_ASSERT (h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
9174 || h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
9175 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
9176 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
9180 /* Otherwise, there is nothing further to do for symbols defined
9181 in regular objects. */
9185 /* There's also nothing more to do if we'll convert all relocations
9186 against this symbol into dynamic relocations. */
9187 if (!hmips
->has_static_relocs
)
9190 /* We're now relying on copy relocations. Complain if we have
9191 some that we can't convert. */
9192 if (!htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
|| info
->shared
)
9194 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("non-dynamic relocations refer to "
9195 "dynamic symbol %s"),
9196 h
->root
.root
.string
);
9197 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
9201 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
9202 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
9203 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
9204 object will contain position independent code, so all references
9205 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
9206 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
9207 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
9208 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
9209 same memory location for the variable. */
9211 if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
9213 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9214 htab
->srelbss
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9216 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, 1);
9220 /* All relocations against this symbol that could have been made
9221 dynamic will now refer to the local copy instead. */
9222 hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
9224 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (info
, h
, htab
->sdynbss
);
9227 /* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
9228 and the input sections have been assigned to output sections. We
9229 check for any mips16 stub sections that we can discard. */
9232 _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9233 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9236 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9237 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti
;
9239 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9240 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9242 /* The .reginfo section has a fixed size. */
9243 sect
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".reginfo");
9245 bfd_set_section_size (output_bfd
, sect
, sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
9247 /* The .MIPS.abiflags section has a fixed size. */
9248 sect
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".MIPS.abiflags");
9250 bfd_set_section_size (output_bfd
, sect
, sizeof (Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0
));
9253 hti
.output_bfd
= output_bfd
;
9255 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
9256 mips_elf_check_symbols
, &hti
);
9263 /* If the link uses a GOT, lay it out and work out its size. */
9266 mips_elf_lay_out_got (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9270 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
9271 bfd_size_type loadable_size
= 0;
9272 bfd_size_type page_gotno
;
9274 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga
;
9275 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9277 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9278 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9284 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9287 /* Allocate room for the reserved entries. VxWorks always reserves
9288 3 entries; other objects only reserve 2 entries. */
9289 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_low_gotno
== 0);
9290 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9291 htab
->reserved_gotno
= 3;
9293 htab
->reserved_gotno
= 2;
9294 g
->local_gotno
+= htab
->reserved_gotno
;
9295 g
->assigned_low_gotno
= htab
->reserved_gotno
;
9297 /* Decide which symbols need to go in the global part of the GOT and
9298 count the number of reloc-only GOT symbols. */
9299 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, mips_elf_count_got_symbols
, info
);
9301 if (!mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (info
, g
))
9304 /* Calculate the total loadable size of the output. That
9305 will give us the maximum number of GOT_PAGE entries
9307 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
9309 asection
*subsection
;
9311 for (subsection
= ibfd
->sections
;
9313 subsection
= subsection
->next
)
9315 if ((subsection
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
9317 loadable_size
+= ((subsection
->size
+ 0xf)
9318 &~ (bfd_size_type
) 0xf);
9322 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9323 /* There's no need to allocate page entries for VxWorks; R_MIPS*_GOT16
9324 relocations against local symbols evaluate to "G", and the EABI does
9325 not include R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE. */
9328 /* Assume there are two loadable segments consisting of contiguous
9329 sections. Is 5 enough? */
9330 page_gotno
= (loadable_size
>> 16) + 5;
9332 /* Choose the smaller of the two page estimates; both are intended to be
9334 if (page_gotno
> g
->page_gotno
)
9335 page_gotno
= g
->page_gotno
;
9337 g
->local_gotno
+= page_gotno
;
9338 g
->assigned_high_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
- 1;
9340 s
->size
+= g
->local_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9341 s
->size
+= g
->global_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9342 s
->size
+= g
->tls_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9344 /* VxWorks does not support multiple GOTs. It initializes $gp to
9345 __GOTT_BASE__[__GOTT_INDEX__], the value of which is set by the
9347 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& s
->size
> MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info
))
9349 if (!mips_elf_multi_got (output_bfd
, info
, s
, page_gotno
))
9354 /* Record that all bfds use G. This also has the effect of freeing
9355 the per-bfd GOTs, which we no longer need. */
9356 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
9357 if (mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
))
9358 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (ibfd
, g
);
9359 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (output_bfd
, g
);
9361 /* Set up TLS entries. */
9362 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
= g
->global_gotno
+ g
->local_gotno
;
9365 tga
.value
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9366 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index
, &tga
);
9369 BFD_ASSERT (g
->tls_assigned_gotno
9370 == g
->global_gotno
+ g
->local_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
);
9372 /* Each VxWorks GOT entry needs an explicit relocation. */
9373 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& info
->shared
)
9374 g
->relocs
+= g
->global_gotno
+ g
->local_gotno
- htab
->reserved_gotno
;
9376 /* Allocate room for the TLS relocations. */
9378 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, g
->relocs
);
9384 /* Estimate the size of the .MIPS.stubs section. */
9387 mips_elf_estimate_stub_size (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9389 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9390 bfd_size_type dynsymcount
;
9392 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9393 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9395 if (htab
->lazy_stub_count
== 0)
9398 /* IRIX rld assumes that a function stub isn't at the end of the .text
9399 section, so add a dummy entry to the end. */
9400 htab
->lazy_stub_count
++;
9402 /* Get a worst-case estimate of the number of dynamic symbols needed.
9403 At this point, dynsymcount does not account for section symbols
9404 and count_section_dynsyms may overestimate the number that will
9406 dynsymcount
= (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
9407 + count_section_dynsyms (output_bfd
, info
));
9409 /* Determine the size of one stub entry. There's no disadvantage
9410 from using microMIPS code here, so for the sake of pure-microMIPS
9411 binaries we prefer it whenever there's any microMIPS code in
9412 output produced at all. This has a benefit of stubs being
9413 shorter by 4 bytes each too, unless in the insn32 mode. */
9414 if (!MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
))
9415 htab
->function_stub_size
= (dynsymcount
> 0x10000
9416 ? MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
9417 : MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE
);
9418 else if (htab
->insn32
)
9419 htab
->function_stub_size
= (dynsymcount
> 0x10000
9420 ? MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
9421 : MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE
);
9423 htab
->function_stub_size
= (dynsymcount
> 0x10000
9424 ? MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
9425 : MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE
);
9427 htab
->sstubs
->size
= htab
->lazy_stub_count
* htab
->function_stub_size
;
9430 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points to a
9431 mips_htab_traverse_info. If H needs a traditional MIPS lazy-binding
9432 stub, allocate an entry in the stubs section. */
9435 mips_elf_allocate_lazy_stub (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
9437 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*hti
= data
;
9438 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9439 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
9443 output_bfd
= hti
->output_bfd
;
9444 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9445 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9447 if (h
->needs_lazy_stub
)
9449 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
);
9450 unsigned int other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: 0;
9451 bfd_vma isa_bit
= micromips_p
;
9453 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->root
.dynobj
!= NULL
);
9454 if (h
->root
.plt
.plist
== NULL
)
9455 h
->root
.plt
.plist
= mips_elf_make_plt_record (htab
->sstubs
->owner
);
9456 if (h
->root
.plt
.plist
== NULL
)
9461 h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->sstubs
;
9462 h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
= htab
->sstubs
->size
+ isa_bit
;
9463 h
->root
.plt
.plist
->stub_offset
= htab
->sstubs
->size
;
9464 h
->root
.other
= other
;
9465 htab
->sstubs
->size
+= htab
->function_stub_size
;
9470 /* Allocate offsets in the stubs section to each symbol that needs one.
9471 Set the final size of the .MIPS.stub section. */
9474 mips_elf_lay_out_lazy_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9476 bfd
*output_bfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
9477 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
);
9478 unsigned int other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: 0;
9479 bfd_vma isa_bit
= micromips_p
;
9480 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9481 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti
;
9482 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9485 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9486 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9488 if (htab
->lazy_stub_count
== 0)
9491 htab
->sstubs
->size
= 0;
9493 hti
.output_bfd
= output_bfd
;
9495 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, mips_elf_allocate_lazy_stub
, &hti
);
9498 htab
->sstubs
->size
+= htab
->function_stub_size
;
9499 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sstubs
->size
9500 == htab
->lazy_stub_count
* htab
->function_stub_size
);
9502 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9503 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
);
9504 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (dynobj
, info
, htab
->sstubs
, "_MIPS_STUBS_");
9507 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= isa_bit
;
9514 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points to a
9515 bfd_link_info. If H uses the address of a PLT entry as the value
9516 of the symbol, then set the entry in the symbol table now. Prefer
9517 a standard MIPS PLT entry. */
9520 mips_elf_set_plt_sym_value (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
9522 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= data
;
9523 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (info
->output_bfd
);
9524 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9529 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9530 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9532 if (h
->use_plt_entry
)
9534 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
);
9535 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
9536 || h
->root
.plt
.plist
->comp_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
);
9538 val
= htab
->plt_header_size
;
9539 if (h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
9542 val
+= h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
;
9548 val
+= htab
->plt_mips_offset
+ h
->root
.plt
.plist
->comp_offset
;
9549 other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: STO_MIPS16
;
9552 /* For VxWorks, point at the PLT load stub rather than the lazy
9553 resolution stub; this stub will become the canonical function
9555 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9558 h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->splt
;
9559 h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
= val
;
9560 h
->root
.other
= other
;
9566 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
9569 _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9570 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9573 asection
*s
, *sreldyn
;
9574 bfd_boolean reltext
;
9575 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9577 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9578 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9579 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9580 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
);
9582 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
9584 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
9585 if (info
->executable
)
9587 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".interp");
9588 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
9590 = strlen (ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd
)) + 1;
9592 = (bfd_byte
*) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd
);
9595 /* Figure out the size of the PLT header if we know that we
9596 are using it. For the sake of cache alignment always use
9597 a standard header whenever any standard entries are present
9598 even if microMIPS entries are present as well. This also
9599 lets the microMIPS header rely on the value of $v0 only set
9600 by microMIPS entries, for a small size reduction.
9602 Set symbol table entry values for symbols that use the
9603 address of their PLT entry now that we can calculate it.
9605 Also create the _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ symbol if we
9606 haven't already in _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections. */
9607 if (htab
->splt
&& htab
->plt_mips_offset
+ htab
->plt_comp_offset
!= 0)
9609 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= (MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
)
9610 && !htab
->plt_mips_offset
);
9611 unsigned int other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: 0;
9612 bfd_vma isa_bit
= micromips_p
;
9613 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9616 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
9617 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sgotplt
->size
== 0);
9618 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->splt
->size
== 0);
9620 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& info
->shared
)
9621 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
);
9622 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9623 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
);
9624 else if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
9625 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry
);
9626 else if (ABI_N32_P (output_bfd
))
9627 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry
);
9628 else if (!micromips_p
)
9629 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
9630 else if (htab
->insn32
)
9631 size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
9633 size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
9635 htab
->plt_header_is_comp
= micromips_p
;
9636 htab
->plt_header_size
= size
;
9637 htab
->splt
->size
= (size
9638 + htab
->plt_mips_offset
9639 + htab
->plt_comp_offset
);
9640 htab
->sgotplt
->size
= (htab
->plt_got_index
9641 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
));
9643 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, mips_elf_set_plt_sym_value
, info
);
9645 if (htab
->root
.hplt
== NULL
)
9647 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (dynobj
, info
, htab
->splt
,
9648 "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_");
9649 htab
->root
.hplt
= h
;
9654 h
= htab
->root
.hplt
;
9655 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= isa_bit
;
9661 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
9662 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->root
, allocate_dynrelocs
, info
);
9664 mips_elf_estimate_stub_size (output_bfd
, info
);
9666 if (!mips_elf_lay_out_got (output_bfd
, info
))
9669 mips_elf_lay_out_lazy_stubs (info
);
9671 /* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have
9672 determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections. Allocate
9675 for (s
= dynobj
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
9679 /* It's OK to base decisions on the section name, because none
9680 of the dynobj section names depend upon the input files. */
9681 name
= bfd_get_section_name (dynobj
, s
);
9683 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
9686 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".rel"))
9690 const char *outname
;
9693 /* If this relocation section applies to a read only
9694 section, then we probably need a DT_TEXTREL entry.
9695 If the relocation section is .rel(a).dyn, we always
9696 assert a DT_TEXTREL entry rather than testing whether
9697 there exists a relocation to a read only section or
9699 outname
= bfd_get_section_name (output_bfd
,
9701 target
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, outname
+ 4);
9703 && (target
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0
9704 && (target
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
9705 || strcmp (outname
, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
)) == 0)
9708 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
9709 to copy relocs into the output file. */
9710 if (strcmp (name
, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
)) != 0)
9713 /* If combreloc is enabled, elf_link_sort_relocs() will
9714 sort relocations, but in a different way than we do,
9715 and before we're done creating relocations. Also, it
9716 will move them around between input sections'
9717 relocation's contents, so our sorting would be
9718 broken, so don't let it run. */
9719 info
->combreloc
= 0;
9722 else if (info
->executable
9723 && ! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
9724 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".rld_map"))
9726 /* We add a room for __rld_map. It will be filled in by the
9727 rtld to contain a pointer to the _r_debug structure. */
9728 s
->size
+= MIPS_ELF_RLD_MAP_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9730 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
)
9731 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".compact_rel"))
9732 s
->size
+= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
;
9733 else if (s
== htab
->splt
)
9735 /* If the last PLT entry has a branch delay slot, allocate
9736 room for an extra nop to fill the delay slot. This is
9737 for CPUs without load interlocking. */
9738 if (! LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P (output_bfd
)
9739 && ! htab
->is_vxworks
&& s
->size
> 0)
9742 else if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".init")
9744 && s
!= htab
->sgotplt
9745 && s
!= htab
->sstubs
9746 && s
!= htab
->sdynbss
)
9748 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
9754 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
9758 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
9761 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
9762 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (dynobj
, s
->size
);
9763 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
9765 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory
);
9770 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
9772 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
9773 values later, in _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
9774 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
9775 the .dynamic section. */
9777 /* SGI object has the equivalence of DT_DEBUG in the
9778 DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP entry. This must come first because glibc
9779 only fills in DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP (not DT_DEBUG) and some tools
9780 may only look at the first one they see. */
9782 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
, 0))
9785 if (info
->executable
9786 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP_REL
, 0))
9789 /* The DT_DEBUG entry may be filled in by the dynamic linker and
9790 used by the debugger. */
9791 if (info
->executable
9792 && !SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
)
9793 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_DEBUG
, 0))
9796 if (reltext
&& (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
) || htab
->is_vxworks
))
9797 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
9799 if ((info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
) != 0)
9801 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_TEXTREL
, 0))
9804 /* Clear the DF_TEXTREL flag. It will be set again if we
9805 write out an actual text relocation; we may not, because
9806 at this point we do not know whether e.g. any .eh_frame
9807 absolute relocations have been converted to PC-relative. */
9808 info
->flags
&= ~DF_TEXTREL
;
9811 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTGOT
, 0))
9814 sreldyn
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
9815 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9817 /* VxWorks uses .rela.dyn instead of .rel.dyn. It does not
9818 use any of the DT_MIPS_* tags. */
9819 if (sreldyn
&& sreldyn
->size
> 0)
9821 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELA
, 0))
9824 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELASZ
, 0))
9827 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELAENT
, 0))
9833 if (sreldyn
&& sreldyn
->size
> 0)
9835 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_REL
, 0))
9838 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELSZ
, 0))
9841 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELENT
, 0))
9845 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
, 0))
9848 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_FLAGS
, 0))
9851 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
, 0))
9854 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
, 0))
9857 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
, 0))
9860 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
, 0))
9863 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
, 0))
9866 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj
) == ict_irix5
9867 && ! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
, 0))
9870 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj
) == ict_irix6
9871 && (bfd_get_section_by_name
9872 (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
)))
9873 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
, 0))
9876 if (htab
->splt
->size
> 0)
9878 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTREL
, 0))
9881 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_JMPREL
, 0))
9884 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTRELSZ
, 0))
9887 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_PLTGOT
, 0))
9890 if (htab
->is_vxworks
9891 && !elf_vxworks_add_dynamic_entries (output_bfd
, info
))
9898 /* REL is a relocation in INPUT_BFD that is being copied to OUTPUT_BFD.
9899 Adjust its R_ADDEND field so that it is correct for the output file.
9900 LOCAL_SYMS and LOCAL_SECTIONS are arrays of INPUT_BFD's local symbols
9901 and sections respectively; both use symbol indexes. */
9904 mips_elf_adjust_addend (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9905 bfd
*input_bfd
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
9906 asection
**local_sections
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
9908 unsigned int r_type
, r_symndx
;
9909 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
9912 if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
, local_sections
))
9914 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
9915 if (gprel16_reloc_p (r_type
)
9916 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GPREL32
9917 || literal_reloc_p (r_type
))
9919 rel
->r_addend
+= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd
);
9920 rel
->r_addend
-= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd
);
9923 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
9924 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
9926 /* Adjust REL's addend to account for section merging. */
9927 if (!info
->relocatable
)
9929 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
9930 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd
, sym
, &sec
, rel
);
9933 /* This would normally be done by the rela_normal code in elflink.c. */
9934 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
9935 rel
->r_addend
+= local_sections
[r_symndx
]->output_offset
;
9939 /* Handle relocations against symbols from removed linkonce sections,
9940 or sections discarded by a linker script. We use this wrapper around
9941 RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION to handle triplets of compound relocs
9942 on 64-bit ELF targets. In this case for any relocation handled, which
9943 always be the first in a triplet, the remaining two have to be processed
9944 together with the first, even if they are R_MIPS_NONE. It is the symbol
9945 index referred by the first reloc that applies to all the three and the
9946 remaining two never refer to an object symbol. And it is the final
9947 relocation (the last non-null one) that determines the output field of
9948 the whole relocation so retrieve the corresponding howto structure for
9949 the relocatable field to be cleared by RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION.
9951 Note that RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION is a macro that uses "continue"
9952 and therefore requires to be pasted in a loop. It also defines a block
9953 and does not protect any of its arguments, hence the extra brackets. */
9956 mips_reloc_against_discarded_section (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9957 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9958 bfd
*input_bfd
, asection
*input_section
,
9959 Elf_Internal_Rela
**rel
,
9960 const Elf_Internal_Rela
**relend
,
9961 bfd_boolean rel_reloc
,
9962 reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
9965 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
9966 int count
= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
9967 unsigned int r_type
;
9970 for (i
= count
- 1; i
> 0; i
--)
9972 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, (*rel
)[i
].r_info
);
9973 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_NONE
)
9975 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, r_type
, !rel_reloc
);
9981 RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION (info
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
9982 (*rel
), count
, (*relend
),
9983 howto
, i
, contents
);
9988 /* Relocate a MIPS ELF section. */
9991 _bfd_mips_elf_relocate_section (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9992 bfd
*input_bfd
, asection
*input_section
,
9993 bfd_byte
*contents
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
9994 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
9995 asection
**local_sections
)
9997 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
9998 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
;
10000 bfd_boolean use_saved_addend_p
= FALSE
;
10001 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
10003 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
10004 relend
= relocs
+ input_section
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
10005 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; ++rel
)
10009 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
10010 bfd_boolean cross_mode_jump_p
= FALSE
;
10011 /* TRUE if the relocation is a RELA relocation, rather than a
10013 bfd_boolean rela_relocation_p
= TRUE
;
10014 unsigned int r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
10016 unsigned long r_symndx
;
10018 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
10019 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
10020 bfd_boolean rel_reloc
;
10022 rel_reloc
= (NEWABI_P (input_bfd
)
10023 && mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (input_bfd
, input_section
,
10025 /* Find the relocation howto for this relocation. */
10026 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, r_type
, !rel_reloc
);
10028 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
10029 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
10030 if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
, local_sections
))
10032 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
10037 unsigned long extsymoff
;
10040 if (!elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
10041 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
10042 h
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
10043 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
10044 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
10045 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
10048 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
10049 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
10050 sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
10053 if (sec
!= NULL
&& discarded_section (sec
))
10055 mips_reloc_against_discarded_section (output_bfd
, info
, input_bfd
,
10056 input_section
, &rel
, &relend
,
10057 rel_reloc
, howto
, contents
);
10061 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd
))
10063 /* Some 32-bit code uses R_MIPS_64. In particular, people use
10064 64-bit code, but make sure all their addresses are in the
10065 lowermost or uppermost 32-bit section of the 64-bit address
10066 space. Thus, when they use an R_MIPS_64 they mean what is
10067 usually meant by R_MIPS_32, with the exception that the
10068 stored value is sign-extended to 64 bits. */
10069 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, R_MIPS_32
, FALSE
);
10071 /* On big-endian systems, we need to lie about the position
10073 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
10074 rel
->r_offset
+= 4;
10077 if (!use_saved_addend_p
)
10079 /* If these relocations were originally of the REL variety,
10080 we must pull the addend out of the field that will be
10081 relocated. Otherwise, we simply use the contents of the
10082 RELA relocation. */
10083 if (mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (input_bfd
, input_section
,
10086 rela_relocation_p
= FALSE
;
10087 addend
= mips_elf_read_rel_addend (input_bfd
, rel
,
10089 if (hi16_reloc_p (r_type
)
10090 || (got16_reloc_p (r_type
)
10091 && mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
,
10094 if (!mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (input_bfd
, rel
, relend
,
10095 contents
, &addend
))
10098 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
10100 name
= bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
,
10101 local_syms
+ r_symndx
,
10103 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
10104 (_("%B: Can't find matching LO16 reloc against `%s' for %s at 0x%lx in section `%A'"),
10105 input_bfd
, input_section
, name
, howto
->name
,
10110 addend
<<= howto
->rightshift
;
10113 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
10114 mips_elf_adjust_addend (output_bfd
, info
, input_bfd
,
10115 local_syms
, local_sections
, rel
);
10118 if (info
->relocatable
)
10120 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
)
10121 && bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
10122 rel
->r_offset
-= 4;
10124 if (!rela_relocation_p
&& rel
->r_addend
)
10126 addend
+= rel
->r_addend
;
10127 if (hi16_reloc_p (r_type
) || got16_reloc_p (r_type
))
10128 addend
= mips_elf_high (addend
);
10129 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HIGHER
)
10130 addend
= mips_elf_higher (addend
);
10131 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HIGHEST
)
10132 addend
= mips_elf_highest (addend
);
10134 addend
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
10136 /* We use the source mask, rather than the destination
10137 mask because the place to which we are writing will be
10138 source of the addend in the final link. */
10139 addend
&= howto
->src_mask
;
10141 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
10142 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
10143 ABI. Here, we need to update the addend. It would be
10144 possible to get away with just using the R_MIPS_32 reloc
10145 but for endianness. */
10151 if (addend
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 31))
10153 sign_bits
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 32) - 1;
10160 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
10161 do two separate stores. */
10162 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
10164 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
10166 low_bits
= sign_bits
;
10167 high_bits
= addend
;
10172 high_bits
= sign_bits
;
10174 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, low_bits
,
10175 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
10176 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, high_bits
,
10177 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
10181 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info
, howto
, rel
, addend
,
10182 input_bfd
, input_section
,
10187 /* Go on to the next relocation. */
10191 /* In the N32 and 64-bit ABIs there may be multiple consecutive
10192 relocations for the same offset. In that case we are
10193 supposed to treat the output of each relocation as the addend
10195 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
10196 && rel
->r_offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
10197 && ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, rel
[1].r_info
) != R_MIPS_NONE
)
10198 use_saved_addend_p
= TRUE
;
10200 use_saved_addend_p
= FALSE
;
10202 /* Figure out what value we are supposed to relocate. */
10203 switch (mips_elf_calculate_relocation (output_bfd
, input_bfd
,
10204 input_section
, info
, rel
,
10205 addend
, howto
, local_syms
,
10206 local_sections
, &value
,
10207 &name
, &cross_mode_jump_p
,
10208 use_saved_addend_p
))
10210 case bfd_reloc_continue
:
10211 /* There's nothing to do. */
10214 case bfd_reloc_undefined
:
10215 /* mips_elf_calculate_relocation already called the
10216 undefined_symbol callback. There's no real point in
10217 trying to perform the relocation at this point, so we
10218 just skip ahead to the next relocation. */
10221 case bfd_reloc_notsupported
:
10222 msg
= _("internal error: unsupported relocation error");
10223 info
->callbacks
->warning
10224 (info
, msg
, name
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
10227 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
10228 if (use_saved_addend_p
)
10229 /* Ignore overflow until we reach the last relocation for
10230 a given location. */
10234 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10236 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
10237 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
10238 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
);
10239 if (!htab
->small_data_overflow_reported
10240 && (gprel16_reloc_p (howto
->type
)
10241 || literal_reloc_p (howto
->type
)))
10243 msg
= _("small-data section exceeds 64KB;"
10244 " lower small-data size limit (see option -G)");
10246 htab
->small_data_overflow_reported
= TRUE
;
10247 (*info
->callbacks
->einfo
) ("%P: %s\n", msg
);
10249 if (! ((*info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
10250 (info
, NULL
, name
, howto
->name
, (bfd_vma
) 0,
10251 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
)))
10259 case bfd_reloc_outofrange
:
10260 if (jal_reloc_p (howto
->type
))
10262 msg
= _("JALX to a non-word-aligned address");
10263 info
->callbacks
->warning
10264 (info
, msg
, name
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
10267 if (aligned_pcrel_reloc_p (howto
->type
))
10269 msg
= _("PC-relative load from unaligned address");
10270 info
->callbacks
->warning
10271 (info
, msg
, name
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
10274 /* Fall through. */
10281 /* If we've got another relocation for the address, keep going
10282 until we reach the last one. */
10283 if (use_saved_addend_p
)
10289 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
10290 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
10291 ABI. Until now, we've been using the HOWTO for R_MIPS_32;
10292 that calculated the right value. Now, however, we
10293 sign-extend the 32-bit result to 64-bits, and store it as a
10294 64-bit value. We are especially generous here in that we
10295 go to extreme lengths to support this usage on systems with
10296 only a 32-bit VMA. */
10302 if (value
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 31))
10304 sign_bits
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 32) - 1;
10311 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
10312 do two separate stores. */
10313 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
10315 /* Undo what we did above. */
10316 rel
->r_offset
-= 4;
10317 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
10319 low_bits
= sign_bits
;
10325 high_bits
= sign_bits
;
10327 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, low_bits
,
10328 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
10329 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, high_bits
,
10330 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
10334 /* Actually perform the relocation. */
10335 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info
, howto
, rel
, value
,
10336 input_bfd
, input_section
,
10337 contents
, cross_mode_jump_p
))
10344 /* A function that iterates over each entry in la25_stubs and fills
10345 in the code for each one. DATA points to a mips_htab_traverse_info. */
10348 mips_elf_create_la25_stub (void **slot
, void *data
)
10350 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*hti
;
10351 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10352 struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
;
10355 bfd_vma offset
, target
, target_high
, target_low
;
10357 stub
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) *slot
;
10358 hti
= (struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*) data
;
10359 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (hti
->info
);
10360 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
10362 /* Create the section contents, if we haven't already. */
10363 s
= stub
->stub_section
;
10367 loc
= bfd_malloc (s
->size
);
10376 /* Work out where in the section this stub should go. */
10377 offset
= stub
->offset
;
10379 /* Work out the target address. */
10380 target
= mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub
, &s
);
10381 target
+= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
10383 target_high
= ((target
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
10384 target_low
= (target
& 0xffff);
10386 if (stub
->stub_section
!= htab
->strampoline
)
10388 /* This is a simple LUI/ADDIU stub. Zero out the beginning
10389 of the section and write the two instructions at the end. */
10390 memset (loc
, 0, offset
);
10392 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (stub
->h
->root
.other
))
10394 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10395 LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS (target_high
),
10397 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10398 LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS (target_low
),
10403 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_LUI (target_high
), loc
);
10404 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_ADDIU (target_low
), loc
+ 4);
10409 /* This is trampoline. */
10411 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (stub
->h
->root
.other
))
10413 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10414 LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS (target_high
), loc
);
10415 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10416 LA25_J_MICROMIPS (target
), loc
+ 4);
10417 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10418 LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS (target_low
), loc
+ 8);
10419 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, 0, loc
+ 12);
10423 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_LUI (target_high
), loc
);
10424 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_J (target
), loc
+ 4);
10425 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_ADDIU (target_low
), loc
+ 8);
10426 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, 0, loc
+ 12);
10432 /* If NAME is one of the special IRIX6 symbols defined by the linker,
10433 adjust it appropriately now. */
10436 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
10437 const char *name
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
10439 /* The linker script takes care of providing names and values for
10440 these, but we must place them into the right sections. */
10441 static const char* const text_section_symbols
[] = {
10444 "__dso_displacement",
10446 "__program_header_table",
10450 static const char* const data_section_symbols
[] = {
10458 const char* const *p
;
10461 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; ++i
)
10462 for (p
= (i
== 0) ? text_section_symbols
: data_section_symbols
;
10465 if (strcmp (*p
, name
) == 0)
10467 /* All of these symbols are given type STT_SECTION by the
10469 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
10470 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
10472 /* The IRIX linker puts these symbols in special sections. */
10474 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_TEXT
;
10476 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
10482 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
10483 dynamic sections here. */
10486 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
10487 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10488 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
10489 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
10493 struct mips_got_info
*g
, *gg
;
10496 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10497 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
10499 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
10500 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
10501 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
10502 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
10504 BFD_ASSERT (!htab
->is_vxworks
);
10506 if (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
10507 && (h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
10508 || h
->plt
.plist
->comp_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
))
10510 /* We've decided to create a PLT entry for this symbol. */
10512 bfd_vma header_address
, got_address
;
10513 bfd_vma got_address_high
, got_address_low
, load
;
10517 got_index
= h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
;
10519 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
10520 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
10521 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->splt
!= NULL
);
10522 BFD_ASSERT (got_index
!= MINUS_ONE
);
10523 BFD_ASSERT (!h
->def_regular
);
10525 /* Calculate the address of the PLT header. */
10526 isa_bit
= htab
->plt_header_is_comp
;
10527 header_address
= (htab
->splt
->output_section
->vma
10528 + htab
->splt
->output_offset
+ isa_bit
);
10530 /* Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry. */
10531 got_address
= (htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
10532 + htab
->sgotplt
->output_offset
10533 + got_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
));
10535 got_address_high
= ((got_address
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
10536 got_address_low
= got_address
& 0xffff;
10538 /* Initially point the .got.plt entry at the PLT header. */
10539 loc
= (htab
->sgotplt
->contents
+ got_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
));
10540 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
10541 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
, header_address
, loc
);
10543 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, header_address
, loc
);
10545 /* Now handle the PLT itself. First the standard entry (the order
10546 does not matter, we just have to pick one). */
10547 if (h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
10549 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
10550 bfd_vma plt_offset
;
10552 plt_offset
= htab
->plt_header_size
+ h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
;
10554 BFD_ASSERT (plt_offset
<= htab
->splt
->size
);
10556 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
10557 loc
= htab
->splt
->contents
+ plt_offset
;
10559 /* Pick the load opcode. */
10560 load
= MIPS_ELF_LOAD_WORD (output_bfd
);
10562 /* Fill in the PLT entry itself. */
10564 if (MIPSR6_P (output_bfd
))
10565 plt_entry
= mipsr6_exec_plt_entry
;
10567 plt_entry
= mips_exec_plt_entry
;
10568 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | got_address_high
, loc
);
10569 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | got_address_low
| load
,
10572 if (! LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P (output_bfd
))
10574 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | got_address_low
, loc
+ 8);
10575 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 12);
10579 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 8);
10580 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | got_address_low
,
10585 /* Now the compressed entry. They come after any standard ones. */
10586 if (h
->plt
.plist
->comp_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
10588 bfd_vma plt_offset
;
10590 plt_offset
= (htab
->plt_header_size
+ htab
->plt_mips_offset
10591 + h
->plt
.plist
->comp_offset
);
10593 BFD_ASSERT (plt_offset
<= htab
->splt
->size
);
10595 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
10596 loc
= htab
->splt
->contents
+ plt_offset
;
10598 /* Fill in the PLT entry itself. */
10599 if (!MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
))
10601 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
= mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry
;
10603 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0], loc
);
10604 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1], loc
+ 2);
10605 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 4);
10606 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 6);
10607 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 8);
10608 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 10);
10609 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, got_address
, loc
+ 12);
10611 else if (htab
->insn32
)
10613 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
= micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry
;
10615 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0], loc
);
10616 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, got_address_high
, loc
+ 2);
10617 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 4);
10618 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, got_address_low
, loc
+ 6);
10619 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 8);
10620 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 10);
10621 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6], loc
+ 12);
10622 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, got_address_low
, loc
+ 14);
10626 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
= micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry
;
10627 bfd_signed_vma gotpc_offset
;
10628 bfd_vma loc_address
;
10630 BFD_ASSERT (got_address
% 4 == 0);
10632 loc_address
= (htab
->splt
->output_section
->vma
10633 + htab
->splt
->output_offset
+ plt_offset
);
10634 gotpc_offset
= got_address
- ((loc_address
| 3) ^ 3);
10636 /* ADDIUPC has a span of +/-16MB, check we're in range. */
10637 if (gotpc_offset
+ 0x1000000 >= 0x2000000)
10639 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
10640 (_("%B: `%A' offset of %ld from `%A' "
10641 "beyond the range of ADDIUPC"),
10643 htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
,
10644 htab
->splt
->output_section
,
10645 (long) gotpc_offset
);
10646 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_error
);
10649 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
,
10650 plt_entry
[0] | ((gotpc_offset
>> 18) & 0x7f), loc
);
10651 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, (gotpc_offset
>> 2) & 0xffff, loc
+ 2);
10652 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 4);
10653 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 6);
10654 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 8);
10655 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 10);
10659 /* Emit an R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation against the .got.plt entry. */
10660 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (output_bfd
, htab
->srelplt
,
10661 got_index
- 2, h
->dynindx
,
10662 R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT
, got_address
);
10664 /* We distinguish between PLT entries and lazy-binding stubs by
10665 giving the former an st_other value of STO_MIPS_PLT. Set the
10666 flag and leave the value if there are any relocations in the
10667 binary where pointer equality matters. */
10668 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
10669 if (h
->pointer_equality_needed
)
10670 sym
->st_other
= ELF_ST_SET_MIPS_PLT (sym
->st_other
);
10678 if (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
&& h
->plt
.plist
->stub_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
10680 /* We've decided to create a lazy-binding stub. */
10681 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
);
10682 unsigned int other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: 0;
10683 bfd_vma stub_size
= htab
->function_stub_size
;
10684 bfd_byte stub
[MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
];
10685 bfd_vma isa_bit
= micromips_p
;
10686 bfd_vma stub_big_size
;
10689 stub_big_size
= MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
;
10690 else if (htab
->insn32
)
10691 stub_big_size
= MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
;
10693 stub_big_size
= MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
;
10695 /* This symbol has a stub. Set it up. */
10697 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
10699 BFD_ASSERT (stub_size
== stub_big_size
|| h
->dynindx
<= 0xffff);
10701 /* Values up to 2^31 - 1 are allowed. Larger values would cause
10702 sign extension at runtime in the stub, resulting in a negative
10704 if (h
->dynindx
& ~0x7fffffff)
10707 /* Fill the stub. */
10711 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LW_MICROMIPS (output_bfd
),
10716 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
10717 STUB_MOVE32_MICROMIPS (output_bfd
),
10723 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, STUB_MOVE_MICROMIPS
, stub
+ idx
);
10726 if (stub_size
== stub_big_size
)
10728 long dynindx_hi
= (h
->dynindx
>> 16) & 0x7fff;
10730 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
10731 STUB_LUI_MICROMIPS (dynindx_hi
),
10737 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_JALR32_MICROMIPS
,
10743 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, STUB_JALR_MICROMIPS
, stub
+ idx
);
10747 /* If a large stub is not required and sign extension is not a
10748 problem, then use legacy code in the stub. */
10749 if (stub_size
== stub_big_size
)
10750 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
10751 STUB_ORI_MICROMIPS (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff),
10753 else if (h
->dynindx
& ~0x7fff)
10754 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
10755 STUB_LI16U_MICROMIPS (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff),
10758 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
10759 STUB_LI16S_MICROMIPS (output_bfd
,
10766 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LW (output_bfd
), stub
+ idx
);
10768 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_MOVE (output_bfd
), stub
+ idx
);
10770 if (stub_size
== stub_big_size
)
10772 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LUI ((h
->dynindx
>> 16) & 0x7fff),
10776 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_JALR
, stub
+ idx
);
10779 /* If a large stub is not required and sign extension is not a
10780 problem, then use legacy code in the stub. */
10781 if (stub_size
== stub_big_size
)
10782 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_ORI (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff),
10784 else if (h
->dynindx
& ~0x7fff)
10785 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LI16U (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff),
10788 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LI16S (output_bfd
, h
->dynindx
),
10792 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.plist
->stub_offset
<= htab
->sstubs
->size
);
10793 memcpy (htab
->sstubs
->contents
+ h
->plt
.plist
->stub_offset
,
10796 /* Mark the symbol as undefined. stub_offset != -1 occurs
10797 only for the referenced symbol. */
10798 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
10800 /* The run-time linker uses the st_value field of the symbol
10801 to reset the global offset table entry for this external
10802 to its stub address when unlinking a shared object. */
10803 sym
->st_value
= (htab
->sstubs
->output_section
->vma
10804 + htab
->sstubs
->output_offset
10805 + h
->plt
.plist
->stub_offset
10807 sym
->st_other
= other
;
10810 /* If we have a MIPS16 function with a stub, the dynamic symbol must
10811 refer to the stub, since only the stub uses the standard calling
10813 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1 && hmips
->fn_stub
!= NULL
)
10815 BFD_ASSERT (hmips
->need_fn_stub
);
10816 sym
->st_value
= (hmips
->fn_stub
->output_section
->vma
10817 + hmips
->fn_stub
->output_offset
);
10818 sym
->st_size
= hmips
->fn_stub
->size
;
10819 sym
->st_other
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
->st_other
);
10822 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1
10823 || h
->forced_local
);
10826 g
= htab
->got_info
;
10827 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
10829 /* Run through the global symbol table, creating GOT entries for all
10830 the symbols that need them. */
10831 if (hmips
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
10836 value
= sym
->st_value
;
10837 offset
= mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (output_bfd
, info
, h
);
10838 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, value
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
10841 if (hmips
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
&& g
->next
)
10843 struct mips_got_entry e
, *p
;
10849 e
.abfd
= output_bfd
;
10852 e
.tls_type
= GOT_TLS_NONE
;
10854 for (g
= g
->next
; g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
10857 && (p
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) htab_find (g
->got_entries
,
10860 offset
= p
->gotidx
;
10861 BFD_ASSERT (offset
> 0 && offset
< htab
->sgot
->size
);
10863 || (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
10865 && p
->d
.h
->root
.def_dynamic
10866 && !p
->d
.h
->root
.def_regular
))
10868 /* Create an R_MIPS_REL32 relocation for this entry. Due to
10869 the various compatibility problems, it's easier to mock
10870 up an R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_64 relocation and leave
10871 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation to calculate the
10872 appropriate addend. */
10873 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
10875 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
10876 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
10877 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_64
);
10879 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_32
);
10880 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
= offset
;
10883 if (! (mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
10884 (output_bfd
, info
, rel
,
10885 e
.d
.h
, NULL
, sym
->st_value
, &entry
, sgot
)))
10889 entry
= sym
->st_value
;
10890 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, entry
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
10895 /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute. */
10896 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
10897 if (h
== elf_hash_table (info
)->hdynamic
10898 || h
== elf_hash_table (info
)->hgot
)
10899 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
10900 else if (strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC_LINK") == 0
10901 || strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
10903 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
10904 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
10907 else if (strcmp (name
, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
10909 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
10910 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
10911 sym
->st_value
= elf_gp (output_bfd
);
10913 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
10915 if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[0]) == 0
10916 || strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[1]) == 0)
10918 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
10919 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
10921 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
10923 else if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[2]) == 0)
10925 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
10926 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
10927 sym
->st_value
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
;
10928 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
10930 else if (sym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
&& sym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_ABS
)
10932 if (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
)
10933 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_TEXT
;
10934 else if (h
->type
== STT_OBJECT
)
10935 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
10939 /* Emit a copy reloc, if needed. */
10945 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
10946 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
10948 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
10949 symval
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
10950 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
10951 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
10952 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (output_bfd
, s
, s
->reloc_count
++,
10953 h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_COPY
, symval
);
10956 /* Handle the IRIX6-specific symbols. */
10957 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix6
)
10958 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (output_bfd
, name
, sym
);
10960 /* Keep dynamic compressed symbols odd. This allows the dynamic linker
10961 to treat compressed symbols like any other. */
10962 if (ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym
->st_other
))
10964 BFD_ASSERT (sym
->st_value
& 1);
10965 sym
->st_other
-= STO_MIPS16
;
10967 else if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym
->st_other
))
10969 BFD_ASSERT (sym
->st_value
& 1);
10970 sym
->st_other
-= STO_MICROMIPS
;
10976 /* Likewise, for VxWorks. */
10979 _bfd_mips_vxworks_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
10980 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10981 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
10982 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
10986 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
10987 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10988 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
10990 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
10991 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
10992 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
10993 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
10995 if (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
&& h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
10998 bfd_vma plt_address
, got_address
, got_offset
, branch_offset
;
10999 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
11000 static const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
11001 bfd_vma gotplt_index
;
11002 bfd_vma plt_offset
;
11004 plt_offset
= htab
->plt_header_size
+ h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
;
11005 gotplt_index
= h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
;
11007 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
11008 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->splt
!= NULL
);
11009 BFD_ASSERT (gotplt_index
!= MINUS_ONE
);
11010 BFD_ASSERT (plt_offset
<= htab
->splt
->size
);
11012 /* Calculate the address of the .plt entry. */
11013 plt_address
= (htab
->splt
->output_section
->vma
11014 + htab
->splt
->output_offset
11017 /* Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry. */
11018 got_address
= (htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
11019 + htab
->sgotplt
->output_offset
11020 + gotplt_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11022 /* Calculate the offset of the .got.plt entry from
11023 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
11024 got_offset
= mips_elf_gotplt_index (info
, h
);
11026 /* Calculate the offset for the branch at the start of the PLT
11027 entry. The branch jumps to the beginning of .plt. */
11028 branch_offset
= -(plt_offset
/ 4 + 1) & 0xffff;
11030 /* Fill in the initial value of the .got.plt entry. */
11031 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_address
,
11032 (htab
->sgotplt
->contents
11033 + gotplt_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
)));
11035 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
11036 loc
= htab
->splt
->contents
+ plt_offset
;
11040 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
;
11041 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | branch_offset
, loc
);
11042 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | gotplt_index
, loc
+ 4);
11046 bfd_vma got_address_high
, got_address_low
;
11048 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
;
11049 got_address_high
= ((got_address
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
11050 got_address_low
= got_address
& 0xffff;
11052 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | branch_offset
, loc
);
11053 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | gotplt_index
, loc
+ 4);
11054 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | got_address_high
, loc
+ 8);
11055 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3] | got_address_low
, loc
+ 12);
11056 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 16);
11057 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 20);
11058 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6], loc
+ 24);
11059 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[7], loc
+ 28);
11061 loc
= (htab
->srelplt2
->contents
11062 + (gotplt_index
* 3 + 2) * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
11064 /* Emit a relocation for the .got.plt entry. */
11065 rel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
11066 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hplt
->indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
11067 rel
.r_addend
= plt_offset
;
11068 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11070 /* Emit a relocation for the lui of %hi(<.got.plt slot>). */
11071 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11072 rel
.r_offset
= plt_address
+ 8;
11073 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
11074 rel
.r_addend
= got_offset
;
11075 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11077 /* Emit a relocation for the addiu of %lo(<.got.plt slot>). */
11078 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11080 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
11081 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11084 /* Emit an R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation against the .got.plt entry. */
11085 loc
= (htab
->srelplt
->contents
11086 + gotplt_index
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
11087 rel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
11088 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT
);
11090 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11092 if (!h
->def_regular
)
11093 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
11096 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1 || h
->forced_local
);
11099 g
= htab
->got_info
;
11100 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
11102 /* See if this symbol has an entry in the GOT. */
11103 if (hmips
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
11106 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
11110 /* Install the symbol value in the GOT. */
11111 offset
= mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (output_bfd
, info
, h
);
11112 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, sym
->st_value
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
11114 /* Add a dynamic relocation for it. */
11115 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
11116 loc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
11117 outrel
.r_offset
= (sgot
->output_section
->vma
11118 + sgot
->output_offset
11120 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_32
);
11121 outrel
.r_addend
= 0;
11122 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (dynobj
, &outrel
, loc
);
11125 /* Emit a copy reloc, if needed. */
11128 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
11130 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
11132 rel
.r_offset
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
11133 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
11134 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
11135 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_COPY
);
11137 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
,
11138 htab
->srelbss
->contents
11139 + (htab
->srelbss
->reloc_count
11140 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)));
11141 ++htab
->srelbss
->reloc_count
;
11144 /* If this is a mips16/microMIPS symbol, force the value to be even. */
11145 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
11146 sym
->st_value
&= ~1;
11151 /* Write out a plt0 entry to the beginning of .plt. */
11154 mips_finish_exec_plt (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11157 bfd_vma gotplt_value
, gotplt_value_high
, gotplt_value_low
;
11158 static const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
11159 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11161 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
11162 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
11164 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
11165 plt_entry
= mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry
;
11166 else if (ABI_N32_P (output_bfd
))
11167 plt_entry
= mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry
;
11168 else if (!htab
->plt_header_is_comp
)
11169 plt_entry
= mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
;
11170 else if (htab
->insn32
)
11171 plt_entry
= micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
;
11173 plt_entry
= micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
;
11175 /* Calculate the value of .got.plt. */
11176 gotplt_value
= (htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
11177 + htab
->sgotplt
->output_offset
);
11178 gotplt_value_high
= ((gotplt_value
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
11179 gotplt_value_low
= gotplt_value
& 0xffff;
11181 /* The PLT sequence is not safe for N64 if .got.plt's address can
11182 not be loaded in two instructions. */
11183 BFD_ASSERT ((gotplt_value
& ~(bfd_vma
) 0x7fffffff) == 0
11184 || ~(gotplt_value
| 0x7fffffff) == 0);
11186 /* Install the PLT header. */
11187 loc
= htab
->splt
->contents
;
11188 if (plt_entry
== micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
)
11190 bfd_vma gotpc_offset
;
11191 bfd_vma loc_address
;
11194 BFD_ASSERT (gotplt_value
% 4 == 0);
11196 loc_address
= (htab
->splt
->output_section
->vma
11197 + htab
->splt
->output_offset
);
11198 gotpc_offset
= gotplt_value
- ((loc_address
| 3) ^ 3);
11200 /* ADDIUPC has a span of +/-16MB, check we're in range. */
11201 if (gotpc_offset
+ 0x1000000 >= 0x2000000)
11203 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
11204 (_("%B: `%A' offset of %ld from `%A' beyond the range of ADDIUPC"),
11206 htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
,
11207 htab
->splt
->output_section
,
11208 (long) gotpc_offset
);
11209 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_error
);
11212 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
,
11213 plt_entry
[0] | ((gotpc_offset
>> 18) & 0x7f), loc
);
11214 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, (gotpc_offset
>> 2) & 0xffff, loc
+ 2);
11215 for (i
= 2; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
); i
++)
11216 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[i
], loc
+ (i
* 2));
11218 else if (plt_entry
== micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
)
11222 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0], loc
);
11223 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, gotplt_value_high
, loc
+ 2);
11224 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 4);
11225 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, gotplt_value_low
, loc
+ 6);
11226 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 8);
11227 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, gotplt_value_low
, loc
+ 10);
11228 for (i
= 6; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
); i
++)
11229 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[i
], loc
+ (i
* 2));
11233 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | gotplt_value_high
, loc
);
11234 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | gotplt_value_low
, loc
+ 4);
11235 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | gotplt_value_low
, loc
+ 8);
11236 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 12);
11237 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 16);
11238 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 20);
11239 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6], loc
+ 24);
11240 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[7], loc
+ 28);
11246 /* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks executable and finalize the
11247 contents of .rela.plt.unloaded. */
11250 mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11252 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
11254 bfd_vma got_value
, got_value_high
, got_value_low
, plt_address
;
11255 static const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
11256 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11258 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
11259 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
11261 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
;
11263 /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
11264 got_value
= (htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
11265 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
11266 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
11268 got_value_high
= ((got_value
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
11269 got_value_low
= got_value
& 0xffff;
11271 /* Calculate the address of the PLT header. */
11272 plt_address
= htab
->splt
->output_section
->vma
+ htab
->splt
->output_offset
;
11274 /* Install the PLT header. */
11275 loc
= htab
->splt
->contents
;
11276 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | got_value_high
, loc
);
11277 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | got_value_low
, loc
+ 4);
11278 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 8);
11279 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 12);
11280 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 16);
11281 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 20);
11283 /* Output the relocation for the lui of %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */
11284 loc
= htab
->srelplt2
->contents
;
11285 rela
.r_offset
= plt_address
;
11286 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
11288 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
11289 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11291 /* Output the relocation for the following addiu of
11292 %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */
11293 rela
.r_offset
+= 4;
11294 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
11295 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
11296 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11298 /* Fix up the remaining relocations. They may have the wrong
11299 symbol index for _G_O_T_ or _P_L_T_ depending on the order
11300 in which symbols were output. */
11301 while (loc
< htab
->srelplt2
->contents
+ htab
->srelplt2
->size
)
11303 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
11305 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
11306 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hplt
->indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
11307 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11308 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11310 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
11311 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
11312 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11313 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11315 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
11316 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
11317 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11318 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11322 /* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks shared library. */
11325 mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11328 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11330 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
11331 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
11333 /* We just need to copy the entry byte-by-byte. */
11334 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
); i
++)
11335 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
[i
],
11336 htab
->splt
->contents
+ i
* 4);
11339 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
11342 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
11343 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11348 struct mips_got_info
*gg
, *g
;
11349 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11351 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
11352 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
11354 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
11356 sdyn
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
11359 gg
= htab
->got_info
;
11361 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
11364 int dyn_to_skip
= 0, dyn_skipped
= 0;
11366 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
11367 BFD_ASSERT (gg
!= NULL
);
11369 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (output_bfd
, FALSE
);
11370 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
11372 for (b
= sdyn
->contents
;
11373 b
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
11374 b
+= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
))
11376 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
11380 bfd_boolean swap_out_p
;
11382 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
11383 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
) (dynobj
, b
, &dyn
);
11385 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
11391 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj
);
11395 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
);
11396 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (dynobj
);
11400 /* Rewrite DT_STRSZ. */
11402 _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
);
11407 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
11410 case DT_MIPS_PLTGOT
:
11412 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
11415 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
:
11416 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= 1; /* XXX */
11419 case DT_MIPS_FLAGS
:
11420 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= RHF_NOTPOT
; /* XXX */
11423 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP
:
11427 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= t
;
11431 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM
:
11433 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11436 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION
:
11438 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11441 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
:
11442 s
= output_bfd
->sections
;
11443 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
11444 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
& ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffff;
11447 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
:
11448 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= g
->local_gotno
;
11451 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
:
11452 /* The index into the dynamic symbol table which is the
11453 entry of the first external symbol that is not
11454 referenced within the same object. */
11455 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= bfd_count_sections (output_bfd
) + 1;
11458 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
:
11459 if (htab
->global_gotsym
)
11461 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= htab
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
11464 /* In case if we don't have global got symbols we default
11465 to setting DT_MIPS_GOTSYM to the same value as
11466 DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO, so we just fall through. */
11468 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
:
11470 elemsize
= MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE (output_bfd
);
11471 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, name
);
11474 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= s
->size
/ elemsize
;
11476 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= 0;
11479 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
:
11480 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= g
->local_gotno
- htab
->reserved_gotno
;
11483 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
:
11485 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
11486 h
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_symbol
;
11489 dyn_to_skip
= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
);
11490 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11493 s
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
11495 /* The MIPS_RLD_MAP tag stores the absolute address of the
11497 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= (s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
11498 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
11502 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP_REL
:
11504 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
11505 bfd_vma dt_addr
, rld_addr
;
11506 h
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_symbol
;
11509 dyn_to_skip
= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
);
11510 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11513 s
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
11515 /* The MIPS_RLD_MAP_REL tag stores the offset to the debug
11516 pointer, relative to the address of the tag. */
11517 dt_addr
= (sdyn
->output_section
->vma
+ sdyn
->output_offset
11518 + b
- sdyn
->contents
);
11519 rld_addr
= (s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
11520 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
11521 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= rld_addr
- dt_addr
;
11525 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
11526 s
= (bfd_get_section_by_name
11527 (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd
)));
11528 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
;
11532 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
);
11533 /* The count does not include the JUMP_SLOT relocations. */
11535 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
-= htab
->srelplt
->size
;
11539 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
11540 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
11541 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= DT_RELA
;
11543 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= DT_REL
;
11547 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
11548 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= htab
->srelplt
->size
;
11552 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
11553 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= (htab
->srelplt
->output_section
->vma
11554 + htab
->srelplt
->output_offset
);
11558 /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, delete
11559 the dynamic tag. */
11560 if (!(info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
))
11562 dyn_to_skip
= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
);
11563 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11568 /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, clear
11569 DF_TEXTREL from DT_FLAGS. */
11570 if (!(info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
))
11571 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
&= ~DF_TEXTREL
;
11573 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11577 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11578 if (htab
->is_vxworks
11579 && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd
, &dyn
))
11584 if (swap_out_p
|| dyn_skipped
)
11585 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_out
)
11586 (dynobj
, &dyn
, b
- dyn_skipped
);
11590 dyn_skipped
+= dyn_to_skip
;
11595 /* Wipe out any trailing entries if we shifted down a dynamic tag. */
11596 if (dyn_skipped
> 0)
11597 memset (b
- dyn_skipped
, 0, dyn_skipped
);
11600 if (sgot
!= NULL
&& sgot
->size
> 0
11601 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sgot
->output_section
))
11603 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
11605 /* The first entry of the global offset table points to the
11606 ".dynamic" section. The second is initialized by the
11607 loader and contains the shared library identifier.
11608 The third is also initialized by the loader and points
11609 to the lazy resolution stub. */
11610 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
,
11611 sdyn
->output_offset
+ sdyn
->output_section
->vma
,
11613 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0,
11614 sgot
->contents
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11615 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0,
11617 + 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11621 /* The first entry of the global offset table will be filled at
11622 runtime. The second entry will be used by some runtime loaders.
11623 This isn't the case of IRIX rld. */
11624 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, (bfd_vma
) 0, sgot
->contents
);
11625 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK (output_bfd
),
11626 sgot
->contents
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11629 elf_section_data (sgot
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
11630 = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
11633 /* Generate dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots. */
11634 if (gg
!= NULL
&& gg
->next
)
11636 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
11637 bfd_vma addend
= 0;
11639 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
11640 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_REL32
);
11642 for (g
= gg
->next
; g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
11644 bfd_vma got_index
= g
->next
->local_gotno
+ g
->next
->global_gotno
11645 + g
->next
->tls_gotno
;
11647 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0, sgot
->contents
11648 + got_index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11649 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK (output_bfd
),
11651 + got_index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11653 if (! info
->shared
)
11656 for (; got_index
< g
->local_gotno
; got_index
++)
11658 if (got_index
>= g
->assigned_low_gotno
11659 && got_index
<= g
->assigned_high_gotno
)
11662 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
11663 = got_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
11664 if (!(mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
11665 (output_bfd
, info
, rel
, NULL
,
11666 bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
11667 0, &addend
, sgot
)))
11669 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
11674 /* The generation of dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots
11675 adds more dynamic relocations. We cannot count them until
11678 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
11681 bfd_boolean swap_out_p
;
11683 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
11685 for (b
= sdyn
->contents
;
11686 b
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
11687 b
+= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
))
11689 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
11692 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
11693 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
) (dynobj
, b
, &dyn
);
11695 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
11701 /* Reduce DT_RELSZ to account for any relocations we
11702 decided not to make. This is for the n64 irix rld,
11703 which doesn't seem to apply any relocations if there
11704 are trailing null entries. */
11705 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
11706 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= (s
->reloc_count
11707 * (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
11708 ? sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)
11709 : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
11710 /* Adjust the section size too. Tools like the prelinker
11711 can reasonably expect the values to the same. */
11712 elf_section_data (s
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_size
11717 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11722 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_out
)
11729 Elf32_compact_rel cpt
;
11731 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
11733 /* Write .compact_rel section out. */
11734 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".compact_rel");
11738 cpt
.num
= s
->reloc_count
;
11740 cpt
.offset
= (s
->output_section
->filepos
11741 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
));
11744 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (output_bfd
, &cpt
,
11745 ((Elf32_External_compact_rel
*)
11748 /* Clean up a dummy stub function entry in .text. */
11749 if (htab
->sstubs
!= NULL
)
11751 file_ptr dummy_offset
;
11753 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sstubs
->size
>= htab
->function_stub_size
);
11754 dummy_offset
= htab
->sstubs
->size
- htab
->function_stub_size
;
11755 memset (htab
->sstubs
->contents
+ dummy_offset
, 0,
11756 htab
->function_stub_size
);
11761 /* The psABI says that the dynamic relocations must be sorted in
11762 increasing order of r_symndx. The VxWorks EABI doesn't require
11763 this, and because the code below handles REL rather than RELA
11764 relocations, using it for VxWorks would be outright harmful. */
11765 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
11767 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
11769 && s
->size
> (bfd_vma
)2 * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd
))
11771 reldyn_sorting_bfd
= output_bfd
;
11773 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
11774 qsort ((Elf64_External_Rel
*) s
->contents
+ 1,
11775 s
->reloc_count
- 1, sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
),
11776 sort_dynamic_relocs_64
);
11778 qsort ((Elf32_External_Rel
*) s
->contents
+ 1,
11779 s
->reloc_count
- 1, sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
),
11780 sort_dynamic_relocs
);
11785 if (htab
->splt
&& htab
->splt
->size
> 0)
11787 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
11790 mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (output_bfd
, info
);
11792 mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd
, info
);
11796 BFD_ASSERT (!info
->shared
);
11797 if (!mips_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd
, info
))
11805 /* Set ABFD's EF_MIPS_ARCH and EF_MIPS_MACH flags. */
11808 mips_set_isa_flags (bfd
*abfd
)
11812 switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd
))
11815 case bfd_mach_mips3000
:
11816 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_1
;
11819 case bfd_mach_mips3900
:
11820 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_1
| E_MIPS_MACH_3900
;
11823 case bfd_mach_mips6000
:
11824 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_2
;
11827 case bfd_mach_mips4000
:
11828 case bfd_mach_mips4300
:
11829 case bfd_mach_mips4400
:
11830 case bfd_mach_mips4600
:
11831 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
;
11834 case bfd_mach_mips4010
:
11835 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4010
;
11838 case bfd_mach_mips4100
:
11839 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4100
;
11842 case bfd_mach_mips4111
:
11843 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4111
;
11846 case bfd_mach_mips4120
:
11847 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4120
;
11850 case bfd_mach_mips4650
:
11851 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4650
;
11854 case bfd_mach_mips5400
:
11855 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_5400
;
11858 case bfd_mach_mips5500
:
11859 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_5500
;
11862 case bfd_mach_mips5900
:
11863 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_5900
;
11866 case bfd_mach_mips9000
:
11867 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_9000
;
11870 case bfd_mach_mips5000
:
11871 case bfd_mach_mips7000
:
11872 case bfd_mach_mips8000
:
11873 case bfd_mach_mips10000
:
11874 case bfd_mach_mips12000
:
11875 case bfd_mach_mips14000
:
11876 case bfd_mach_mips16000
:
11877 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
;
11880 case bfd_mach_mips5
:
11881 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_5
;
11884 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
:
11885 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_LS2E
;
11888 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
:
11889 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_LS2F
;
11892 case bfd_mach_mips_sb1
:
11893 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
| E_MIPS_MACH_SB1
;
11896 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a
:
11897 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_LS3A
;
11900 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon
:
11901 case bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
:
11902 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON
;
11905 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon3
:
11906 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON3
;
11909 case bfd_mach_mips_xlr
:
11910 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
| E_MIPS_MACH_XLR
;
11913 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
:
11914 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON2
;
11917 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32
:
11918 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32
;
11921 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64
:
11922 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
;
11925 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
:
11926 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r3
:
11927 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r5
:
11928 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
;
11931 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
:
11932 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r3
:
11933 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r5
:
11934 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
;
11937 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r6
:
11938 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6
;
11941 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r6
:
11942 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6
;
11945 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
);
11946 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
|= val
;
11951 /* Whether to sort relocs output by ld -r or ld --emit-relocs, by r_offset.
11952 Don't do so for code sections. We want to keep ordering of HI16/LO16
11953 as is. On the other hand, elf-eh-frame.c processing requires .eh_frame
11954 relocs to be sorted. */
11957 _bfd_mips_elf_sort_relocs_p (asection
*sec
)
11959 return (sec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0;
11963 /* The final processing done just before writing out a MIPS ELF object
11964 file. This gets the MIPS architecture right based on the machine
11965 number. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
11968 _bfd_mips_elf_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
,
11969 bfd_boolean linker ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
11972 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
11976 /* Keep the existing EF_MIPS_MACH and EF_MIPS_ARCH flags if the former
11977 is nonzero. This is for compatibility with old objects, which used
11978 a combination of a 32-bit EF_MIPS_ARCH and a 64-bit EF_MIPS_MACH. */
11979 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_MACH
) == 0)
11980 mips_set_isa_flags (abfd
);
11982 /* Set the sh_info field for .gptab sections and other appropriate
11983 info for each special section. */
11984 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) + 1;
11985 i
< elf_numsections (abfd
);
11988 switch ((*hdrpp
)->sh_type
)
11990 case SHT_MIPS_MSYM
:
11991 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
11992 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
11994 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
11997 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
:
11998 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
11999 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
12000 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
12001 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gptab."));
12002 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1);
12003 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
12004 (*hdrpp
)->sh_info
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
12007 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
:
12008 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
12009 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
12010 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
12011 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.content"));
12012 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
12013 name
+ sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1);
12014 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
12015 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
12018 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
12019 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
12021 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
12022 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".liblist");
12024 (*hdrpp
)->sh_info
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
12027 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
:
12028 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
12029 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
12030 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
);
12031 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.events"))
12032 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
12033 name
+ sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1);
12036 BFD_ASSERT (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel"));
12037 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
12039 + sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1));
12041 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
12042 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
12049 /* When creating an IRIX5 executable, we need REGINFO and RTPROC
12053 _bfd_mips_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd
*abfd
,
12054 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12059 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO segment. */
12060 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
12061 if (s
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
))
12064 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS segment. */
12065 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".MIPS.abiflags"))
12068 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment. */
12069 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
12070 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
12071 MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)))
12074 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_RTPROC segment. */
12075 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
12076 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic")
12077 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug"))
12080 /* Allocate a PT_NULL header in dynamic objects. See
12081 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map for details. */
12082 if (!SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
12083 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic"))
12089 /* Modify the segment map for an IRIX5 executable. */
12092 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
12093 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12096 struct elf_segment_map
*m
, **pm
;
12099 /* If there is a .reginfo section, we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO
12101 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
12102 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
12104 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
12105 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_REGINFO
)
12110 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12114 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_REGINFO
;
12116 m
->sections
[0] = s
;
12118 /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments. */
12119 pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
12121 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
12122 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
12130 /* If there is a .MIPS.abiflags section, we need a PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
12132 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".MIPS.abiflags");
12133 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
12135 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
12136 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
)
12141 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12145 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
;
12147 m
->sections
[0] = s
;
12149 /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments. */
12150 pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
12152 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
12153 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
12161 /* For IRIX 6, we don't have .mdebug sections, nor does anything but
12162 .dynamic end up in PT_DYNAMIC. However, we do have to insert a
12163 PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment immediately following the program header
12165 if (NEWABI_P (abfd
)
12166 /* On non-IRIX6 new abi, we'll have already created a segment
12167 for this section, so don't create another. I'm not sure this
12168 is not also the case for IRIX 6, but I can't test it right
12170 && IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
12172 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
; s
= s
->next
)
12173 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
12178 struct elf_segment_map
*options_segment
;
12180 pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
12182 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
12183 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
12186 if (*pm
== NULL
|| (*pm
)->p_type
!= PT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
12188 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
12189 options_segment
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12190 options_segment
->next
= *pm
;
12191 options_segment
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_OPTIONS
;
12192 options_segment
->p_flags
= PF_R
;
12193 options_segment
->p_flags_valid
= TRUE
;
12194 options_segment
->count
= 1;
12195 options_segment
->sections
[0] = s
;
12196 *pm
= options_segment
;
12202 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
)
12204 /* If there are .dynamic and .mdebug sections, we make a room
12205 for the RTPROC header. FIXME: Rewrite without section names. */
12206 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp") == NULL
12207 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
12208 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug") != NULL
)
12210 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
12211 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_RTPROC
)
12216 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12220 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_RTPROC
;
12222 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
12227 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
12232 m
->sections
[0] = s
;
12235 /* We want to put it after the DYNAMIC segment. */
12236 pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
12237 while (*pm
!= NULL
&& (*pm
)->p_type
!= PT_DYNAMIC
)
12247 /* On IRIX5, the PT_DYNAMIC segment includes the .dynamic,
12248 .dynstr, .dynsym, and .hash sections, and everything in
12250 for (pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
); *pm
!= NULL
;
12252 if ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
)
12255 /* GNU/Linux binaries do not need the extended PT_DYNAMIC section.
12256 glibc's dynamic linker has traditionally derived the number of
12257 tags from the p_filesz field, and sometimes allocates stack
12258 arrays of that size. An overly-big PT_DYNAMIC segment can
12259 be actively harmful in such cases. Making PT_DYNAMIC contain
12260 other sections can also make life hard for the prelinker,
12261 which might move one of the other sections to a different
12262 PT_LOAD segment. */
12263 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
12266 && strcmp (m
->sections
[0]->name
, ".dynamic") == 0)
12268 static const char *sec_names
[] =
12270 ".dynamic", ".dynstr", ".dynsym", ".hash"
12274 struct elf_segment_map
*n
;
12276 low
= ~(bfd_vma
) 0;
12278 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof sec_names
/ sizeof sec_names
[0]; i
++)
12280 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, sec_names
[i
]);
12281 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
12288 if (high
< s
->vma
+ sz
)
12289 high
= s
->vma
+ sz
;
12294 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
12295 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
12297 && s
->vma
+ s
->size
<= high
)
12300 amt
= sizeof *n
+ (bfd_size_type
) (c
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
12301 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12308 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
12310 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
12312 && s
->vma
+ s
->size
<= high
)
12314 n
->sections
[i
] = s
;
12323 /* Allocate a spare program header in dynamic objects so that tools
12324 like the prelinker can add an extra PT_LOAD entry.
12326 If the prelinker needs to make room for a new PT_LOAD entry, its
12327 standard procedure is to move the first (read-only) sections into
12328 the new (writable) segment. However, the MIPS ABI requires
12329 .dynamic to be in a read-only segment, and the section will often
12330 start within sizeof (ElfNN_Phdr) bytes of the last program header.
12332 Although the prelinker could in principle move .dynamic to a
12333 writable segment, it seems better to allocate a spare program
12334 header instead, and avoid the need to move any sections.
12335 There is a long tradition of allocating spare dynamic tags,
12336 so allocating a spare program header seems like a natural
12339 If INFO is NULL, we may be copying an already prelinked binary
12340 with objcopy or strip, so do not add this header. */
12342 && !SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
12343 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic"))
12345 for (pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
); *pm
!= NULL
; pm
= &(*pm
)->next
)
12346 if ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
12350 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*m
));
12354 m
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
12362 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
12366 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection
*sec
,
12367 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12368 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
12369 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
12370 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
12372 /* ??? Do mips16 stub sections need to be handled special? */
12375 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
))
12377 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
12378 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
12382 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec
, info
, rel
, h
, sym
);
12385 /* Update the got entry reference counts for the section being removed. */
12388 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_sweep_hook (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12389 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12390 asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12391 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12394 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
12395 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
12396 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got_refcounts
;
12397 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
, *relend
;
12398 unsigned long r_symndx
;
12399 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
12401 if (info
->relocatable
)
12404 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
12405 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
12406 local_got_refcounts
= elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd
);
12408 relend
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
12409 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
12410 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
))
12412 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
12413 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
12415 case R_MIPS_CALL16
:
12416 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
12417 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
12418 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
12419 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
12420 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
12421 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
12422 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
12423 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
12424 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
12425 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
12426 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
12427 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
12428 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
12429 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
12430 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
12431 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST
:
12432 /* ??? It would seem that the existing MIPS code does no sort
12433 of reference counting or whatnot on its GOT and PLT entries,
12434 so it is not possible to garbage collect them at this time. */
12445 /* Prevent .MIPS.abiflags from being discarded with --gc-sections. */
12448 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_extra_sections (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12449 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
)
12453 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_extra_sections (info
, gc_mark_hook
);
12455 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
12459 if (! is_mips_elf (sub
))
12462 for (o
= sub
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
12464 && MIPS_ELF_ABIFLAGS_SECTION_NAME_P
12465 (bfd_get_section_name (sub
, o
)))
12467 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, o
, gc_mark_hook
))
12475 /* Copy data from a MIPS ELF indirect symbol to its direct symbol,
12476 hiding the old indirect symbol. Process additional relocation
12477 information. Also called for weakdefs, in which case we just let
12478 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect copy the flags for us. */
12481 _bfd_mips_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12482 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
12483 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
12485 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*dirmips
, *indmips
;
12487 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info
, dir
, ind
);
12489 dirmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) dir
;
12490 indmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) ind
;
12491 /* Any absolute non-dynamic relocations against an indirect or weak
12492 definition will be against the target symbol. */
12493 if (indmips
->has_static_relocs
)
12494 dirmips
->has_static_relocs
= TRUE
;
12496 if (ind
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
12499 dirmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
+= indmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
12500 if (indmips
->readonly_reloc
)
12501 dirmips
->readonly_reloc
= TRUE
;
12502 if (indmips
->no_fn_stub
)
12503 dirmips
->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
12504 if (indmips
->fn_stub
)
12506 dirmips
->fn_stub
= indmips
->fn_stub
;
12507 indmips
->fn_stub
= NULL
;
12509 if (indmips
->need_fn_stub
)
12511 dirmips
->need_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
12512 indmips
->need_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
12514 if (indmips
->call_stub
)
12516 dirmips
->call_stub
= indmips
->call_stub
;
12517 indmips
->call_stub
= NULL
;
12519 if (indmips
->call_fp_stub
)
12521 dirmips
->call_fp_stub
= indmips
->call_fp_stub
;
12522 indmips
->call_fp_stub
= NULL
;
12524 if (indmips
->global_got_area
< dirmips
->global_got_area
)
12525 dirmips
->global_got_area
= indmips
->global_got_area
;
12526 if (indmips
->global_got_area
< GGA_NONE
)
12527 indmips
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
12528 if (indmips
->has_nonpic_branches
)
12529 dirmips
->has_nonpic_branches
= TRUE
;
12532 #define PDR_SIZE 32
12535 _bfd_mips_elf_discard_info (bfd
*abfd
, struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
12536 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12539 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
12540 unsigned char *tdata
;
12543 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".pdr");
12548 if (o
->size
% PDR_SIZE
!= 0)
12550 if (o
->output_section
!= NULL
12551 && bfd_is_abs_section (o
->output_section
))
12554 tdata
= bfd_zmalloc (o
->size
/ PDR_SIZE
);
12558 cookie
->rels
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
12559 info
->keep_memory
);
12566 cookie
->rel
= cookie
->rels
;
12567 cookie
->relend
= cookie
->rels
+ o
->reloc_count
;
12569 for (i
= 0, skip
= 0; i
< o
->size
/ PDR_SIZE
; i
++)
12571 if (bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p (i
* PDR_SIZE
, cookie
))
12580 mips_elf_section_data (o
)->u
.tdata
= tdata
;
12581 if (o
->rawsize
== 0)
12582 o
->rawsize
= o
->size
;
12583 o
->size
-= skip
* PDR_SIZE
;
12589 if (! info
->keep_memory
)
12590 free (cookie
->rels
);
12596 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_discarded_relocs (asection
*sec
)
12598 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".pdr") == 0)
12604 _bfd_mips_elf_write_section (bfd
*output_bfd
,
12605 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12606 asection
*sec
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
12608 bfd_byte
*to
, *from
, *end
;
12611 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".pdr") != 0)
12614 if (mips_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.tdata
== NULL
)
12618 end
= contents
+ sec
->size
;
12619 for (from
= contents
, i
= 0;
12621 from
+= PDR_SIZE
, i
++)
12623 if ((mips_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.tdata
)[i
] == 1)
12626 memcpy (to
, from
, PDR_SIZE
);
12629 bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, sec
->output_section
, contents
,
12630 sec
->output_offset
, sec
->size
);
12634 /* microMIPS code retains local labels for linker relaxation. Omit them
12635 from output by default for clarity. */
12638 _bfd_mips_elf_is_target_special_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
12640 return _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (abfd
, sym
->name
);
12643 /* MIPS ELF uses a special find_nearest_line routine in order the
12644 handle the ECOFF debugging information. */
12646 struct mips_elf_find_line
12648 struct ecoff_debug_info d
;
12649 struct ecoff_find_line i
;
12653 _bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**symbols
,
12654 asection
*section
, bfd_vma offset
,
12655 const char **filename_ptr
,
12656 const char **functionname_ptr
,
12657 unsigned int *line_ptr
,
12658 unsigned int *discriminator_ptr
)
12662 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, NULL
, section
, offset
,
12663 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
12664 line_ptr
, discriminator_ptr
,
12665 dwarf_debug_sections
,
12666 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? 8 : 0,
12667 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
))
12670 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
12671 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
12675 msec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug");
12678 flagword origflags
;
12679 struct mips_elf_find_line
*fi
;
12680 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
* const swap
=
12681 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
12683 /* If we are called during a link, mips_elf_final_link may have
12684 cleared the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS field. We force it back on here
12685 if appropriate (which it normally will be). */
12686 origflags
= msec
->flags
;
12687 if (elf_section_data (msec
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
12688 msec
->flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
12690 fi
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->find_line_info
;
12693 bfd_size_type external_fdr_size
;
12696 struct fdr
*fdr_ptr
;
12697 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct mips_elf_find_line
);
12699 fi
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12702 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
12706 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (abfd
, msec
, &fi
->d
))
12708 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
12712 /* Swap in the FDR information. */
12713 amt
= fi
->d
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
* sizeof (struct fdr
);
12714 fi
->d
.fdr
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
12715 if (fi
->d
.fdr
== NULL
)
12717 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
12720 external_fdr_size
= swap
->external_fdr_size
;
12721 fdr_ptr
= fi
->d
.fdr
;
12722 fraw_src
= (char *) fi
->d
.external_fdr
;
12723 fraw_end
= (fraw_src
12724 + fi
->d
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
* external_fdr_size
);
12725 for (; fraw_src
< fraw_end
; fraw_src
+= external_fdr_size
, fdr_ptr
++)
12726 (*swap
->swap_fdr_in
) (abfd
, fraw_src
, fdr_ptr
);
12728 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->find_line_info
= fi
;
12730 /* Note that we don't bother to ever free this information.
12731 find_nearest_line is either called all the time, as in
12732 objdump -l, so the information should be saved, or it is
12733 rarely called, as in ld error messages, so the memory
12734 wasted is unimportant. Still, it would probably be a
12735 good idea for free_cached_info to throw it away. */
12738 if (_bfd_ecoff_locate_line (abfd
, section
, offset
, &fi
->d
, swap
,
12739 &fi
->i
, filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
12742 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
12746 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
12749 /* Fall back on the generic ELF find_nearest_line routine. */
12751 return _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
12752 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
12753 line_ptr
, discriminator_ptr
);
12757 _bfd_mips_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd
*abfd
,
12758 const char **filename_ptr
,
12759 const char **functionname_ptr
,
12760 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
12763 found
= _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd
, filename_ptr
,
12764 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
12765 & elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
12770 /* When are writing out the .options or .MIPS.options section,
12771 remember the bytes we are writing out, so that we can install the
12772 GP value in the section_processing routine. */
12775 _bfd_mips_elf_set_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
, sec_ptr section
,
12776 const void *location
,
12777 file_ptr offset
, bfd_size_type count
)
12779 if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (section
->name
))
12783 if (elf_section_data (section
) == NULL
)
12785 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_elf_section_data
);
12786 section
->used_by_bfd
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12787 if (elf_section_data (section
) == NULL
)
12790 c
= mips_elf_section_data (section
)->u
.tdata
;
12793 c
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, section
->size
);
12796 mips_elf_section_data (section
)->u
.tdata
= c
;
12799 memcpy (c
+ offset
, location
, count
);
12802 return _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (abfd
, section
, location
, offset
,
12806 /* This is almost identical to bfd_generic_get_... except that some
12807 MIPS relocations need to be handled specially. Sigh. */
12810 _bfd_elf_mips_get_relocated_section_contents
12812 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
12813 struct bfd_link_order
*link_order
,
12815 bfd_boolean relocatable
,
12818 /* Get enough memory to hold the stuff */
12819 bfd
*input_bfd
= link_order
->u
.indirect
.section
->owner
;
12820 asection
*input_section
= link_order
->u
.indirect
.section
;
12823 long reloc_size
= bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound (input_bfd
, input_section
);
12824 arelent
**reloc_vector
= NULL
;
12827 if (reloc_size
< 0)
12830 reloc_vector
= bfd_malloc (reloc_size
);
12831 if (reloc_vector
== NULL
&& reloc_size
!= 0)
12834 /* read in the section */
12835 sz
= input_section
->rawsize
? input_section
->rawsize
: input_section
->size
;
12836 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd
, input_section
, data
, 0, sz
))
12839 reloc_count
= bfd_canonicalize_reloc (input_bfd
,
12843 if (reloc_count
< 0)
12846 if (reloc_count
> 0)
12851 bfd_vma gp
= 0x12345678; /* initialize just to shut gcc up */
12854 struct bfd_hash_entry
*h
;
12855 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*lh
;
12856 /* Skip all this stuff if we aren't mixing formats. */
12857 if (abfd
&& input_bfd
12858 && abfd
->xvec
== input_bfd
->xvec
)
12862 h
= bfd_hash_lookup (&link_info
->hash
->table
, "_gp", FALSE
, FALSE
);
12863 lh
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
12870 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
12871 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
12872 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
12875 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
12876 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
12878 gp
= lh
->u
.def
.value
;
12880 case bfd_link_hash_indirect
:
12881 case bfd_link_hash_warning
:
12883 /* @@FIXME ignoring warning for now */
12885 case bfd_link_hash_new
:
12894 for (parent
= reloc_vector
; *parent
!= NULL
; parent
++)
12896 char *error_message
= NULL
;
12897 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
12899 /* Specific to MIPS: Deal with relocation types that require
12900 knowing the gp of the output bfd. */
12901 asymbol
*sym
= *(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
;
12903 /* If we've managed to find the gp and have a special
12904 function for the relocation then go ahead, else default
12905 to the generic handling. */
12907 && (*parent
)->howto
->special_function
12908 == _bfd_mips_elf32_gprel16_reloc
)
12909 r
= _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (input_bfd
, sym
, *parent
,
12910 input_section
, relocatable
,
12913 r
= bfd_perform_relocation (input_bfd
, *parent
, data
,
12915 relocatable
? abfd
: NULL
,
12920 asection
*os
= input_section
->output_section
;
12922 /* A partial link, so keep the relocs */
12923 os
->orelocation
[os
->reloc_count
] = *parent
;
12927 if (r
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
12931 case bfd_reloc_undefined
:
12932 if (!((*link_info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
12933 (link_info
, bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
),
12934 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
, TRUE
)))
12937 case bfd_reloc_dangerous
:
12938 BFD_ASSERT (error_message
!= NULL
);
12939 if (!((*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_dangerous
)
12940 (link_info
, error_message
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
12941 (*parent
)->address
)))
12944 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
12945 if (!((*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
12947 bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
),
12948 (*parent
)->howto
->name
, (*parent
)->addend
,
12949 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
)))
12952 case bfd_reloc_outofrange
:
12961 if (reloc_vector
!= NULL
)
12962 free (reloc_vector
);
12966 if (reloc_vector
!= NULL
)
12967 free (reloc_vector
);
12972 mips_elf_relax_delete_bytes (bfd
*abfd
,
12973 asection
*sec
, bfd_vma addr
, int count
)
12975 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
12976 unsigned int sec_shndx
;
12977 bfd_byte
*contents
;
12978 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
;
12979 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
12980 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
12981 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
12982 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**end_hashes
;
12983 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**start_hashes
;
12984 unsigned int symcount
;
12986 sec_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec
);
12987 contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
12989 irel
= elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
;
12990 irelend
= irel
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
12992 /* Actually delete the bytes. */
12993 memmove (contents
+ addr
, contents
+ addr
+ count
,
12994 (size_t) (sec
->size
- addr
- count
));
12995 sec
->size
-= count
;
12997 /* Adjust all the relocs. */
12998 for (irel
= elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
13000 /* Get the new reloc address. */
13001 if (irel
->r_offset
> addr
)
13002 irel
->r_offset
-= count
;
13005 BFD_ASSERT (addr
% 2 == 0);
13006 BFD_ASSERT (count
% 2 == 0);
13008 /* Adjust the local symbols defined in this section. */
13009 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
13010 isym
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
13011 for (isymend
= isym
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
13012 if (isym
->st_shndx
== sec_shndx
&& isym
->st_value
> addr
)
13013 isym
->st_value
-= count
;
13015 /* Now adjust the global symbols defined in this section. */
13016 symcount
= (symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ sizeof (Elf32_External_Sym
)
13017 - symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
13018 sym_hashes
= start_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
13019 end_hashes
= sym_hashes
+ symcount
;
13021 for (; sym_hashes
< end_hashes
; sym_hashes
++)
13023 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sym_hash
= *sym_hashes
;
13025 if ((sym_hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13026 || sym_hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13027 && sym_hash
->root
.u
.def
.section
== sec
)
13029 bfd_vma value
= sym_hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
13031 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym_hash
->other
))
13032 value
&= MINUS_TWO
;
13034 sym_hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
-= count
;
13042 /* Opcodes needed for microMIPS relaxation as found in
13043 opcodes/micromips-opc.c. */
13045 struct opcode_descriptor
{
13046 unsigned long match
;
13047 unsigned long mask
;
13050 /* The $ra register aka $31. */
13054 /* 32-bit instruction format register fields. */
13056 #define OP32_SREG(opcode) (((opcode) >> 16) & 0x1f)
13057 #define OP32_TREG(opcode) (((opcode) >> 21) & 0x1f)
13059 /* Check if a 5-bit register index can be abbreviated to 3 bits. */
13061 #define OP16_VALID_REG(r) \
13062 ((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) || (16 <= (r) && (r) <= 17))
13065 /* 32-bit and 16-bit branches. */
13067 static const struct opcode_descriptor b_insns_32
[] = {
13068 { /* "b", "p", */ 0x40400000, 0xffff0000 }, /* bgez 0 */
13069 { /* "b", "p", */ 0x94000000, 0xffff0000 }, /* beq 0, 0 */
13070 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13073 static const struct opcode_descriptor bc_insn_32
=
13074 { /* "bc(1|2)(ft)", "N,p", */ 0x42800000, 0xfec30000 };
13076 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insn_32
=
13077 { /* "b(g|l)(e|t)z", "s,p", */ 0x40000000, 0xff200000 };
13079 static const struct opcode_descriptor bzal_insn_32
=
13080 { /* "b(ge|lt)zal", "s,p", */ 0x40200000, 0xffa00000 };
13082 static const struct opcode_descriptor beq_insn_32
=
13083 { /* "b(eq|ne)", "s,t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xdc000000 };
13085 static const struct opcode_descriptor b_insn_16
=
13086 { /* "b", "mD", */ 0xcc00, 0xfc00 };
13088 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insn_16
=
13089 { /* "b(eq|ne)z", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xdc00 };
13092 /* 32-bit and 16-bit branch EQ and NE zero. */
13094 /* NOTE: All opcode tables have BEQ/BNE in the same order: first the
13095 eq and second the ne. This convention is used when replacing a
13096 32-bit BEQ/BNE with the 16-bit version. */
13098 #define BZC32_REG_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) << 16)
13100 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_rs_insns_32
[] = {
13101 { /* "beqz", "s,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xffe00000 },
13102 { /* "bnez", "s,p", */ 0xb4000000, 0xffe00000 },
13103 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13106 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_rt_insns_32
[] = {
13107 { /* "beqz", "t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xfc01f000 },
13108 { /* "bnez", "t,p", */ 0xb4000000, 0xfc01f000 },
13109 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13112 static const struct opcode_descriptor bzc_insns_32
[] = {
13113 { /* "beqzc", "s,p", */ 0x40e00000, 0xffe00000 },
13114 { /* "bnezc", "s,p", */ 0x40a00000, 0xffe00000 },
13115 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13118 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insns_16
[] = {
13119 { /* "beqz", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xfc00 },
13120 { /* "bnez", "md,mE", */ 0xac00, 0xfc00 },
13121 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13124 /* Switch between a 5-bit register index and its 3-bit shorthand. */
13126 #define BZ16_REG(opcode) ((((((opcode) >> 7) & 7) + 0x1e) & 0x17) + 2)
13127 #define BZ16_REG_FIELD(r) \
13128 (((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) ? (r) : ((r) - 16)) << 7)
13131 /* 32-bit instructions with a delay slot. */
13133 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_insn_32_bd16
=
13134 { /* "jals", "a", */ 0x74000000, 0xfc000000 };
13136 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_insn_32_bd32
=
13137 { /* "jal", "a", */ 0xf4000000, 0xfc000000 };
13139 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_x_insn_32_bd32
=
13140 { /* "jal[x]", "a", */ 0xf0000000, 0xf8000000 };
13142 static const struct opcode_descriptor j_insn_32
=
13143 { /* "j", "a", */ 0xd4000000, 0xfc000000 };
13145 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_32
=
13146 { /* "jalr[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00000f3c, 0xfc00efff };
13148 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
13150 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_32_bd16
[] = {
13151 { /* "jals", "a", */ 0x74000000, 0xfc000000 },
13153 { /* "jalrs[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00004f3c, 0xfc00efff },
13154 { /* "b(ge|lt)zals", "s,p", */ 0x42200000, 0xffa00000 },
13156 { /* "b(g|l)(e|t)z", "s,p", */ 0x40000000, 0xff200000 },
13157 { /* "b(eq|ne)", "s,t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xdc000000 },
13158 { /* "j", "a", */ 0xd4000000, 0xfc000000 },
13159 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13162 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
13164 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_32_bd32
[] = {
13165 { /* "jal[x]", "a", */ 0xf0000000, 0xf8000000 },
13167 { /* "jalr[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00000f3c, 0xfc00efff },
13168 { /* "b(ge|lt)zal", "s,p", */ 0x40200000, 0xffa00000 },
13169 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13173 /* 16-bit instructions with a delay slot. */
13175 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_16_bd16
=
13176 { /* "jalrs", "my,mj", */ 0x45e0, 0xffe0 };
13178 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_16_bd32
=
13179 { /* "jalr", "my,mj", */ 0x45c0, 0xffe0 };
13181 static const struct opcode_descriptor jr_insn_16
=
13182 { /* "jr", "mj", */ 0x4580, 0xffe0 };
13184 #define JR16_REG(opcode) ((opcode) & 0x1f)
13186 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
13188 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_16_bd16
[] = {
13189 { /* "jalrs", "my,mj", */ 0x45e0, 0xffe0 },
13191 { /* "b", "mD", */ 0xcc00, 0xfc00 },
13192 { /* "b(eq|ne)z", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xdc00 },
13193 { /* "jr", "mj", */ 0x4580, 0xffe0 },
13194 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13198 /* LUI instruction. */
13200 static const struct opcode_descriptor lui_insn
=
13201 { /* "lui", "s,u", */ 0x41a00000, 0xffe00000 };
13204 /* ADDIU instruction. */
13206 static const struct opcode_descriptor addiu_insn
=
13207 { /* "addiu", "t,r,j", */ 0x30000000, 0xfc000000 };
13209 static const struct opcode_descriptor addiupc_insn
=
13210 { /* "addiu", "mb,$pc,mQ", */ 0x78000000, 0xfc000000 };
13212 #define ADDIUPC_REG_FIELD(r) \
13213 (((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) ? (r) : ((r) - 16)) << 23)
13216 /* Relaxable instructions in a JAL delay slot: MOVE. */
13218 /* The 16-bit move has rd in 9:5 and rs in 4:0. The 32-bit moves
13219 (ADDU, OR) have rd in 15:11 and rs in 10:16. */
13220 #define MOVE32_RD(opcode) (((opcode) >> 11) & 0x1f)
13221 #define MOVE32_RS(opcode) (((opcode) >> 16) & 0x1f)
13223 #define MOVE16_RD_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) << 5)
13224 #define MOVE16_RS_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) )
13226 static const struct opcode_descriptor move_insns_32
[] = {
13227 { /* "move", "d,s", */ 0x00000150, 0xffe007ff }, /* addu d,s,$0 */
13228 { /* "move", "d,s", */ 0x00000290, 0xffe007ff }, /* or d,s,$0 */
13229 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13232 static const struct opcode_descriptor move_insn_16
=
13233 { /* "move", "mp,mj", */ 0x0c00, 0xfc00 };
13236 /* NOP instructions. */
13238 static const struct opcode_descriptor nop_insn_32
=
13239 { /* "nop", "", */ 0x00000000, 0xffffffff };
13241 static const struct opcode_descriptor nop_insn_16
=
13242 { /* "nop", "", */ 0x0c00, 0xffff };
13245 /* Instruction match support. */
13247 #define MATCH(opcode, insn) ((opcode & insn.mask) == insn.match)
13250 find_match (unsigned long opcode
, const struct opcode_descriptor insn
[])
13252 unsigned long indx
;
13254 for (indx
= 0; insn
[indx
].mask
!= 0; indx
++)
13255 if (MATCH (opcode
, insn
[indx
]))
13262 /* Branch and delay slot decoding support. */
13264 /* If PTR points to what *might* be a 16-bit branch or jump, then
13265 return the minimum length of its delay slot, otherwise return 0.
13266 Non-zero results are not definitive as we might be checking against
13267 the second half of another instruction. */
13270 check_br16_dslot (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
)
13272 unsigned long opcode
;
13275 opcode
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
);
13276 if (MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_16_bd32
) != 0)
13277 /* 16-bit branch/jump with a 32-bit delay slot. */
13279 else if (MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_16_bd16
) != 0
13280 || find_match (opcode
, ds_insns_16_bd16
) >= 0)
13281 /* 16-bit branch/jump with a 16-bit delay slot. */
13284 /* No delay slot. */
13290 /* If PTR points to what *might* be a 32-bit branch or jump, then
13291 return the minimum length of its delay slot, otherwise return 0.
13292 Non-zero results are not definitive as we might be checking against
13293 the second half of another instruction. */
13296 check_br32_dslot (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
)
13298 unsigned long opcode
;
13301 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
13302 if (find_match (opcode
, ds_insns_32_bd32
) >= 0)
13303 /* 32-bit branch/jump with a 32-bit delay slot. */
13305 else if (find_match (opcode
, ds_insns_32_bd16
) >= 0)
13306 /* 32-bit branch/jump with a 16-bit delay slot. */
13309 /* No delay slot. */
13315 /* If PTR points to a 16-bit branch or jump with a 32-bit delay slot
13316 that doesn't fiddle with REG, then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
13319 check_br16 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
, unsigned long reg
)
13321 unsigned long opcode
;
13323 opcode
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
);
13324 if (MATCH (opcode
, b_insn_16
)
13326 || (MATCH (opcode
, jr_insn_16
) && reg
!= JR16_REG (opcode
))
13328 || (MATCH (opcode
, bz_insn_16
) && reg
!= BZ16_REG (opcode
))
13329 /* BEQZ16, BNEZ16 */
13330 || (MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_16_bd32
)
13332 && reg
!= JR16_REG (opcode
) && reg
!= RA
))
13338 /* If PTR points to a 32-bit branch or jump that doesn't fiddle with REG,
13339 then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
13342 check_br32 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
, unsigned long reg
)
13344 unsigned long opcode
;
13346 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
13347 if (MATCH (opcode
, j_insn_32
)
13349 || MATCH (opcode
, bc_insn_32
)
13350 /* BC1F, BC1T, BC2F, BC2T */
13351 || (MATCH (opcode
, jal_x_insn_32_bd32
) && reg
!= RA
)
13353 || (MATCH (opcode
, bz_insn_32
) && reg
!= OP32_SREG (opcode
))
13354 /* BGEZ, BGTZ, BLEZ, BLTZ */
13355 || (MATCH (opcode
, bzal_insn_32
)
13356 /* BGEZAL, BLTZAL */
13357 && reg
!= OP32_SREG (opcode
) && reg
!= RA
)
13358 || ((MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_32
) || MATCH (opcode
, beq_insn_32
))
13359 /* JALR, JALR.HB, BEQ, BNE */
13360 && reg
!= OP32_SREG (opcode
) && reg
!= OP32_TREG (opcode
)))
13366 /* If the instruction encoding at PTR and relocations [INTERNAL_RELOCS,
13367 IRELEND) at OFFSET indicate that there must be a compact branch there,
13368 then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
13371 check_relocated_bzc (bfd
*abfd
, const bfd_byte
*ptr
, bfd_vma offset
,
13372 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
,
13373 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*irelend
)
13375 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
;
13376 unsigned long opcode
;
13378 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
13379 if (find_match (opcode
, bzc_insns_32
) < 0)
13382 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
13383 if (irel
->r_offset
== offset
13384 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
) == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
)
13390 /* Bitsize checking. */
13391 #define IS_BITSIZE(val, N) \
13392 (((((val) & ((1ULL << (N)) - 1)) ^ (1ULL << ((N) - 1))) \
13393 - (1ULL << ((N) - 1))) == (val))
13397 _bfd_mips_elf_relax_section (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
,
13398 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
13399 bfd_boolean
*again
)
13401 bfd_boolean insn32
= mips_elf_hash_table (link_info
)->insn32
;
13402 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
13403 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
13404 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
;
13405 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
13406 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
13408 /* Assume nothing changes. */
13411 /* We don't have to do anything for a relocatable link, if
13412 this section does not have relocs, or if this is not a
13415 if (link_info
->relocatable
13416 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
13417 || sec
->reloc_count
== 0
13418 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0)
13421 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
13423 /* Get a copy of the native relocations. */
13424 internal_relocs
= (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
13425 (abfd
, sec
, NULL
, (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) NULL
,
13426 link_info
->keep_memory
));
13427 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
13430 /* Walk through them looking for relaxing opportunities. */
13431 irelend
= internal_relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
13432 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
13434 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (irel
->r_info
);
13435 unsigned int r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
);
13436 bfd_boolean target_is_micromips_code_p
;
13437 unsigned long opcode
;
13443 /* The number of bytes to delete for relaxation and from where
13444 to delete these bytes starting at irel->r_offset. */
13448 /* If this isn't something that can be relaxed, then ignore
13450 if (r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_HI16
13451 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
13452 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
)
13455 /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */
13456 if (contents
== NULL
)
13458 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
13459 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
13460 contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
13461 /* Go get them off disk. */
13462 else if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, sec
, &contents
))
13465 ptr
= contents
+ irel
->r_offset
;
13467 /* Read this BFD's local symbols if we haven't done so already. */
13468 if (isymbuf
== NULL
&& symtab_hdr
->sh_info
!= 0)
13470 isymbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
13471 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
13472 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
,
13473 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
, 0,
13475 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
13479 /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc. */
13480 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
13482 /* A local symbol. */
13483 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
13486 isym
= isymbuf
+ r_symndx
;
13487 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
13488 sym_sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
13489 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
13490 sym_sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
13491 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
13492 sym_sec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
13494 sym_sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
13495 symval
= (isym
->st_value
13496 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
13497 + sym_sec
->output_offset
);
13498 target_is_micromips_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (isym
->st_other
);
13502 unsigned long indx
;
13503 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
13505 /* An external symbol. */
13506 indx
= r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
13507 h
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
)[indx
];
13508 BFD_ASSERT (h
!= NULL
);
13510 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
13511 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13512 /* This appears to be a reference to an undefined
13513 symbol. Just ignore it -- it will be caught by the
13514 regular reloc processing. */
13517 symval
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
13518 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
13519 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
);
13520 target_is_micromips_code_p
= (!h
->needs_plt
13521 && ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h
->other
));
13525 /* For simplicity of coding, we are going to modify the
13526 section contents, the section relocs, and the BFD symbol
13527 table. We must tell the rest of the code not to free up this
13528 information. It would be possible to instead create a table
13529 of changes which have to be made, as is done in coff-mips.c;
13530 that would be more work, but would require less memory when
13531 the linker is run. */
13533 /* Only 32-bit instructions relaxed. */
13534 if (irel
->r_offset
+ 4 > sec
->size
)
13537 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
13539 /* This is the pc-relative distance from the instruction the
13540 relocation is applied to, to the symbol referred. */
13542 - (sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
)
13545 /* R_MICROMIPS_HI16 / LUI relaxation to nil, performing relaxation
13546 of corresponding R_MICROMIPS_LO16 to R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16 or
13547 R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2. The R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2 condition is
13549 (symval % 4 == 0 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval, 25))
13551 where pcrval has first to be adjusted to apply against the LO16
13552 location (we make the adjustment later on, when we have figured
13553 out the offset). */
13554 if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI16
&& MATCH (opcode
, lui_insn
))
13556 bfd_boolean bzc
= FALSE
;
13557 unsigned long nextopc
;
13561 /* Give up if the previous reloc was a HI16 against this symbol
13563 if (irel
> internal_relocs
13564 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
[-1].r_info
) == R_MICROMIPS_HI16
13565 && ELF32_R_SYM (irel
[-1].r_info
) == r_symndx
)
13568 /* Or if the next reloc is not a LO16 against this symbol. */
13569 if (irel
+ 1 >= irelend
13570 || ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
[1].r_info
) != R_MICROMIPS_LO16
13571 || ELF32_R_SYM (irel
[1].r_info
) != r_symndx
)
13574 /* Or if the second next reloc is a LO16 against this symbol too. */
13575 if (irel
+ 2 >= irelend
13576 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
[2].r_info
) == R_MICROMIPS_LO16
13577 && ELF32_R_SYM (irel
[2].r_info
) == r_symndx
)
13580 /* See if the LUI instruction *might* be in a branch delay slot.
13581 We check whether what looks like a 16-bit branch or jump is
13582 actually an immediate argument to a compact branch, and let
13583 it through if so. */
13584 if (irel
->r_offset
>= 2
13585 && check_br16_dslot (abfd
, ptr
- 2)
13586 && !(irel
->r_offset
>= 4
13587 && (bzc
= check_relocated_bzc (abfd
,
13588 ptr
- 4, irel
->r_offset
- 4,
13589 internal_relocs
, irelend
))))
13591 if (irel
->r_offset
>= 4
13593 && check_br32_dslot (abfd
, ptr
- 4))
13596 reg
= OP32_SREG (opcode
);
13598 /* We only relax adjacent instructions or ones separated with
13599 a branch or jump that has a delay slot. The branch or jump
13600 must not fiddle with the register used to hold the address.
13601 Subtract 4 for the LUI itself. */
13602 offset
= irel
[1].r_offset
- irel
[0].r_offset
;
13603 switch (offset
- 4)
13608 if (check_br16 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4, reg
))
13612 if (check_br32 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4, reg
))
13619 nextopc
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, contents
+ irel
[1].r_offset
);
13621 /* Give up unless the same register is used with both
13623 if (OP32_SREG (nextopc
) != reg
)
13626 /* Now adjust pcrval, subtracting the offset to the LO16 reloc
13627 and rounding up to take masking of the two LSBs into account. */
13628 pcrval
= ((pcrval
- offset
+ 3) | 3) ^ 3;
13630 /* R_MICROMIPS_LO16 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16. */
13631 if (IS_BITSIZE (symval
, 16))
13633 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13634 irel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16
);
13636 /* Instructions using R_MICROMIPS_LO16 have the base or
13637 source register in bits 20:16. This register becomes $0
13638 (zero) as the result of the R_MICROMIPS_HI16 being 0. */
13639 nextopc
&= ~0x001f0000;
13640 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, (nextopc
>> 16) & 0xffff,
13641 contents
+ irel
[1].r_offset
);
13644 /* R_MICROMIPS_LO16 / ADDIU relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2.
13645 We add 4 to take LUI deletion into account while checking
13646 the PC-relative distance. */
13647 else if (symval
% 4 == 0
13648 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval
+ 4, 25)
13649 && MATCH (nextopc
, addiu_insn
)
13650 && OP32_TREG (nextopc
) == OP32_SREG (nextopc
)
13651 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_TREG (nextopc
)))
13653 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13654 irel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
);
13656 /* Replace ADDIU with the ADDIUPC version. */
13657 nextopc
= (addiupc_insn
.match
13658 | ADDIUPC_REG_FIELD (OP32_TREG (nextopc
)));
13660 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd
, nextopc
,
13661 contents
+ irel
[1].r_offset
);
13664 /* Can't do anything, give up, sigh... */
13668 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13669 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MIPS_NONE
);
13671 /* Delete the LUI instruction: 4 bytes at irel->r_offset. */
13676 /* Compact branch relaxation -- due to the multitude of macros
13677 employed by the compiler/assembler, compact branches are not
13678 always generated. Obviously, this can/will be fixed elsewhere,
13679 but there is no drawback in double checking it here. */
13680 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
13681 && irel
->r_offset
+ 5 < sec
->size
13682 && ((fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rs_insns_32
)) >= 0
13683 || (fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rt_insns_32
)) >= 0)
13685 && (delcnt
= MATCH (bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4),
13686 nop_insn_16
) ? 2 : 0))
13687 || (irel
->r_offset
+ 7 < sec
->size
13688 && (delcnt
= MATCH (bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
,
13690 nop_insn_32
) ? 4 : 0))))
13694 reg
= OP32_SREG (opcode
) ? OP32_SREG (opcode
) : OP32_TREG (opcode
);
13696 /* Replace BEQZ/BNEZ with the compact version. */
13697 opcode
= (bzc_insns_32
[fndopc
].match
13698 | BZC32_REG_FIELD (reg
)
13699 | (opcode
& 0xffff)); /* Addend value. */
13701 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd
, opcode
, ptr
);
13703 /* Delete the delay slot NOP: two or four bytes from
13704 irel->offset + 4; delcnt has already been set above. */
13708 /* R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1. We need
13709 to check the distance from the next instruction, so subtract 2. */
13711 && r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
13712 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval
- 2, 11)
13713 && find_match (opcode
, b_insns_32
) >= 0)
13715 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13716 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
);
13718 /* Replace the 32-bit opcode with a 16-bit opcode. */
13721 | (opcode
& 0x3ff)), /* Addend value. */
13724 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 2. */
13729 /* R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1. We need
13730 to check the distance from the next instruction, so subtract 2. */
13732 && r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
13733 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval
- 2, 8)
13734 && (((fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rs_insns_32
)) >= 0
13735 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_SREG (opcode
)))
13736 || ((fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rt_insns_32
)) >= 0
13737 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_TREG (opcode
)))))
13741 reg
= OP32_SREG (opcode
) ? OP32_SREG (opcode
) : OP32_TREG (opcode
);
13743 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13744 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
);
13746 /* Replace the 32-bit opcode with a 16-bit opcode. */
13748 (bz_insns_16
[fndopc
].match
13749 | BZ16_REG_FIELD (reg
)
13750 | (opcode
& 0x7f)), /* Addend value. */
13753 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 2. */
13758 /* R_MICROMIPS_26_S1 -- JAL to JALS relaxation for microMIPS targets. */
13760 && r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
13761 && target_is_micromips_code_p
13762 && irel
->r_offset
+ 7 < sec
->size
13763 && MATCH (opcode
, jal_insn_32_bd32
))
13765 unsigned long n32opc
;
13766 bfd_boolean relaxed
= FALSE
;
13768 n32opc
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4);
13770 if (MATCH (n32opc
, nop_insn_32
))
13772 /* Replace delay slot 32-bit NOP with a 16-bit NOP. */
13773 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, nop_insn_16
.match
, ptr
+ 4);
13777 else if (find_match (n32opc
, move_insns_32
) >= 0)
13779 /* Replace delay slot 32-bit MOVE with 16-bit MOVE. */
13781 (move_insn_16
.match
13782 | MOVE16_RD_FIELD (MOVE32_RD (n32opc
))
13783 | MOVE16_RS_FIELD (MOVE32_RS (n32opc
))),
13788 /* Other 32-bit instructions relaxable to 16-bit
13789 instructions will be handled here later. */
13793 /* JAL with 32-bit delay slot that is changed to a JALS
13794 with 16-bit delay slot. */
13795 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd
, jal_insn_32_bd16
.match
, ptr
);
13797 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 6. */
13805 /* Note that we've changed the relocs, section contents, etc. */
13806 elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
= internal_relocs
;
13807 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
13808 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
;
13810 /* Delete bytes depending on the delcnt and deloff. */
13811 if (!mips_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd
, sec
,
13812 irel
->r_offset
+ deloff
, delcnt
))
13815 /* That will change things, so we should relax again.
13816 Note that this is not required, and it may be slow. */
13821 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
13822 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
)
13824 if (! link_info
->keep_memory
)
13828 /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd. */
13829 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
;
13833 if (contents
!= NULL
13834 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
13836 if (! link_info
->keep_memory
)
13840 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
13841 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
13845 if (internal_relocs
!= NULL
13846 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
13847 free (internal_relocs
);
13852 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
13853 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
)
13855 if (contents
!= NULL
13856 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
13858 if (internal_relocs
!= NULL
13859 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
13860 free (internal_relocs
);
13865 /* Create a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
13867 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
13868 _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
13870 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*ret
;
13871 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
);
13873 ret
= bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
13877 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret
->root
, abfd
,
13878 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc
,
13879 sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
),
13885 ret
->root
.init_plt_refcount
.plist
= NULL
;
13886 ret
->root
.init_plt_offset
.plist
= NULL
;
13888 return &ret
->root
.root
;
13891 /* Likewise, but indicate that the target is VxWorks. */
13893 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
13894 _bfd_mips_vxworks_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
13896 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*ret
;
13898 ret
= _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd
);
13901 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
13903 htab
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*) ret
;
13904 htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
= TRUE
;
13905 htab
->is_vxworks
= TRUE
;
13910 /* A function that the linker calls if we are allowed to use PLTs
13911 and copy relocs. */
13914 _bfd_mips_elf_use_plts_and_copy_relocs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13916 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
= TRUE
;
13919 /* A function that the linker calls to select between all or only
13920 32-bit microMIPS instructions. */
13923 _bfd_mips_elf_insn32 (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd_boolean on
)
13925 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->insn32
= on
;
13928 /* Return the .MIPS.abiflags value representing each ISA Extension. */
13931 bfd_mips_isa_ext (bfd
*abfd
)
13933 switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd
))
13935 case bfd_mach_mips3900
:
13936 return AFL_EXT_3900
;
13937 case bfd_mach_mips4010
:
13938 return AFL_EXT_4010
;
13939 case bfd_mach_mips4100
:
13940 return AFL_EXT_4100
;
13941 case bfd_mach_mips4111
:
13942 return AFL_EXT_4111
;
13943 case bfd_mach_mips4120
:
13944 return AFL_EXT_4120
;
13945 case bfd_mach_mips4650
:
13946 return AFL_EXT_4650
;
13947 case bfd_mach_mips5400
:
13948 return AFL_EXT_5400
;
13949 case bfd_mach_mips5500
:
13950 return AFL_EXT_5500
;
13951 case bfd_mach_mips5900
:
13952 return AFL_EXT_5900
;
13953 case bfd_mach_mips10000
:
13954 return AFL_EXT_10000
;
13955 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
:
13956 return AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2E
;
13957 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
:
13958 return AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2F
;
13959 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a
:
13960 return AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_3A
;
13961 case bfd_mach_mips_sb1
:
13962 return AFL_EXT_SB1
;
13963 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon
:
13964 return AFL_EXT_OCTEON
;
13965 case bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
:
13966 return AFL_EXT_OCTEONP
;
13967 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon3
:
13968 return AFL_EXT_OCTEON3
;
13969 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
:
13970 return AFL_EXT_OCTEON2
;
13971 case bfd_mach_mips_xlr
:
13972 return AFL_EXT_XLR
;
13977 /* Update the isa_level, isa_rev, isa_ext fields of abiflags. */
13980 update_mips_abiflags_isa (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*abiflags
)
13982 switch (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
)
13984 case E_MIPS_ARCH_1
:
13985 abiflags
->isa_level
= 1;
13986 abiflags
->isa_rev
= 0;
13988 case E_MIPS_ARCH_2
:
13989 abiflags
->isa_level
= 2;
13990 abiflags
->isa_rev
= 0;
13992 case E_MIPS_ARCH_3
:
13993 abiflags
->isa_level
= 3;
13994 abiflags
->isa_rev
= 0;
13996 case E_MIPS_ARCH_4
:
13997 abiflags
->isa_level
= 4;
13998 abiflags
->isa_rev
= 0;
14000 case E_MIPS_ARCH_5
:
14001 abiflags
->isa_level
= 5;
14002 abiflags
->isa_rev
= 0;
14004 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32
:
14005 abiflags
->isa_level
= 32;
14006 abiflags
->isa_rev
= 1;
14008 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
:
14009 abiflags
->isa_level
= 32;
14010 /* Handle MIPS32r3 and MIPS32r5 which do not have a header flag. */
14011 if (abiflags
->isa_rev
< 2)
14012 abiflags
->isa_rev
= 2;
14014 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6
:
14015 abiflags
->isa_level
= 32;
14016 abiflags
->isa_rev
= 6;
14018 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64
:
14019 abiflags
->isa_level
= 64;
14020 abiflags
->isa_rev
= 1;
14022 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
:
14023 /* Handle MIPS64r3 and MIPS64r5 which do not have a header flag. */
14024 abiflags
->isa_level
= 64;
14025 if (abiflags
->isa_rev
< 2)
14026 abiflags
->isa_rev
= 2;
14028 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6
:
14029 abiflags
->isa_level
= 64;
14030 abiflags
->isa_rev
= 6;
14033 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
14034 (_("%B: Unknown architecture %s"),
14035 abfd
, bfd_printable_name (abfd
));
14038 abiflags
->isa_ext
= bfd_mips_isa_ext (abfd
);
14041 /* Return true if the given ELF header flags describe a 32-bit binary. */
14044 mips_32bit_flags_p (flagword flags
)
14046 return ((flags
& EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
) != 0
14047 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
14048 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
14049 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
14050 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
14051 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
14052 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
14053 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6
);
14056 /* Infer the content of the ABI flags based on the elf header. */
14059 infer_mips_abiflags (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
* abiflags
)
14061 obj_attribute
*in_attr
;
14063 memset (abiflags
, 0, sizeof (Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
));
14064 update_mips_abiflags_isa (abfd
, abiflags
);
14066 if (mips_32bit_flags_p (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
))
14067 abiflags
->gpr_size
= AFL_REG_32
;
14069 abiflags
->gpr_size
= AFL_REG_64
;
14071 abiflags
->cpr1_size
= AFL_REG_NONE
;
14073 in_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (abfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
14074 abiflags
->fp_abi
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
14076 if (abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SINGLE
14077 || abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
14078 || (abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
14079 && abiflags
->gpr_size
== AFL_REG_32
))
14080 abiflags
->cpr1_size
= AFL_REG_32
;
14081 else if (abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
14082 || abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
14083 || abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
)
14084 abiflags
->cpr1_size
= AFL_REG_64
;
14086 abiflags
->cpr2_size
= AFL_REG_NONE
;
14088 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MDMX
)
14089 abiflags
->ases
|= AFL_ASE_MDMX
;
14090 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
)
14091 abiflags
->ases
|= AFL_ASE_MIPS16
;
14092 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
)
14093 abiflags
->ases
|= AFL_ASE_MICROMIPS
;
14095 if (abiflags
->fp_abi
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
14096 && abiflags
->fp_abi
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
14097 && abiflags
->fp_abi
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
14098 && abiflags
->isa_level
>= 32
14099 && abiflags
->isa_ext
!= AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_3A
)
14100 abiflags
->flags1
|= AFL_FLAGS1_ODDSPREG
;
14103 /* We need to use a special link routine to handle the .reginfo and
14104 the .mdebug sections. We need to merge all instances of these
14105 sections together, not write them all out sequentially. */
14108 _bfd_mips_elf_final_link (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
14111 struct bfd_link_order
*p
;
14112 asection
*reginfo_sec
, *mdebug_sec
, *gptab_data_sec
, *gptab_bss_sec
;
14113 asection
*rtproc_sec
, *abiflags_sec
;
14114 Elf32_RegInfo reginfo
;
14115 struct ecoff_debug_info debug
;
14116 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti
;
14117 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
14118 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
= bed
->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
14119 HDRR
*symhdr
= &debug
.symbolic_header
;
14120 void *mdebug_handle
= NULL
;
14125 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
14127 static const char * const secname
[] =
14129 ".text", ".init", ".fini", ".data",
14130 ".rodata", ".sdata", ".sbss", ".bss"
14132 static const int sc
[] =
14134 scText
, scInit
, scFini
, scData
,
14135 scRData
, scSData
, scSBss
, scBss
14138 /* Sort the dynamic symbols so that those with GOT entries come after
14140 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
14141 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
14143 if (!mips_elf_sort_hash_table (abfd
, info
))
14146 /* Create any scheduled LA25 stubs. */
14148 hti
.output_bfd
= abfd
;
14150 htab_traverse (htab
->la25_stubs
, mips_elf_create_la25_stub
, &hti
);
14154 /* Get a value for the GP register. */
14155 if (elf_gp (abfd
) == 0)
14157 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*h
;
14159 h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
, "_gp", FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
14160 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
)
14161 elf_gp (abfd
) = (h
->u
.def
.value
14162 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
14163 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
);
14164 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
14165 && (h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
,
14166 "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_",
14167 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
))
14168 && h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
)
14169 elf_gp (abfd
) = (h
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
14170 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
14172 else if (info
->relocatable
)
14174 bfd_vma lo
= MINUS_ONE
;
14176 /* Find the GP-relative section with the lowest offset. */
14177 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
14179 && (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_MIPS_GPREL
))
14182 /* And calculate GP relative to that. */
14183 elf_gp (abfd
) = lo
+ ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (info
);
14187 /* If the relocate_section function needs to do a reloc
14188 involving the GP value, it should make a reloc_dangerous
14189 callback to warn that GP is not defined. */
14193 /* Go through the sections and collect the .reginfo and .mdebug
14195 abiflags_sec
= NULL
;
14196 reginfo_sec
= NULL
;
14198 gptab_data_sec
= NULL
;
14199 gptab_bss_sec
= NULL
;
14200 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
14202 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".MIPS.abiflags") == 0)
14204 /* We have found the .MIPS.abiflags section in the output file.
14205 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and remove them.
14206 The data is merged in _bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data. */
14207 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
14209 asection
*input_section
;
14211 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
14213 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
14218 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
14220 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14221 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14222 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
14225 /* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections. */
14226 BFD_ASSERT(o
->size
== sizeof (Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0
));
14228 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
14229 matters, but someday it might). */
14230 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
14235 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".reginfo") == 0)
14237 memset (®info
, 0, sizeof reginfo
);
14239 /* We have found the .reginfo section in the output file.
14240 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
14241 the information together. */
14242 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
14244 asection
*input_section
;
14246 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
14249 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
14251 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
14256 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
14257 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
14259 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd
, input_section
,
14260 &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
14263 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (input_bfd
, &ext
, &sub
);
14265 reginfo
.ri_gprmask
|= sub
.ri_gprmask
;
14266 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[0] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[0];
14267 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[1] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[1];
14268 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[2] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[2];
14269 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[3] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[3];
14271 /* ri_gp_value is set by the function
14272 mips_elf32_section_processing when the section is
14273 finally written out. */
14275 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14276 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14277 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
14280 /* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections. */
14281 BFD_ASSERT(o
->size
== sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
14283 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
14284 matters, but someday it might). */
14285 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
14290 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".mdebug") == 0)
14292 struct extsym_info einfo
;
14295 /* We have found the .mdebug section in the output file.
14296 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
14297 the information together. */
14298 symhdr
->magic
= swap
->sym_magic
;
14299 /* FIXME: What should the version stamp be? */
14300 symhdr
->vstamp
= 0;
14301 symhdr
->ilineMax
= 0;
14302 symhdr
->cbLine
= 0;
14303 symhdr
->idnMax
= 0;
14304 symhdr
->ipdMax
= 0;
14305 symhdr
->isymMax
= 0;
14306 symhdr
->ioptMax
= 0;
14307 symhdr
->iauxMax
= 0;
14308 symhdr
->issMax
= 0;
14309 symhdr
->issExtMax
= 0;
14310 symhdr
->ifdMax
= 0;
14312 symhdr
->iextMax
= 0;
14314 /* We accumulate the debugging information itself in the
14315 debug_info structure. */
14317 debug
.external_dnr
= NULL
;
14318 debug
.external_pdr
= NULL
;
14319 debug
.external_sym
= NULL
;
14320 debug
.external_opt
= NULL
;
14321 debug
.external_aux
= NULL
;
14323 debug
.ssext
= debug
.ssext_end
= NULL
;
14324 debug
.external_fdr
= NULL
;
14325 debug
.external_rfd
= NULL
;
14326 debug
.external_ext
= debug
.external_ext_end
= NULL
;
14328 mdebug_handle
= bfd_ecoff_debug_init (abfd
, &debug
, swap
, info
);
14329 if (mdebug_handle
== NULL
)
14333 esym
.cobol_main
= 0;
14337 esym
.asym
.iss
= issNil
;
14338 esym
.asym
.st
= stLocal
;
14339 esym
.asym
.reserved
= 0;
14340 esym
.asym
.index
= indexNil
;
14342 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof (secname
) / sizeof (secname
[0]); i
++)
14344 esym
.asym
.sc
= sc
[i
];
14345 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, secname
[i
]);
14348 esym
.asym
.value
= s
->vma
;
14349 last
= s
->vma
+ s
->size
;
14352 esym
.asym
.value
= last
;
14353 if (!bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (abfd
, &debug
, swap
,
14354 secname
[i
], &esym
))
14358 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
14360 asection
*input_section
;
14362 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*input_swap
;
14363 struct ecoff_debug_info input_debug
;
14367 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
14369 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
14374 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
14375 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
14377 if (!is_mips_elf (input_bfd
))
14379 /* I don't know what a non MIPS ELF bfd would be
14380 doing with a .mdebug section, but I don't really
14381 want to deal with it. */
14385 input_swap
= (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd
)
14386 ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
);
14388 BFD_ASSERT (p
->size
== input_section
->size
);
14390 /* The ECOFF linking code expects that we have already
14391 read in the debugging information and set up an
14392 ecoff_debug_info structure, so we do that now. */
14393 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (input_bfd
, input_section
,
14397 if (! (bfd_ecoff_debug_accumulate
14398 (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
, swap
, input_bfd
,
14399 &input_debug
, input_swap
, info
)))
14402 /* Loop through the external symbols. For each one with
14403 interesting information, try to find the symbol in
14404 the linker global hash table and save the information
14405 for the output external symbols. */
14406 eraw_src
= input_debug
.external_ext
;
14407 eraw_end
= (eraw_src
14408 + (input_debug
.symbolic_header
.iextMax
14409 * input_swap
->external_ext_size
));
14411 eraw_src
< eraw_end
;
14412 eraw_src
+= input_swap
->external_ext_size
)
14416 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
14418 (*input_swap
->swap_ext_in
) (input_bfd
, eraw_src
, &ext
);
14419 if (ext
.asym
.sc
== scNil
14420 || ext
.asym
.sc
== scUndefined
14421 || ext
.asym
.sc
== scSUndefined
)
14424 name
= input_debug
.ssext
+ ext
.asym
.iss
;
14425 h
= mips_elf_link_hash_lookup (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
14426 name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
14427 if (h
== NULL
|| h
->esym
.ifd
!= -2)
14432 BFD_ASSERT (ext
.ifd
14433 < input_debug
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
);
14434 ext
.ifd
= input_debug
.ifdmap
[ext
.ifd
];
14440 /* Free up the information we just read. */
14441 free (input_debug
.line
);
14442 free (input_debug
.external_dnr
);
14443 free (input_debug
.external_pdr
);
14444 free (input_debug
.external_sym
);
14445 free (input_debug
.external_opt
);
14446 free (input_debug
.external_aux
);
14447 free (input_debug
.ss
);
14448 free (input_debug
.ssext
);
14449 free (input_debug
.external_fdr
);
14450 free (input_debug
.external_rfd
);
14451 free (input_debug
.external_ext
);
14453 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14454 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14455 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
14458 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && info
->shared
)
14460 /* Create .rtproc section. */
14461 rtproc_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rtproc");
14462 if (rtproc_sec
== NULL
)
14464 flagword flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
14465 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_READONLY
);
14467 rtproc_sec
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
14470 if (rtproc_sec
== NULL
14471 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, rtproc_sec
, 4))
14475 if (! mips_elf_create_procedure_table (mdebug_handle
, abfd
,
14481 /* Build the external symbol information. */
14484 einfo
.debug
= &debug
;
14486 einfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
14487 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
14488 mips_elf_output_extsym
, &einfo
);
14492 /* Set the size of the .mdebug section. */
14493 o
->size
= bfd_ecoff_debug_size (abfd
, &debug
, swap
);
14495 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
14496 matters, but someday it might). */
14497 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
14502 if (CONST_STRNEQ (o
->name
, ".gptab."))
14504 const char *subname
;
14507 Elf32_External_gptab
*ext_tab
;
14510 /* The .gptab.sdata and .gptab.sbss sections hold
14511 information describing how the small data area would
14512 change depending upon the -G switch. These sections
14513 not used in executables files. */
14514 if (! info
->relocatable
)
14516 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
14518 asection
*input_section
;
14520 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
14522 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
14527 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
14529 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14530 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14531 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
14534 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this
14535 currently matters, but someday it might). */
14536 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
14538 /* Really remove the section. */
14539 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, o
);
14540 --abfd
->section_count
;
14545 /* There is one gptab for initialized data, and one for
14546 uninitialized data. */
14547 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.sdata") == 0)
14548 gptab_data_sec
= o
;
14549 else if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.sbss") == 0)
14553 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
14554 (_("%s: illegal section name `%s'"),
14555 bfd_get_filename (abfd
), o
->name
);
14556 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
14560 /* The linker script always combines .gptab.data and
14561 .gptab.sdata into .gptab.sdata, and likewise for
14562 .gptab.bss and .gptab.sbss. It is possible that there is
14563 no .sdata or .sbss section in the output file, in which
14564 case we must change the name of the output section. */
14565 subname
= o
->name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
14566 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, subname
) == NULL
)
14568 if (o
== gptab_data_sec
)
14569 o
->name
= ".gptab.data";
14571 o
->name
= ".gptab.bss";
14572 subname
= o
->name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
14573 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, subname
) != NULL
);
14576 /* Set up the first entry. */
14578 amt
= c
* sizeof (Elf32_gptab
);
14579 tab
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
14582 tab
[0].gt_header
.gt_current_g_value
= elf_gp_size (abfd
);
14583 tab
[0].gt_header
.gt_unused
= 0;
14585 /* Combine the input sections. */
14586 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
14588 asection
*input_section
;
14590 bfd_size_type size
;
14591 unsigned long last
;
14592 bfd_size_type gpentry
;
14594 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
14596 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
14601 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
14602 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
14604 /* Combine the gptab entries for this input section one
14605 by one. We know that the input gptab entries are
14606 sorted by ascending -G value. */
14607 size
= input_section
->size
;
14609 for (gpentry
= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
14611 gpentry
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
))
14613 Elf32_External_gptab ext_gptab
;
14614 Elf32_gptab int_gptab
;
14620 if (! (bfd_get_section_contents
14621 (input_bfd
, input_section
, &ext_gptab
, gpentry
,
14622 sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
))))
14628 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (input_bfd
, &ext_gptab
,
14630 val
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_g_value
;
14631 add
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_bytes
- last
;
14634 for (look
= 1; look
< c
; look
++)
14636 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
>= val
)
14637 tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
+= add
;
14639 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
== val
)
14645 Elf32_gptab
*new_tab
;
14648 /* We need a new table entry. */
14649 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) (c
+ 1) * sizeof (Elf32_gptab
);
14650 new_tab
= bfd_realloc (tab
, amt
);
14651 if (new_tab
== NULL
)
14657 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
= val
;
14658 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
= add
;
14660 /* Merge in the size for the next smallest -G
14661 value, since that will be implied by this new
14664 for (look
= 1; look
< c
; look
++)
14666 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
< val
14668 || (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
14669 > tab
[max
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
)))
14673 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
+=
14674 tab
[max
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
;
14679 last
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_bytes
;
14682 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14683 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14684 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
14687 /* The table must be sorted by -G value. */
14689 qsort (tab
+ 1, c
- 1, sizeof (tab
[0]), gptab_compare
);
14691 /* Swap out the table. */
14692 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) c
* sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
14693 ext_tab
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
14694 if (ext_tab
== NULL
)
14700 for (j
= 0; j
< c
; j
++)
14701 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (abfd
, tab
+ j
, ext_tab
+ j
);
14704 o
->size
= c
* sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
14705 o
->contents
= (bfd_byte
*) ext_tab
;
14707 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
14708 matters, but someday it might). */
14709 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
14713 /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */
14714 if (!bfd_elf_final_link (abfd
, info
))
14717 /* Now write out the computed sections. */
14719 if (abiflags_sec
!= NULL
)
14721 Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0 ext
;
14722 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*abiflags
;
14724 abiflags
= &mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
;
14726 /* Set up the abiflags if no valid input sections were found. */
14727 if (!mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags_valid
)
14729 infer_mips_abiflags (abfd
, abiflags
);
14730 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags_valid
= TRUE
;
14732 bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_out (abfd
, abiflags
, &ext
);
14733 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, abiflags_sec
, &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
14737 if (reginfo_sec
!= NULL
)
14739 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
14741 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (abfd
, ®info
, &ext
);
14742 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, reginfo_sec
, &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
14746 if (mdebug_sec
!= NULL
)
14748 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
->output_has_begun
);
14749 if (! bfd_ecoff_write_accumulated_debug (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
,
14751 mdebug_sec
->filepos
))
14754 bfd_ecoff_debug_free (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
, swap
, info
);
14757 if (gptab_data_sec
!= NULL
)
14759 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, gptab_data_sec
,
14760 gptab_data_sec
->contents
,
14761 0, gptab_data_sec
->size
))
14765 if (gptab_bss_sec
!= NULL
)
14767 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, gptab_bss_sec
,
14768 gptab_bss_sec
->contents
,
14769 0, gptab_bss_sec
->size
))
14773 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
14775 rtproc_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
14776 if (rtproc_sec
!= NULL
)
14778 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, rtproc_sec
,
14779 rtproc_sec
->contents
,
14780 0, rtproc_sec
->size
))
14788 /* Structure for saying that BFD machine EXTENSION extends BASE. */
14790 struct mips_mach_extension
14792 unsigned long extension
, base
;
14796 /* An array describing how BFD machines relate to one another. The entries
14797 are ordered topologically with MIPS I extensions listed last. */
14799 static const struct mips_mach_extension mips_mach_extensions
[] =
14801 /* MIPS64r2 extensions. */
14802 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon3
, bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
},
14803 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
, bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
},
14804 { bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
, bfd_mach_mips_octeon
},
14805 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
},
14806 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
},
14808 /* MIPS64 extensions. */
14809 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
14810 { bfd_mach_mips_sb1
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
14811 { bfd_mach_mips_xlr
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
14813 /* MIPS V extensions. */
14814 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64
, bfd_mach_mips5
},
14816 /* R10000 extensions. */
14817 { bfd_mach_mips12000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
14818 { bfd_mach_mips14000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
14819 { bfd_mach_mips16000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
14821 /* R5000 extensions. Note: the vr5500 ISA is an extension of the core
14822 vr5400 ISA, but doesn't include the multimedia stuff. It seems
14823 better to allow vr5400 and vr5500 code to be merged anyway, since
14824 many libraries will just use the core ISA. Perhaps we could add
14825 some sort of ASE flag if this ever proves a problem. */
14826 { bfd_mach_mips5500
, bfd_mach_mips5400
},
14827 { bfd_mach_mips5400
, bfd_mach_mips5000
},
14829 /* MIPS IV extensions. */
14830 { bfd_mach_mips5
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
14831 { bfd_mach_mips10000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
14832 { bfd_mach_mips5000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
14833 { bfd_mach_mips7000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
14834 { bfd_mach_mips9000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
14836 /* VR4100 extensions. */
14837 { bfd_mach_mips4120
, bfd_mach_mips4100
},
14838 { bfd_mach_mips4111
, bfd_mach_mips4100
},
14840 /* MIPS III extensions. */
14841 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14842 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14843 { bfd_mach_mips8000
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14844 { bfd_mach_mips4650
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14845 { bfd_mach_mips4600
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14846 { bfd_mach_mips4400
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14847 { bfd_mach_mips4300
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14848 { bfd_mach_mips4100
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14849 { bfd_mach_mips4010
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14850 { bfd_mach_mips5900
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14852 /* MIPS32 extensions. */
14853 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
, bfd_mach_mipsisa32
},
14855 /* MIPS II extensions. */
14856 { bfd_mach_mips4000
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
14857 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
14859 /* MIPS I extensions. */
14860 { bfd_mach_mips6000
, bfd_mach_mips3000
},
14861 { bfd_mach_mips3900
, bfd_mach_mips3000
}
14865 /* Return true if bfd machine EXTENSION is an extension of machine BASE. */
14868 mips_mach_extends_p (unsigned long base
, unsigned long extension
)
14872 if (extension
== base
)
14875 if (base
== bfd_mach_mipsisa32
14876 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64
, extension
))
14879 if (base
== bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
14880 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
, extension
))
14883 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (mips_mach_extensions
); i
++)
14884 if (extension
== mips_mach_extensions
[i
].extension
)
14886 extension
= mips_mach_extensions
[i
].base
;
14887 if (extension
== base
)
14895 /* Merge object attributes from IBFD into OBFD. Raise an error if
14896 there are conflicting attributes. */
14898 mips_elf_merge_obj_attributes (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
14900 obj_attribute
*in_attr
;
14901 obj_attribute
*out_attr
;
14905 abi_fp_bfd
= mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_fp_bfd
;
14906 in_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
14907 if (!abi_fp_bfd
&& in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
)
14908 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_fp_bfd
= ibfd
;
14910 abi_msa_bfd
= mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_msa_bfd
;
14912 && in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_ANY
)
14913 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_msa_bfd
= ibfd
;
14915 if (!elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd
)[0].i
)
14917 /* This is the first object. Copy the attributes. */
14918 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
);
14920 /* Use the Tag_null value to indicate the attributes have been
14922 elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd
)[0].i
= 1;
14927 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP attributes and merge
14928 non-conflicting ones. */
14929 out_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
14930 if (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
!= out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
)
14934 out_fp
= out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
14935 in_fp
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
14936 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].type
= 1;
14937 if (out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
)
14938 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
= in_fp
;
14939 else if (out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
14940 && (in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
14941 || in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
14942 || in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
))
14944 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_fp_bfd
= ibfd
;
14945 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
14947 else if (in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
14948 && (out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
14949 || out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
14950 || out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
))
14951 /* Keep the current setting. */;
14952 else if (out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
14953 && in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
)
14955 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_fp_bfd
= ibfd
;
14956 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
14958 else if (in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
14959 && out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
)
14960 /* Keep the current setting. */;
14961 else if (in_fp
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
)
14963 const char *out_string
, *in_string
;
14965 out_string
= _bfd_mips_fp_abi_string (out_fp
);
14966 in_string
= _bfd_mips_fp_abi_string (in_fp
);
14967 /* First warn about cases involving unrecognised ABIs. */
14968 if (!out_string
&& !in_string
)
14970 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
14971 "(set by %B), %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
14972 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, out_fp
, in_fp
);
14973 else if (!out_string
)
14975 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
14976 "(set by %B), %B uses %s"),
14977 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, out_fp
, in_string
);
14978 else if (!in_string
)
14980 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), "
14981 "%B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
14982 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, out_string
, in_fp
);
14985 /* If one of the bfds is soft-float, the other must be
14986 hard-float. The exact choice of hard-float ABI isn't
14987 really relevant to the error message. */
14988 if (in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
)
14989 out_string
= "-mhard-float";
14990 else if (out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
)
14991 in_string
= "-mhard-float";
14993 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
14994 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, out_string
, in_string
);
14999 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA attributes and merge
15000 non-conflicting ones. */
15001 if (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
!= out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
)
15003 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].type
= 1;
15004 if (out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_ANY
)
15005 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
;
15006 else if (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_ANY
)
15007 switch (out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
)
15009 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_128
:
15011 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), "
15012 "%B uses unknown MSA ABI %d"),
15013 obfd
, abi_msa_bfd
, ibfd
,
15014 "-mmsa", in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
);
15018 switch (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
)
15020 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_128
:
15022 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown MSA ABI %d "
15023 "(set by %B), %B uses %s"),
15024 obfd
, abi_msa_bfd
, ibfd
,
15025 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
, "-mmsa");
15030 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown MSA ABI %d "
15031 "(set by %B), %B uses unknown MSA ABI %d"),
15032 obfd
, abi_msa_bfd
, ibfd
,
15033 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
,
15034 in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
);
15040 /* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones. */
15041 _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
);
15046 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
15047 object file when linking. */
15050 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
15052 flagword old_flags
;
15053 flagword new_flags
;
15055 bfd_boolean null_input_bfd
= TRUE
;
15057 obj_attribute
*out_attr
;
15059 /* Check if we have the same endianness. */
15060 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd
, obfd
))
15062 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15063 (_("%B: endianness incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
15068 if (!is_mips_elf (ibfd
) || !is_mips_elf (obfd
))
15071 if (strcmp (bfd_get_target (ibfd
), bfd_get_target (obfd
)) != 0)
15073 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15074 (_("%B: ABI is incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
15079 /* Set up the FP ABI attribute from the abiflags if it is not already
15081 if (mips_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->abiflags_valid
)
15083 obj_attribute
*in_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
15084 if (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
)
15085 in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
=
15086 mips_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->abiflags
.fp_abi
;
15089 if (!mips_elf_merge_obj_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
))
15092 /* Check to see if the input BFD actually contains any sections.
15093 If not, its flags may not have been initialised either, but it cannot
15094 actually cause any incompatibility. */
15095 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
15097 /* Ignore synthetic sections and empty .text, .data and .bss sections
15098 which are automatically generated by gas. Also ignore fake
15099 (s)common sections, since merely defining a common symbol does
15100 not affect compatibility. */
15101 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_IS_COMMON
) == 0
15102 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".reginfo")
15103 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".mdebug")
15105 || (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".text")
15106 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".data")
15107 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".bss"))))
15109 null_input_bfd
= FALSE
;
15113 if (null_input_bfd
)
15116 /* Populate abiflags using existing information. */
15117 if (!mips_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->abiflags_valid
)
15119 infer_mips_abiflags (ibfd
, &mips_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->abiflags
);
15120 mips_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->abiflags_valid
= TRUE
;
15124 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 abiflags
;
15125 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 in_abiflags
;
15126 infer_mips_abiflags (ibfd
, &abiflags
);
15127 in_abiflags
= mips_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->abiflags
;
15129 /* It is not possible to infer the correct ISA revision
15130 for R3 or R5 so drop down to R2 for the checks. */
15131 if (in_abiflags
.isa_rev
== 3 || in_abiflags
.isa_rev
== 5)
15132 in_abiflags
.isa_rev
= 2;
15134 if (in_abiflags
.isa_level
!= abiflags
.isa_level
15135 || in_abiflags
.isa_rev
!= abiflags
.isa_rev
15136 || in_abiflags
.isa_ext
!= abiflags
.isa_ext
)
15137 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15138 (_("%B: warning: Inconsistent ISA between e_flags and "
15139 ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd
);
15140 if (abiflags
.fp_abi
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
15141 && in_abiflags
.fp_abi
!= abiflags
.fp_abi
)
15142 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15143 (_("%B: warning: Inconsistent FP ABI between e_flags and "
15144 ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd
);
15145 if ((in_abiflags
.ases
& abiflags
.ases
) != abiflags
.ases
)
15146 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15147 (_("%B: warning: Inconsistent ASEs between e_flags and "
15148 ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd
);
15149 if (in_abiflags
.isa_ext
!= abiflags
.isa_ext
)
15150 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15151 (_("%B: warning: Inconsistent ISA extensions between e_flags and "
15152 ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd
);
15153 if (in_abiflags
.flags2
!= 0)
15154 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15155 (_("%B: warning: Unexpected flag in the flags2 field of "
15156 ".MIPS.abiflags (0x%lx)"), ibfd
,
15157 (unsigned long) in_abiflags
.flags2
);
15160 if (!mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abiflags_valid
)
15162 /* Copy input abiflags if output abiflags are not already valid. */
15163 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abiflags
= mips_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->abiflags
;
15164 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abiflags_valid
= TRUE
;
15167 if (! elf_flags_init (obfd
))
15169 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
15170 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
15171 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
15172 = elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
];
15174 if (bfd_get_arch (obfd
) == bfd_get_arch (ibfd
)
15175 && (bfd_get_arch_info (obfd
)->the_default
15176 || mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd
),
15177 bfd_get_mach (ibfd
))))
15179 if (! bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd
, bfd_get_arch (ibfd
),
15180 bfd_get_mach (ibfd
)))
15183 /* Update the ABI flags isa_level, isa_rev and isa_ext fields. */
15184 update_mips_abiflags_isa (obfd
, &mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abiflags
);
15190 /* Update the output abiflags fp_abi using the computed fp_abi. */
15191 out_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
15192 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abiflags
.fp_abi
= out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
15194 #define max(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
15195 /* Merge abiflags. */
15196 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abiflags
.isa_rev
15197 = max (mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abiflags
.isa_rev
,
15198 mips_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->abiflags
.isa_rev
);
15199 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abiflags
.gpr_size
15200 = max (mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abiflags
.gpr_size
,
15201 mips_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->abiflags
.gpr_size
);
15202 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abiflags
.cpr1_size
15203 = max (mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abiflags
.cpr1_size
,
15204 mips_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->abiflags
.cpr1_size
);
15205 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abiflags
.cpr2_size
15206 = max (mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abiflags
.cpr2_size
,
15207 mips_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->abiflags
.cpr2_size
);
15209 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abiflags
.ases
15210 |= mips_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->abiflags
.ases
;
15211 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abiflags
.flags1
15212 |= mips_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->abiflags
.flags1
;
15214 new_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
15215 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
15216 old_flags
= elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
;
15218 /* Check flag compatibility. */
15220 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
15221 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
15223 /* Some IRIX 6 BSD-compatibility objects have this bit set. It
15224 doesn't seem to matter. */
15225 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT
;
15226 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT
;
15228 /* MIPSpro generates ucode info in n64 objects. Again, we should
15229 just be able to ignore this. */
15230 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE
;
15231 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE
;
15233 /* DSOs should only be linked with CPIC code. */
15234 if ((ibfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
15235 new_flags
|= EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
;
15237 if (new_flags
== old_flags
)
15242 if (((new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
)) != 0)
15243 != ((old_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
)) != 0))
15245 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15246 (_("%B: warning: linking abicalls files with non-abicalls files"),
15251 if (new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
))
15252 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= EF_MIPS_CPIC
;
15253 if (! (new_flags
& EF_MIPS_PIC
))
15254 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_PIC
;
15256 new_flags
&= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
);
15257 old_flags
&= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
);
15259 /* Compare the ISAs. */
15260 if (mips_32bit_flags_p (old_flags
) != mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
))
15262 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15263 (_("%B: linking 32-bit code with 64-bit code"),
15267 else if (!mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (ibfd
), bfd_get_mach (obfd
)))
15269 /* OBFD's ISA isn't the same as, or an extension of, IBFD's. */
15270 if (mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd
), bfd_get_mach (ibfd
)))
15272 /* Copy the architecture info from IBFD to OBFD. Also copy
15273 the 32-bit flag (if set) so that we continue to recognise
15274 OBFD as a 32-bit binary. */
15275 bfd_set_arch_info (obfd
, bfd_get_arch_info (ibfd
));
15276 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
);
15277 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
15278 |= new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
15280 /* Update the ABI flags isa_level, isa_rev, isa_ext fields. */
15281 update_mips_abiflags_isa (obfd
, &mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abiflags
);
15283 /* Copy across the ABI flags if OBFD doesn't use them
15284 and if that was what caused us to treat IBFD as 32-bit. */
15285 if ((old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == 0
15286 && mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
)
15287 && !mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
& ~EF_MIPS_ABI
))
15288 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
;
15292 /* The ISAs aren't compatible. */
15293 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15294 (_("%B: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15296 bfd_printable_name (ibfd
),
15297 bfd_printable_name (obfd
));
15302 new_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
15303 old_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
15305 /* Compare ABIs. The 64-bit ABI does not use EF_MIPS_ABI. But, it
15306 does set EI_CLASS differently from any 32-bit ABI. */
15307 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
)
15308 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
15309 != elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]))
15311 /* Only error if both are set (to different values). */
15312 if (((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) && (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
))
15313 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
15314 != elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]))
15316 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15317 (_("%B: ABI mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15319 elf_mips_abi_name (ibfd
),
15320 elf_mips_abi_name (obfd
));
15323 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_ABI
;
15324 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_ABI
;
15327 /* Compare ASEs. Forbid linking MIPS16 and microMIPS ASE modules together
15328 and allow arbitrary mixing of the remaining ASEs (retain the union). */
15329 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
))
15331 int old_micro
= old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
;
15332 int new_micro
= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
;
15333 int old_m16
= old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
;
15334 int new_m16
= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
;
15335 int micro_mis
= old_m16
&& new_micro
;
15336 int m16_mis
= old_micro
&& new_m16
;
15338 if (m16_mis
|| micro_mis
)
15340 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15341 (_("%B: ASE mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15343 m16_mis
? "MIPS16" : "microMIPS",
15344 m16_mis
? "microMIPS" : "MIPS16");
15348 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
15350 new_flags
&= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
15351 old_flags
&= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
15354 /* Compare NaN encodings. */
15355 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
))
15357 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15359 (new_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
15360 ? "-mnan=2008" : "-mnan=legacy"),
15361 (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
15362 ? "-mnan=2008" : "-mnan=legacy"));
15364 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NAN2008
;
15365 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NAN2008
;
15368 /* Compare FP64 state. */
15369 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_FP64
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_FP64
))
15371 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15373 (new_flags
& EF_MIPS_FP64
15374 ? "-mfp64" : "-mfp32"),
15375 (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_FP64
15376 ? "-mfp64" : "-mfp32"));
15378 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_FP64
;
15379 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_FP64
;
15382 /* Warn about any other mismatches */
15383 if (new_flags
!= old_flags
)
15385 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15386 (_("%B: uses different e_flags (0x%lx) fields than previous modules (0x%lx)"),
15387 ibfd
, (unsigned long) new_flags
,
15388 (unsigned long) old_flags
);
15394 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
15401 /* Function to keep MIPS specific file flags like as EF_MIPS_PIC. */
15404 _bfd_mips_elf_set_private_flags (bfd
*abfd
, flagword flags
)
15406 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd
)
15407 || elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
== flags
);
15409 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
= flags
;
15410 elf_flags_init (abfd
) = TRUE
;
15415 _bfd_mips_elf_get_target_dtag (bfd_vma dtag
)
15419 default: return "";
15420 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
:
15421 return "MIPS_RLD_VERSION";
15422 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP
:
15423 return "MIPS_TIME_STAMP";
15424 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM
:
15425 return "MIPS_ICHECKSUM";
15426 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION
:
15427 return "MIPS_IVERSION";
15428 case DT_MIPS_FLAGS
:
15429 return "MIPS_FLAGS";
15430 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
:
15431 return "MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS";
15433 return "MIPS_MSYM";
15434 case DT_MIPS_CONFLICT
:
15435 return "MIPS_CONFLICT";
15436 case DT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
15437 return "MIPS_LIBLIST";
15438 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
:
15439 return "MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO";
15440 case DT_MIPS_CONFLICTNO
:
15441 return "MIPS_CONFLICTNO";
15442 case DT_MIPS_LIBLISTNO
:
15443 return "MIPS_LIBLISTNO";
15444 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
:
15445 return "MIPS_SYMTABNO";
15446 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
:
15447 return "MIPS_UNREFEXTNO";
15448 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
:
15449 return "MIPS_GOTSYM";
15450 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
:
15451 return "MIPS_HIPAGENO";
15452 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
:
15453 return "MIPS_RLD_MAP";
15454 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP_REL
:
15455 return "MIPS_RLD_MAP_REL";
15456 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASS
:
15457 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASS";
15458 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASS_NO
:
15459 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASS_NO";
15460 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE
:
15461 return "MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE";
15462 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE_NO
:
15463 return "MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE_NO";
15464 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_RELOC
:
15465 return "MIPS_DELTA_RELOC";
15466 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_RELOC_NO
:
15467 return "MIPS_DELTA_RELOC_NO";
15468 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_SYM
:
15469 return "MIPS_DELTA_SYM";
15470 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_SYM_NO
:
15471 return "MIPS_DELTA_SYM_NO";
15472 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM
:
15473 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM";
15474 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM_NO
:
15475 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM_NO";
15476 case DT_MIPS_CXX_FLAGS
:
15477 return "MIPS_CXX_FLAGS";
15478 case DT_MIPS_PIXIE_INIT
:
15479 return "MIPS_PIXIE_INIT";
15480 case DT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
15481 return "MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB";
15482 case DT_MIPS_LOCALPAGE_GOTIDX
:
15483 return "MIPS_LOCALPAGE_GOTIDX";
15484 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTIDX
:
15485 return "MIPS_LOCAL_GOTIDX";
15486 case DT_MIPS_HIDDEN_GOTIDX
:
15487 return "MIPS_HIDDEN_GOTIDX";
15488 case DT_MIPS_PROTECTED_GOTIDX
:
15489 return "MIPS_PROTECTED_GOT_IDX";
15490 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
15491 return "MIPS_OPTIONS";
15492 case DT_MIPS_INTERFACE
:
15493 return "MIPS_INTERFACE";
15494 case DT_MIPS_DYNSTR_ALIGN
:
15495 return "DT_MIPS_DYNSTR_ALIGN";
15496 case DT_MIPS_INTERFACE_SIZE
:
15497 return "DT_MIPS_INTERFACE_SIZE";
15498 case DT_MIPS_RLD_TEXT_RESOLVE_ADDR
:
15499 return "DT_MIPS_RLD_TEXT_RESOLVE_ADDR";
15500 case DT_MIPS_PERF_SUFFIX
:
15501 return "DT_MIPS_PERF_SUFFIX";
15502 case DT_MIPS_COMPACT_SIZE
:
15503 return "DT_MIPS_COMPACT_SIZE";
15504 case DT_MIPS_GP_VALUE
:
15505 return "DT_MIPS_GP_VALUE";
15506 case DT_MIPS_AUX_DYNAMIC
:
15507 return "DT_MIPS_AUX_DYNAMIC";
15508 case DT_MIPS_PLTGOT
:
15509 return "DT_MIPS_PLTGOT";
15510 case DT_MIPS_RWPLT
:
15511 return "DT_MIPS_RWPLT";
15515 /* Return the meaning of Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP value FP, or null if
15519 _bfd_mips_fp_abi_string (int fp
)
15523 /* These strings aren't translated because they're simply
15525 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
:
15526 return "-mdouble-float";
15528 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SINGLE
:
15529 return "-msingle-float";
15531 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
:
15532 return "-msoft-float";
15534 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_OLD_64
:
15535 return _("-mips32r2 -mfp64 (12 callee-saved)");
15537 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
:
15540 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
:
15541 return "-mgp32 -mfp64";
15543 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
:
15544 return "-mgp32 -mfp64 -mno-odd-spreg";
15552 print_mips_ases (FILE *file
, unsigned int mask
)
15554 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_DSP
)
15555 fputs ("\n\tDSP ASE", file
);
15556 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_DSPR2
)
15557 fputs ("\n\tDSP R2 ASE", file
);
15558 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_EVA
)
15559 fputs ("\n\tEnhanced VA Scheme", file
);
15560 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MCU
)
15561 fputs ("\n\tMCU (MicroController) ASE", file
);
15562 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MDMX
)
15563 fputs ("\n\tMDMX ASE", file
);
15564 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MIPS3D
)
15565 fputs ("\n\tMIPS-3D ASE", file
);
15566 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MT
)
15567 fputs ("\n\tMT ASE", file
);
15568 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_SMARTMIPS
)
15569 fputs ("\n\tSmartMIPS ASE", file
);
15570 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_VIRT
)
15571 fputs ("\n\tVZ ASE", file
);
15572 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MSA
)
15573 fputs ("\n\tMSA ASE", file
);
15574 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MIPS16
)
15575 fputs ("\n\tMIPS16 ASE", file
);
15576 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MICROMIPS
)
15577 fputs ("\n\tMICROMIPS ASE", file
);
15578 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_XPA
)
15579 fputs ("\n\tXPA ASE", file
);
15581 fprintf (file
, "\n\t%s", _("None"));
15582 else if ((mask
& ~AFL_ASE_MASK
) != 0)
15583 fprintf (stdout
, "\n\t%s (%x)", _("Unknown"), mask
& ~AFL_ASE_MASK
);
15587 print_mips_isa_ext (FILE *file
, unsigned int isa_ext
)
15592 fputs (_("None"), file
);
15595 fputs ("RMI XLR", file
);
15597 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON3
:
15598 fputs ("Cavium Networks Octeon3", file
);
15600 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON2
:
15601 fputs ("Cavium Networks Octeon2", file
);
15603 case AFL_EXT_OCTEONP
:
15604 fputs ("Cavium Networks OcteonP", file
);
15606 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_3A
:
15607 fputs ("Loongson 3A", file
);
15609 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON
:
15610 fputs ("Cavium Networks Octeon", file
);
15613 fputs ("Toshiba R5900", file
);
15616 fputs ("MIPS R4650", file
);
15619 fputs ("LSI R4010", file
);
15622 fputs ("NEC VR4100", file
);
15625 fputs ("Toshiba R3900", file
);
15627 case AFL_EXT_10000
:
15628 fputs ("MIPS R10000", file
);
15631 fputs ("Broadcom SB-1", file
);
15634 fputs ("NEC VR4111/VR4181", file
);
15637 fputs ("NEC VR4120", file
);
15640 fputs ("NEC VR5400", file
);
15643 fputs ("NEC VR5500", file
);
15645 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2E
:
15646 fputs ("ST Microelectronics Loongson 2E", file
);
15648 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2F
:
15649 fputs ("ST Microelectronics Loongson 2F", file
);
15652 fprintf (file
, "%s (%d)", _("Unknown"), isa_ext
);
15658 print_mips_fp_abi_value (FILE *file
, int val
)
15662 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
:
15663 fprintf (file
, _("Hard or soft float\n"));
15665 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
:
15666 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float (double precision)\n"));
15668 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SINGLE
:
15669 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float (single precision)\n"));
15671 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
:
15672 fprintf (file
, _("Soft float\n"));
15674 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_OLD_64
:
15675 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float (MIPS32r2 64-bit FPU 12 callee-saved)\n"));
15677 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
:
15678 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float (32-bit CPU, Any FPU)\n"));
15680 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
:
15681 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float (32-bit CPU, 64-bit FPU)\n"));
15683 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
:
15684 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float compat (32-bit CPU, 64-bit FPU)\n"));
15687 fprintf (file
, "??? (%d)\n", val
);
15693 get_mips_reg_size (int reg_size
)
15695 return (reg_size
== AFL_REG_NONE
) ? 0
15696 : (reg_size
== AFL_REG_32
) ? 32
15697 : (reg_size
== AFL_REG_64
) ? 64
15698 : (reg_size
== AFL_REG_128
) ? 128
15703 _bfd_mips_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *ptr
)
15707 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
!= NULL
&& ptr
!= NULL
);
15709 /* Print normal ELF private data. */
15710 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd
, ptr
);
15712 /* xgettext:c-format */
15713 fprintf (file
, _("private flags = %lx:"), elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
);
15715 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
)
15716 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=O32]"));
15717 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O64
)
15718 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=O64]"));
15719 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
)
15720 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=EABI32]"));
15721 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
)
15722 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=EABI64]"));
15723 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
))
15724 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi unknown]"));
15725 else if (ABI_N32_P (abfd
))
15726 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=N32]"));
15727 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd
))
15728 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=64]"));
15730 fprintf (file
, _(" [no abi set]"));
15732 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
)
15733 fprintf (file
, " [mips1]");
15734 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
)
15735 fprintf (file
, " [mips2]");
15736 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_3
)
15737 fprintf (file
, " [mips3]");
15738 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_4
)
15739 fprintf (file
, " [mips4]");
15740 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_5
)
15741 fprintf (file
, " [mips5]");
15742 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
)
15743 fprintf (file
, " [mips32]");
15744 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64
)
15745 fprintf (file
, " [mips64]");
15746 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
)
15747 fprintf (file
, " [mips32r2]");
15748 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
)
15749 fprintf (file
, " [mips64r2]");
15750 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6
)
15751 fprintf (file
, " [mips32r6]");
15752 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6
)
15753 fprintf (file
, " [mips64r6]");
15755 fprintf (file
, _(" [unknown ISA]"));
15757 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MDMX
)
15758 fprintf (file
, " [mdmx]");
15760 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
)
15761 fprintf (file
, " [mips16]");
15763 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
)
15764 fprintf (file
, " [micromips]");
15766 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
)
15767 fprintf (file
, " [nan2008]");
15769 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_FP64
)
15770 fprintf (file
, " [old fp64]");
15772 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
)
15773 fprintf (file
, " [32bitmode]");
15775 fprintf (file
, _(" [not 32bitmode]"));
15777 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
)
15778 fprintf (file
, " [noreorder]");
15780 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_PIC
)
15781 fprintf (file
, " [PIC]");
15783 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_CPIC
)
15784 fprintf (file
, " [CPIC]");
15786 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_XGOT
)
15787 fprintf (file
, " [XGOT]");
15789 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_UCODE
)
15790 fprintf (file
, " [UCODE]");
15792 fputc ('\n', file
);
15794 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags_valid
)
15796 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*abiflags
= &mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
;
15797 fprintf (file
, "\nMIPS ABI Flags Version: %d\n", abiflags
->version
);
15798 fprintf (file
, "\nISA: MIPS%d", abiflags
->isa_level
);
15799 if (abiflags
->isa_rev
> 1)
15800 fprintf (file
, "r%d", abiflags
->isa_rev
);
15801 fprintf (file
, "\nGPR size: %d",
15802 get_mips_reg_size (abiflags
->gpr_size
));
15803 fprintf (file
, "\nCPR1 size: %d",
15804 get_mips_reg_size (abiflags
->cpr1_size
));
15805 fprintf (file
, "\nCPR2 size: %d",
15806 get_mips_reg_size (abiflags
->cpr2_size
));
15807 fputs ("\nFP ABI: ", file
);
15808 print_mips_fp_abi_value (file
, abiflags
->fp_abi
);
15809 fputs ("ISA Extension: ", file
);
15810 print_mips_isa_ext (file
, abiflags
->isa_ext
);
15811 fputs ("\nASEs:", file
);
15812 print_mips_ases (file
, abiflags
->ases
);
15813 fprintf (file
, "\nFLAGS 1: %8.8lx", abiflags
->flags1
);
15814 fprintf (file
, "\nFLAGS 2: %8.8lx", abiflags
->flags2
);
15815 fputc ('\n', file
);
15821 const struct bfd_elf_special_section _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections
[] =
15823 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lit4"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
15824 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lit8"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
15825 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".mdebug"), 0, SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
, 0 },
15826 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
15827 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
15828 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".ucode"), 0, SHT_MIPS_UCODE
, 0 },
15829 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
15832 /* Merge non visibility st_other attributes. Ensure that the
15833 STO_OPTIONAL flag is copied into h->other, even if this is not a
15834 definiton of the symbol. */
15836 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_symbol_attribute (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
15837 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
15838 bfd_boolean definition
,
15839 bfd_boolean dynamic ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
15841 if ((isym
->st_other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) != 0)
15843 unsigned char other
;
15845 other
= (definition
? isym
->st_other
: h
->other
);
15846 other
&= ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1);
15847 h
->other
= other
| ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
);
15851 && ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (isym
->st_other
))
15852 h
->other
|= STO_OPTIONAL
;
15855 /* Decide whether an undefined symbol is special and can be ignored.
15856 This is the case for OPTIONAL symbols on IRIX. */
15858 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_undef_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
15860 return ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h
->other
) ? TRUE
: FALSE
;
15864 _bfd_mips_elf_common_definition (Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
15866 return (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
15867 || sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
15868 || sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
);
15871 /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
15872 or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included. */
15875 _bfd_mips_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i
, const asection
*plt
,
15876 const arelent
*rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
15879 + 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
)
15880 + i
* 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
));
15883 /* Build a table of synthetic symbols to represent the PLT. As with MIPS16
15884 and microMIPS PLT slots we may have a many-to-one mapping between .plt
15885 and .got.plt and also the slots may be of a different size each we walk
15886 the PLT manually fetching instructions and matching them against known
15887 patterns. To make things easier standard MIPS slots, if any, always come
15888 first. As we don't create proper ELF symbols we use the UDATA.I member
15889 of ASYMBOL to carry ISA annotation. The encoding used is the same as
15890 with the ST_OTHER member of the ELF symbol. */
15893 _bfd_mips_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
15894 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
15895 asymbol
**syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
15896 long dynsymcount
, asymbol
**dynsyms
,
15899 static const char pltname
[] = "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_";
15900 static const char microsuffix
[] = "@micromipsplt";
15901 static const char m16suffix
[] = "@mips16plt";
15902 static const char mipssuffix
[] = "@plt";
15904 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
15905 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
15906 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (abfd
);
15907 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
15908 bfd_byte
*plt_data
;
15909 bfd_vma plt_offset
;
15910 unsigned int other
;
15911 bfd_vma entry_size
;
15930 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0 || dynsymcount
<= 0)
15933 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rel.plt");
15934 if (relplt
== NULL
)
15937 hdr
= &elf_section_data (relplt
)->this_hdr
;
15938 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) || hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_REL
)
15941 plt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".plt");
15945 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
15946 if (!(*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dynsyms
, TRUE
))
15948 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
15950 /* Calculating the exact amount of space required for symbols would
15951 require two passes over the PLT, so just pessimise assuming two
15952 PLT slots per relocation. */
15953 count
= relplt
->size
/ hdr
->sh_entsize
;
15954 counti
= count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
15955 size
= 2 * count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
15956 size
+= count
* (sizeof (mipssuffix
) +
15957 (micromips_p
? sizeof (microsuffix
) : sizeof (m16suffix
)));
15958 for (pi
= 0; pi
< counti
; pi
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
15959 size
+= 2 * strlen ((*p
[pi
].sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
15961 /* Add the size of "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_" too. */
15962 size
+= sizeof (asymbol
) + sizeof (pltname
);
15964 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, plt
, &plt_data
))
15967 if (plt
->size
< 16)
15970 s
= *ret
= bfd_malloc (size
);
15973 send
= s
+ 2 * count
+ 1;
15975 names
= (char *) send
;
15976 nend
= (char *) s
+ size
;
15979 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ 12);
15980 if (opcode
== 0x3302fffe)
15984 plt0_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
15985 other
= STO_MICROMIPS
;
15987 else if (opcode
== 0x0398c1d0)
15991 plt0_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
15992 other
= STO_MICROMIPS
;
15996 plt0_size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
16001 s
->flags
= BSF_SYNTHETIC
| BSF_FUNCTION
| BSF_LOCAL
;
16005 s
->udata
.i
= other
;
16006 memcpy (names
, pltname
, sizeof (pltname
));
16007 names
+= sizeof (pltname
);
16011 for (plt_offset
= plt0_size
;
16012 plt_offset
+ 8 <= plt
->size
&& s
< send
;
16013 plt_offset
+= entry_size
)
16015 bfd_vma gotplt_addr
;
16016 const char *suffix
;
16021 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 4);
16023 /* Check if the second word matches the expected MIPS16 instruction. */
16024 if (opcode
== 0x651aeb00)
16028 /* Truncated table??? */
16029 if (plt_offset
+ 16 > plt
->size
)
16031 gotplt_addr
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 12);
16032 entry_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
16033 suffixlen
= sizeof (m16suffix
);
16034 suffix
= m16suffix
;
16035 other
= STO_MIPS16
;
16037 /* Likewise the expected microMIPS instruction (no insn32 mode). */
16038 else if (opcode
== 0xff220000)
16042 gotplt_hi
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
) & 0x7f;
16043 gotplt_lo
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 2) & 0xffff;
16044 gotplt_hi
= ((gotplt_hi
^ 0x40) - 0x40) << 18;
16046 gotplt_addr
= gotplt_hi
+ gotplt_lo
;
16047 gotplt_addr
+= ((plt
->vma
+ plt_offset
) | 3) ^ 3;
16048 entry_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
16049 suffixlen
= sizeof (microsuffix
);
16050 suffix
= microsuffix
;
16051 other
= STO_MICROMIPS
;
16053 /* Likewise the expected microMIPS instruction (insn32 mode). */
16054 else if ((opcode
& 0xffff0000) == 0xff2f0000)
16056 gotplt_hi
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 2) & 0xffff;
16057 gotplt_lo
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 6) & 0xffff;
16058 gotplt_hi
= ((gotplt_hi
^ 0x8000) - 0x8000) << 16;
16059 gotplt_lo
= (gotplt_lo
^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
16060 gotplt_addr
= gotplt_hi
+ gotplt_lo
;
16061 entry_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
16062 suffixlen
= sizeof (microsuffix
);
16063 suffix
= microsuffix
;
16064 other
= STO_MICROMIPS
;
16066 /* Otherwise assume standard MIPS code. */
16069 gotplt_hi
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
) & 0xffff;
16070 gotplt_lo
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 4) & 0xffff;
16071 gotplt_hi
= ((gotplt_hi
^ 0x8000) - 0x8000) << 16;
16072 gotplt_lo
= (gotplt_lo
^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
16073 gotplt_addr
= gotplt_hi
+ gotplt_lo
;
16074 entry_size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
16075 suffixlen
= sizeof (mipssuffix
);
16076 suffix
= mipssuffix
;
16079 /* Truncated table??? */
16080 if (plt_offset
+ entry_size
> plt
->size
)
16084 i
< count
&& p
[pi
].address
!= gotplt_addr
;
16085 i
++, pi
= (pi
+ bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
) % counti
);
16092 *s
= **p
[pi
].sym_ptr_ptr
;
16093 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
16094 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
16095 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
16096 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
16097 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
16099 s
->value
= plt_offset
;
16101 s
->udata
.i
= other
;
16103 len
= strlen ((*p
[pi
].sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
16104 namelen
= len
+ suffixlen
;
16105 if (names
+ namelen
> nend
)
16108 memcpy (names
, (*p
[pi
].sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
16110 memcpy (names
, suffix
, suffixlen
);
16111 names
+= suffixlen
;
16114 pi
= (pi
+ bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
) % counti
;
16124 _bfd_mips_post_process_headers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
16126 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
16127 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
;
16129 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
16132 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (link_info
);
16133 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
16135 if (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
&& !htab
->is_vxworks
)
16136 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
] = 1;
16139 _bfd_elf_post_process_headers (abfd
, link_info
);
16141 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
.fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
16142 || mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
.fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
)
16143 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
] = 3;
16147 _bfd_mips_elf_compact_eh_encoding (struct bfd_link_info
*link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
16149 return DW_EH_PE_pcrel
| DW_EH_PE_sdata4
;
16152 /* Return the opcode for can't unwind. */
16155 _bfd_mips_elf_cant_unwind_opcode (struct bfd_link_info
*link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
16157 return COMPACT_EH_CANT_UNWIND_OPCODE
;